Loading...
HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit D2000-329 - FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY - TENANT IMPROVEMENTD2000 -329 FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY 401 Andover Pk. E. SEE ALSO: E99 -034, L99 -080, L99 -081, D2000 -010, D2000 -226, M01-032, MI2000 -011, MI2000 -143 and MI2000 -162 Z City of Tukwila Community Development / Public Works • 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 DEVELOPMENT PERMIT WARNING: IF CONSTRUCTION BEGINS BEFORE APPEAL PERIOD EXPIRES. APPLICANT IS PROCEEDING AT THEIR OWN RISK. Parcel No: 022340 -0050 Address: 401 ANDOVER PK E Suite No: Location: Category: AMFG Type: DEVPERM Zoning: TUC Const Type: Gas /Elec.: Units: 001 Setbacks:_ North: .0 South: .0 Water: N /A Sewer: N/A Wetlands: Slopes: N Contractor License No:. MCCARBCOOOJD Permit Center Authorized Signature: End Time: Permit No: Status: Issued: Expires: (206) 431 -3670 D2000 -329 ISSUED 12/15/2000 06/13/2001 Occupancy: INDUSTRIAL PLANT UBC: 1997 Fire Protection: SPRINKLERS /AFA East: .0 West: .0 Streams: Phone: Phone: 425- 889 -3336 OCCUPANT FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY :..401 ANDOVER PK E, TUKWILA WA 98188 OWNER MAIL -WELL CORPORATION _ 222 N LASALLE, CHICAGO IL CONTACT_. -.JEFF JEFFERS _ AV NE, #400, BELLEVUE WA 98004 CONTRACTOR MCCARTHY BUILDING CO _ N ROCK HILL RD, ST LOUIS MO 63124 ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Permit Description: TENANT IMPROVEMENT -. 30,000 SQ FT.. r * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** Construction Valuation: $ 600,000.00 PUBLIC WORKS PERMITS: *(Water Meter Permits Listed Separate) Eng. Appr: Curb Cut /Access /Sidewalk /CSS: N Fire Loop Hydrant: N Flood. Control Zone: N Hauling: N Start Time: -Land Altering: N Cut: Landscape Irrigation: N Moving Oversized Load: N Start Time: End Time: Sanitary Side Sewer: N No: Sewer. Main Extension: N Private: N Public: Storm Drainage:. N _ Street Use: N Water Main Extension: N Private: N Public: N ***************************************************** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** L._ TOTAL DEVELOPMENT PERMIT FEES:. $ 6,123.94 ********** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *I ************ * * * *• * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** No: Size(in): .00 Date: 0--6= ) I. hereby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel . the provision of ., other state or local laws regulating construction or the perfor an of wor . .m authorized to sign for and obtain this development p r Date: __ 12// s Print Name: 0Vk P--? This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days from the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. z 0 0 ' CO J U. w0 . g:3 co d ' H z �. 1- o z ,-.. U - ; 0 F- w uj u. w z = 0 F- z CITY OF TUKWILA Address: 401 ANDOVER PK E Permit No D2000-329 Suite: Tenant: Type:. DEVPERM Parcel 022340-0050 Status: ISSUED Applied: 10/03/2000 Issued: 12/15/2000 **************************************k*k*Wk**kA*****A*****k*kk**k**%k** Permit Conditions: 1. No changes will be made to the plans unless approved by the Engineer and the Tukwila Building Division. 2. Any new ceiling grid and light fixture installation is required to meet lateral bracing requirements for Seismic 'zone 3, . -Partition walls :attached to ceiling grid must be laterally braced if over eight (8) feet in length. . Any exPosedAnsulations backing material shall have a Flame Spread Rating. Of 25 or ,less, and material shall bear identi- fication ,ghowing the fire performance rating thereof. • All construction to be done in conformance with approved plansand,requirements of the Uniform Building Code (1997 Edition) as amended, Uniform Mechanical Code (1997 Edition), and,Washington State Energy Code (1997 Edition). 6. Plumbing permits shall, be obtained through the Seattle-King ,CoUnty Department of Public Health, Plumbing will be inspected by that agency, including all gas piping (296„.4722), • ,Validity of Permit. The issuance of a permit or approval of plans, specifications, and computations shall not be con strued to be a permit for, or an approval of any violation , of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinance of the Jurisdiction. No permit presuming to , „ give ,authority to violate or cancel the provisions of this code shall be valid. 8. All rack 'storage requires a separate permit through the City of Tukwila. Structural calculations stamped by a Washington State'',11 tensed Structural Engineer are required for rack , ,storage' over eight (8) feet in height. • • Electrical permits shall be obtained through the Washington 'State Division of ,Labor and Industries and all electrical work will be inspected by that agency (248-6630). 10. There shall be no occupancy of the building(s) until the final inspection has been completed by the Tukwila Building Inspector. 11. A CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY wILL_pE REQUIRED FOR THIS PERMIT. 12. All mechanical work shall be under separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila. 13. All permits, inspection records, and approved plans shall be available at the job site prior to the start of any con- struction. These documents are to be maintained and avail- able until final inspection approval is granted. I hereby certify that I have read these conditions and will comply with them as outlined. All provisions of law and ordinances governing this work will be complied with, whether specified herein or not. ugaagraramuwammac=============t Signature: Print Name: The,;granting:of this permit does not presume to give authority to - v.iolete or cancel the provisions of any other work or local laws regulating constryction or the performance of work. doc: CertOcc City of Tukwila Department of Community Development / 6300 Southcenter BL, Suite 100 / Tukwila, WA 98188 / (206) 431 -3670 This Certificate issued pursuant to the requirements of Section 109 of the Uniform Building Code, 1997 Edition, certifying that at the time of issuance this structure was in compliance with the various ordinances of the City regulating building construction or use for the following: Occupant /Tenant: FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY Building Address: 401 ANDOVER PK E TUKW Parcel No.: 0223400050 Property Owner: MAIL -WELL CORPORATION Occupancy: 0012 Occupancy Group: B F1.S2 A3 Signature CERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY Building Of' THIS CERTIFICATE MUST BE CONSPICUOUSLY POSTED ON THE PREMISES D2000 -329 Occupant Load: 602 Permit No.: D2000 -329 Type of Construction: III -N Date Z003 Printed: 02 -25 -2003 W!. 2 IU to t CO W: UJ _. ir ta u„ T ' Z ', Z p. Ww , U O N ' 0 1- W W+ —0 tii Z U 0� ' z Project Name/Tenant: City State /Zip: -4∎1 I t. City State /Zip: 981 ea Value of Construction: God j 000 Tax Parcel Number: o aa.34o , X5 Phone: 90( • . 20) o Fax #: '2e • 431 - 2518 Phone: 5 - 3.49 • s000 r t ca) "1 - oUSeY I INIc Site Address: 401 r n6\1 . (fin (-- To Property Owner: 1IN 4:0411 LLG Street Address: 1 0o ANA — f d W s� -1'te Contractor: C/ Street Address: . } � .Ll ue Cit State /Zip: .0 Fax #: 4 2.5 • Gi9 • o5"a Architect: . G , -ci4ITGGi2- NC, jf�0 in the building? ❑ yes ❑ no X 11 paper indicating quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets Phone: 4P.5• 8a� '6700 Street Address: - 111 • te8 ia- i t State /Zi Fax #: 4 a,r - . 828. 91(( 0 °Z`3 Engineer: Phone: Street Address: City State /Zip: Fax #: Contact Person: � �- 3Ci-� s Phone: erg-5. 859 33 Street Address: QS /4SCi City State /Zip: Fax #: Description of work to be done: � c o S 1- , . IFe` Q p' VI 3QS Si lk.. clvci CORE — - Ui- - r- 'l -MIT 10 1DJ20eo Existing use: ❑ Retail , , Restaurant ❑ Multi- family El Warehouse ❑Hospital ❑ Church tom, Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel ❑ Office Cl School/College/University ❑ Other Proposed use: ❑ Retail ❑ Restaurant ❑ Multi- family ►i Warehouse CI Hospital ❑ Church ,Manufacturing ❑ Motel /Hotel Z4 Office ❑ School /College /University ❑ Other Will there be a change of use? ❑ yes no If yes, extent of change: (Attach additional sheet if necessary) . Will there be rack storage? 71, yes ❑ no Existing fire protection features: Asprinklers 371 automatic fire alarm ❑ none ❑ other (specify) Building Square Feet: AZ existing Area of Construction: (sq. ft.) 2-10 Will there be storage of flammable /combustible hazardous material Attach list of materials and storage location on separate 8 1/2 jf�0 in the building? ❑ yes ❑ no X 11 paper indicating quantities & Material Safety Data Sheets CITY OF TUK! rLA Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206) 431 -3670 Commercial / Multi - Family Tenant Improvement / Alteration Permit Application Application and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or facsimile. CTPERMIT.DOC 1 /29/97 APPLICANT REQUEST FOR PUBLIC WORKS SITE/CIVIL PLA NREVIEW OF THE FOLLOWI *-(Additional reviews maybe determined.by'thelPublic Works Department) . ❑ Channelization /Striping ❑ Curb cut/Access /Sidewalk ❑ Fire Loop /Hydrant (main to vault) #: Size(s): ❑ Land Altering 0 Cut cubic yds. 0 Fill cubic yds. ❑ Sanitary Side Sewer #: ❑ Sewer Main Extension ❑ Storm Drainage 0 Street Use ❑ Water Main Extcnsion ❑ Water Meter /Exempt #: Size(s): 0 Deduct ❑ Water Meter /Permanent # Size(s): ❑ Water Meter Temp # Size(s): Est. quantity: gal ❑ Miscellaneous ❑ Flood Control Zone Cl Hauling ❑ Landscape Irrigation O Private 0 Public O Private 0 Public 0 Water Only Schedule: Value of Construction - In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review - Applications for which no permit is Issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The building official may extend the time for action by the applicant for a period not exceeding 180 days upon written request by the applicant as defined in Section 107.4 of the Uniform Building Code (current edition). No application shall be extended more than once. Date application accepted: JO -3-DD Date application expires: --3 -o( ApplicatIggg taken by: (initials) PLEASE SIGN BACK OF APPLICATION FORM Z ~ W Ce 00 u) 0 CO al J H W 2 g< =w H Z � ZI U � O 9 . 0I.- W I I— I= u- W Z o _ O~ Z BUILDING 0 NER OR A THORIZEIP • GENT: Signature: i • t „ , - t L Date: 3 }�o Print name: ,1a 1--) ‘..4Q Phone:40,5 ( sag = Fax #t42 911 Address - � Cit /S e /Z'p „ 56 , 9 41 . al 177 10 c — A06 Q�1i1� ALL COMMERCIAL /MULTIMILY TENANT IMPROVEMENT • ERATION PERMIT APPLICATIONS ST BE SUBMITTED WITH THE F. OWING: • ALL DRAWINGS TO BE STAMPED BY WASHINGTON STATE LICENSED ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR CIVIL ENGINEER • ALL DRAWINGS SHALL BE AT A LEGIBLE SCALE AND NEATLY DRAWN D BUILDING SITE PLANS AND UTILITY PLANS ARE TO BE COMBINED N/A SUBMITTED ❑ 71 Complete Legal Description ❑ ❑ Metro: Non - Residential Sewer Use Certification if there is a change in the amount of plumbing fixtures (Form H -13). Business Declaration required (Form H -10). Four (4) sets of working drawings (five(5) sets for structural work), which include : CI ❑ Site Plan (including existing fire hydrant location(s) 0 ❑ CI 1. North arrow and scale 2. Property lines, dimensions, setbacks, names of adjacent roads, any proposed or existing easements 3. Parking Analysis of existing and proposed capacity; proposed stalls with dimensions 4. Location of driveways, parking, loading & service areas 5. Recycle collection location and area calculations (change of use only) 6. Location and screening of outdoor storage (change of use only) 7. Limits of clearing /grading with existing and proposed topography at 2' intervals extending 5' beyond property's boundaries 8. Identify location of sensitive area slopes 20% or greater, wetlands, watercourses and their buffers (change of use only) 9. Identify location and size of existing trees that are located in sensitive areas and buffer (TMC 18.45.040), of those, identify by size and species which are to be removed and saved 10. Landscape plan with irrigation and existing trees to be saved by size and species (exterior changes or change of use only) 11. Location and gross floor area of existing structure with dimensions and setback 12. Lowest finished floor elevation (if in flood control zone) 13. See Public Works Checklist for detailed civil /site plan information required for Public Works Review (Form H- 9). Floor plan: show location of tenant space with proposed use of each room labeled Overall building floor plan with adjacent tenant use; identify tenant space use and location of storage of any hazardous materials; dimensions of proposed tenant space. Vicinity Map showing location of site Rack Storage: If adding new racks or altering existing rack storage, provide a floor plan identifying rack layout and all exit doors. Show dimensions of aisles, include dimensions of height, length, and width of rack. Structural calculations are required for rack storage eight feet and over. Indicate proposed construction of tenant space or addition and walls being demolished Construction details Sprinkler details - details of sprinkler hangers, specifically penetrations in structure, i.e., roof; size of water supply to sprinkler vault with documentation from contractor stating supply line will meet or exceed sprinkler system design criteria as identified by the Fire Department. Washington State Non - Residential Energy Code Data shall be noted on the construction drawings. SEPA Checklist - if intensification of use (check with Planning Department for thresholds). Attach plans, reports or other documentation required to comply with Sensitive Area Ordinance or other land use or SEPA decisions. Food service establishments require two (2) sets of stamped approved plans by the Seattle -King County Department of Public Health prior to submitting for building permit application. The Department of Public Health is located at 201 Smith Tower, Seattle, WA or call (206) 296 -4787. (Form H -5) Copy of Washington State Department of Labor and Industries Valid Contractor's License. If no contractor has been selected at time of application a copy of this license will be required before the permit is issued OR submit Form H -4, "Affidavit in Lieu of Contractor Registration ". Building Owner /Authorized Agent If the applicant is other than the owner, registered architect/engineer, or contractor licensed by the State of Washington, a notarized letter from the property owner authorizing, the agent to submit, this permit application and obtain the permit will be required as part of this submittal I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT / HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER VALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. CTPERMIT.DOC 1 /29/97 z ~ w CC L O 0 u) 0 u) tit J CO u_ w � = • d I... w Z I- 0 Z w 0 O • ( -2 O I- w w t— H IL O ui O ~ Z t a** ** * **************************** * * * * * * * **** * * * * * **k* * * * * *h ** ** ' 1'FIH�?:.iM11 CITY OF TUKWILA. WA ** fi * * * * * * * ****lv * * * * * * * ** ** *** * * ** TRANSMIT Number: f39800408 Amount: 3.713.25 12/15/00 15:57 Payment Methods CHECK`` Not tiara _FREDERICIt "_ -Init: 13L14 Permit No: D2000-329 rvae. _ DEVPERM DEVELOPMENT PERMIT Parcel No: .022340- 005. Sit c Address. 401' ANDOVER PK E Total Fees: 6.12 3.94 This - :Payment 3.713.25 1 utal. ALL Pmts: 6.123.94 Balance: .00 *** t**** a:************* * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * ** * **: * * * * * **k Descr:iotion Amount Account Code c, 3.708.75 000/3,22.100 BUILDING NONRES 0 4 STATE BUILDING SURCHARGE 4_:20. 0793 12/19 9710 TOTAL 3713.25 t / r t.i . r"" .. +• , l � .... r�••d4 {fU 5r4t,' ' i ' *�i't�r1 S, + qcx, y "f �.s•� T • • • 6601 10/04 9710 TOTAL , *A * *kA *fifr* "AkA *:1 *k;. * *ak * k* J.* A4A* V.*4*. A4A* AJ *A *d•A ** **.A * *Jr:4J**A *•.4•kJ CITY OF TU('WILA, WA (rcArl MIT •k' *a* A4. A* 4*• A* A *1 **AJ* ***A*: §.4 * * *•4AAk•1J * ** * 4 41' ** **4 * *4 *k **A4rA*•k4 T:;::fii51 ' tmi,e : P980036 Amount: 2.4.10.69 10/02/00 13:48 : Pa Vlite 1; Method: 4 :Ht C'1; Notation: FREDERICK PROPER; In i 13LH Perm it tdor, D.2000. -329 Typo : REVPIERi• DEVELOPMENT PERMI`F Parcel No 0'22340-0050 r? .Address: 401 ANDOVER Pl! Total rags. 6 94 This Payment 2, 410.69 Total ALL Pmts: 2 Its ance 3.713..25 * 4 .4,t+A• *i1t1* .it #'*A4.4*A•itJ * I tit " A•A• *Jr *tl*, *•A k•k4*•:. A r4A *a• It. A•f•A•*4r*d• *•bJ* Account Coclp .: D e s c r i p t i o n i AthoLIrit ;00O/ l?4`i K 8,30 c 'rPL.AN CHECK -• i10'r1REr --......a ..4i roar ' 1 • .:; vi 1 1357' S'w�i ' NW: •W O` 2 �f � Qi - co D ; F— Z Il HO: • 1!J W. ,D O; 0 -! • O H. W ; Ui z — H I ' Z: -'' Pro eJ..,t: P ..---- 0/ F /eah Type of Inspection: / A/.9 / Address: b/ o /P.. Date Called: 2 - a/-0 3 Special Instructions: Date Wanted: — . / ,_ p a.m. p.m. Requester: / < : �' ` % l V , V Phone No: 0 4 ' - 4 /' -- ao, proved. per applicable codes. V; INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd., #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 ❑ Corrections required prior to approval. 47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. ,P rior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 1 0. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No.: Date: • _'.1..r.. o.�.jd w.. > ..4(':.+iL4.rttYlR tao4nttS't'3::fii+:a�{2Stl; ' :GlY3i1z '[m4 eriviia - J :AYR'.1Wti "(S /i?�.�.. Z W, 00 : CO o ...CO co W 0 g N O ` HW Z �> 0 Z 1— UJ v o' O N' 0 1— W W I --V • fW Z 0 z ;INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO., ITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 ;Approved per applicable. codes. PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 �� Specla mst ctlons:.: Type of Inspe ion: Date called: Date wan ? : a.m. Requester: " 1*7 Phone: COMMENTS: 1) "7 1y,,,t . Corrections required prior to approval. Mit dl®IN MilliNIIIEW` 1 0111111 ' Date: / $47.00 REINSPE I ION FFE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid 'at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. - Receipt` No: • Date: ,,::�, �,�,.f .G ?.; •t ...uv,.u.i. wtref.�¢:.5 «.rd. �,a.,.�rwA'iszu pY.3n�dl?..:bcc4 :�: ",.::;• :sl ,A'ed 4�rtSti� .f t440 i.?:t 4 cy�r 1 . 4 V.11 44 , ar kw . ti arla- .�...;?:,+�ii , .+sad. ay;, •iii: ~ W U O I— W }}: g N W _. Z F — :. O `. Z ct w 0 1— z Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: YNQ n 1 Hood & Duct:. Halon: Monitor: Pre -Fire: Permits: FZNALAPP.FRM i' 1 k >aQ,�'K.�L "'' ��. ti` �� `vl.•�IfYi:lc($••y'Fy�}rY'�1riy ac.y����. a�� r'�r iiiy'iL'il':ii Is•%7'fl'Siy,�. �y :..�.'.iil;i'•F'tivv.r. City of 'Tukwila John W. Rants, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Foe Chief Retain current inspection schedule Needs shift inspection TUKWILA :FIRE DEPARTMENT 'FINAL APPROVAL' FORM Approved without correction notice. Approved with correction notice issued Permit No. Date T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 t . 74o r Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East •. Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 5754404 • Fax (206) S7S4439 City of Tukwila Fire Department TUKWILA FIRE DEPARTMENT FINAL APPROVAL FORM Project Name fAi i ! ✓.r. 7r= l /' I C, V Address '/2' /1.v 11) ✓l'2 jM 'C Retain current inspection schedule X Needs shift inspection Approved without correction notice Approved with correction notice issued Sprinklers: k Fire Alarm: Hood & Duct: _�-- Halon: / Monitor: 5A t ` (6, 6 1 -701 ^ ( -< Pre-Fire: /,/r .) 7 Permits: AC le / Authorized Signature FINALAPP.FRM Permit No. .D2 +•, y Al I. !c L k r it T.F.D. Form F.P. 85 John W. Rants, Mayor Thomas P. Keefe, Fite Chief `' Jv7J - - 2 c/ -- ? Suite # Dat� Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: (206) 575.4404 • Fax (206) 5754439 , ..«wz,..,�:y.u.. ,.u;,�:.�.:�,..0 , a,. Project:. 1 = T Ty of Inspe Lion: INSPECT RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100 ,Tukwila, WA 9818 Approved per applicable codes. ggi Corrections required prior to approval. r 1� .— VC,/ h Lit /44(1 cid- z ip e -, t C01 . i2, r >�Z,. `J-� t�• m' 1 it J r -C . • CtI�P /.► i $47.60 REINSPECT! FEE REc(UIRED. Pr c •: to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300.Southcenter,Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt: No: Date: • a�. uo s 'Vrt - ., �E.aL:L�i�uiLUdt� +fit`: \q:Ae tilY+ Yid: FS A - AIWA, Y`At. Audk ALSw >$.v3,i hr. , kEiaF".;J.:�fb�it3 't %stiV.G."a[,�. w, �U 00, co o ; W uj CO w 0 _ � 1— Z 0 ' Z 1 U.1 oc' o 1- w w ui Z - . z Project: LL T ype of Inspecti ....... y Address: Date called: Special instructions: Date wanted) / (O to �� a.m. Requester: Phone: c_d, .a : /4.. //e/ A40. / „%L..ar-tf 4i te gy e0 f./ . '. � / OMMENTS: ••L J_' 1 ♦.d , INSP CiiON RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable: codes. 1 11.1P71. , Yu / v'G 'K' ? - f_/ij4,r l/ Inspector: PERMIT NO: (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. El $47.00 REINSPECT N FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: • *ei'SV..uU;V•m ,1�'(r�SS.+ii }itff4i4 +iv }A "+bya4pil+itl I gg t 2 3U` 00 coo WW 1 J LL W0 u. = I . I— W ? � z I— IIJ U � co ? WW . . z tD — H _ 0 ~` z :: AT1 of Inspee Date called: Special instructions: Date wanted / 7� Requester: Phone: INSPECTION RECORD :. Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Sbuthcerlfer Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 PERMIT NO. 4i (206)431 -3670 Approved per applicable codes. / V v22 // ter Inspector: rrections required prior to approval. Date: Q/ $47. f 0 REINSPECT! • FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter : vd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: 44,kr4 Plojecyci 1 lAC. T-C.hnc(ryt ,Tv pe of Inspection: `7ti e tiddec C (( 11 Address: U> L ID / tit1 PK D t o caned: j t o f Special instructions: cr/a 4 ' - . Qatem anted: , Requester: jiryi Phone: 39y- cg 24 0 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD ' I m� � � c Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO, INSPECTION NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 0ii x-e9 7472 (PEW))" . hid e Date: e 0 $47.00 REINSPECTIOIYFEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: ,7 1 1 ; .� „f.. ., an.L.:�6.rA.,r.w.a✓...r: i4+.t., ,r xn,laiW:!ee.!'i;t rr.wti . n+x'�ck��!'Srua+a,v "adcM.. rg J c) O N 0 WI : I... CO LL W O ; gQ ~_ Z I- O Z °' ;O �F 0 1 — ` u i I'm o , Z . U N, o Project: pe of Inspecti—�a n t ` G l d ess p, �l�� }p rl ' rU(()U 7- D e lied: —lied: Special instructions: D to Wvyanted:f i /2-11 ! n i a.m. p:m. „ Re Oester: t WA P 0 (� � Zf INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION, NO CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd; #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Cpl G /06 Date: $4760 REINSPECTION !F REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: xt.,,ia4 „S =•.ddti liw,.�ww .nF b!c,Jcl�i'f+k4., Pro' ect• Ct /P 0 � /f /✓ Ty e of Inspection: rCc.•m 1 n ;`(, (� Address: ✓ yp! %ewer fK: E D to c Iled: Z of Special Instructions: P w D me hi / �'� p. m. ffffff Re i Phone: 31 �, /_ 7_r ?ln 'T7 9 8 , • / INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECO4b` Retain a copy with permit r• '71• - + - '� r" 7 Corrections required prior to, approval. COMMENTS: la l - `' lye P€ rOO Wl VVI SS t n CO YVV1 h v 0 U C. SS\ rc p c (Ov 1 O rI O m 43 JOi 31 (- p lef « 5 b dc� V Cj l�J, c� •• PC C'1 Ve(Jl' 1"`f /; CP 4 , { ! s -t"r1 tpi Oltrrk- ke( vee rr �"':'(t n,1 1, S pec to Cfmhe vtl, c {t�fS} s.CVew. ,s;Ze. "Vd t MPS 14 4 ci rs 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: l wa.;it: ° ko Project: " 4 .0 Type of Inspecsj�uq- � + Address: .4gra.rditiarsfasm. ,...iii, Date called: Date wanted9-2,0-0? a.m. dy Special in Requester: Phone: INSPECTION NO. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 X 7 1 PERMIT NO. (206)431- Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. rc ,%4 . C / ft J eki 4,4 J ,Lr> / L CV-- .s - , i 4e5 $47.00 REINSPECTION E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: s.: .'+AUs�iPat.f w:J:'wa 44f/A1.ti,4 pTtic 144.4• .' 2 � Ur o O' to o (/) W : W J I- N IL W0 g J: tlQ N a ' I-- w ; 2 � 2 uj oI- W LL • Z z P ect: �j(.� -Q P Type of Inspecn: E's1'J 'iris. r A d ess: , 5 Date cal l e : fa q 10 i I , Special instructions: Date wante . PS1 0 1 (5> ue ter: Req , h- i f r) Phone 0 ) q � A g0 1 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 'a° °o - 39 .0;,2s.hsettardeletuftovi'` " • °l ortr { oi64,e. r" ° `:. A4t L�3Cfid; ' PERMIT NO, (206)431 -3 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: i 2) 6Grrl, u s f/ d" irg Q 7 44,/— s D $47.00 REINSPECTION F ' E REQUIRED. Prior to inspection; fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: �1`, %wav�.� •r,ak ;4 cna Jai. - .,;,7 „'i� .:;r�dyti t:141 44 ii klatiYl}w;; :� .a.a b.Yui fk•.�a�+;di ; i. +,'rrtaa,ts.ttrk'�.d.r�r,�lak r.�S rr.A Oh '414 z : . LU oo N co W W0 ga to _ I— W I— 0 Z • ILI 0 In, o u, w O � .Z , 0 co H _ 0 "I_ z Prole , .:, 5r.; tt ; ° fFr'' ' �itl c k� C . y ' a f � "Lift * I l I' In. tt I vii{ Address: , 4r �1 '!'' ' civet E Dateed: . ,. J Special instructions: • Date anted tciI a.m. - tb( p.m. Requester: + 3 , Im Phone: 7A6 3 4 1 - 9871 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukw �l WA 98188 Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -36 • . ons required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ( 1 and coe Inspector: Date 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: ' �i��&A :,h{ •f r�id , rN:Nr3t:;a;ri�ta4s'ii ivawl3,'itSi['.�+ ?�' 'rz4 i;4 '�i.� a'y.8 �+`�t *. ,`' k � L5 �� j - ti3at�a`�z.irk v. .w`�F1ddLi�:4a r. sx: 'ait'rre•53v- : +�G;u2lx';rcl�nLr. "!iSk..., wh�k" Mreni.rstfa�t`i�i +?A'ia W. U0 WI N W W 0 g J' in D I- W 1=0 Z 1•- W W D :V O, ON CI I W IL. I" ' Z 11 U D i 0 Project °' z • .::- ! «� ,.,, 4_ c�� 'a ..�� /� .(, � �r'r•� !! (��/ Type of Inspe h/�� . r* -• Ll. .IlL4 -cam \• `-'� � ��{ � D � ate J r) : AdflreSS,, ;�,�= called: Special instructions: Date ante : 1— I /i /d .m. Requester: Phone: rL4_C1ga I INSPECTION REC Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA DIVISION " 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #1001 1 ' 14 A WA 98188 , � roVed per; applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: (- 4 1oor y 1 L i Gh( r q io ` Gq(k 1 1d tVo m 10 h 6VIG4 i ova 15' 4 l oo r I to Lt re C jv A- oS 7 \c i 4onf t 9P3-Yo .4- 11-10 A.9 te A cc 4 .o Date: J ) a f I Inspector: . cm $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid 'at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: _ _.......... _ .. .- ActL hens,rXCi.k*F;+,s q% i i Project: j C°'El b t/F../ yg,of I spe v (// Address' `ti Date called: Special instructions: Date wantecj; o � p.m. Requester: Phone: INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: ‘,/3 i Inspector: proved per applicable codes. IN TION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3 Corrections required prior to approval. Date:q ,o / $4 0 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: . Ull �1{ Ill d�? ftlek'.` . M- i�N. YCUC�. USI�a ''a�1us.Yi:.'.d.�:+Vati•�it� �:, �. y„" s: �` I'..' wiy�` e# citKN. ir�" uiSYa�s. ll•+:. wxt� +'�tl.�W�'�.i4vYa'aii.'SLL4�:�L[ .1.....:r:w.u, u ....va•;k.F +�a..4 .a,:t,!?ti1u.JY a.�Y+itciJ <,i✓i.34du6i+Lrd;:VSY&8 ?u't .::u�� -LW' .4. A0411441 rE = ,e�.t�t+:d3N kt�teft 7citY&Se;sd:4NotouNdit•.F ,riajeAt.:.) c; 1'- U j 5"( �1,�11 t pect; + .N t 7• � 1I blxl� A ss: t n e 1 i-4r,chie, p �= . ` tCe O 1 Special instructions: Da a ante �0 p.m. R%itester. .J1 irn Ph ', . _"1 gal INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 0 Approved p applicable codes. `. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -36?70 COMMENTS/ �e�Gf/L�iVa•�� A-„ ,- 4--c 1 -/, 0 /t 7 /1 •SLIJOefe Co / is 0 - Inspector: Date: 1 i 1�9' Corrections required prior to approval. $47.00 EINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule`reinspection. Receipt No: Date: 1 4.4% :.td, s...aaK1.w..�.:....ttA eL:w+:w iiiw�'�aa+.a *A t vviu+..4,.4 ° +h 'S'd. 04 Xg ".. w , J U U (!) w' U) w 0 I I ' O - w w • V L. — O . z U = ; O ff ! z Project: FAT►C -,vf P. TEcNNu -aUyDn Type of Inspection: Wiu-B D F "' Aat c d d r e s s : o l A m . a. E. c D 4f3 Iled f o I Special instructions: an Date d: J4 1 4 /n l p.m. Re _„ester: Phone: 21)(o - 3qt-{- cl r,32. 1 INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 981 Approved per applicable codes. r 1 INSPECTION RECOitel Retain a copy with permit PERMIT NO. (206)431 -36 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: Fiodv - GL C,6 1 l i o l & F no r C 4. F ■ L-\ 4,0 t to '-e SS res+ro Inspectors Q n j ew,. Date: ❑ $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Anfv. dr. i. civ. �t: r'.. SY.i.!•.+d',:.!'.Avl.{i::iJb'u ' +vfllYaa;..°i54 Atr ?�iw.+.:k.v ?:' X. ,.li4ti"try;}lheNY. re W J o C)O en 0 w V) U. W O, ti Q; u) d ! H W ' Z �. O` Z � W moo; U ' 0 ca, • LL 1 Z N ' O ` Pr ' p,. Type of I,r speedo :: � A ss: V dr 0 r - Date c 43 o(o Date want : aJO( m. K•m. Special instructions: Requester. \.0 1 C, et' ka rrn Phori INSPECTION RECORD' Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING. DIVISION "6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 Inspector! Approved per applicable codes. (1/W.Q,4•.- (206)431 -36 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: 2 Floor t GL r2 310e,t L JN -Pre -P P( -P COL 1 1 t ? Q_:t rtbtde k re 1n-P Toi rG�l Date: 2.w D El $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: Project: � ra Type of Inspection: ,) );, Address: 6 /0 / artc/rwe r Pk E Date called: p Special instructions: Dat anted: 3/ a. I p .r • Requester: c q / , //,.) ..._.../ Phone: 6 3 ?y-78d / /Approved per applicable codes.. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 9818 PERMIT NO.. (206)431 -367 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: ra wk 1s • \) r \"rc.vo∎ L P S S rooms 1 � Inspector Date: D $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: , n.i r= iL5:6Y 'Y: .a,. A ‘0,411 zd�,= Ui V O ; y N UJ W O } u. I— W Z � W gy 0, , o � 0 I—" Ui I U b t z 0 O ~ z Project: 1. 72C /1 Ty1 of Inspection: /YAM/ Address: yoi /3idvr Pk_ " E Date alle . /fir o/ Special instructions: Da e a ted: /� (LIT p.m. Re ue ter: h'1 Phone: Ob6 - 31 y- 9ereP/ Approved per applicable codes. !l I fl 'p 1 Lt.,ff -0 INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 Corrections required prior to approval. COMMENTS: \cior 141 4'22G h‘ %tit 1` S Ct n me \Je oJ( 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: N.1.I�t rt�+IdR]>1+n.d atS:W�I Ia' .:etdrA'a pos14:404 351 Project: Type of Inspection: Address: ✓ ,. Date cal led: J Special instructions: a tc W9nted: /7/0 f a.m. p.m. Requester: J J1'1 Phone: 0 01O - ?g2( 200L -32.? INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 R Approved per applicable codes. Corrections required prior to approval COMMENTS: C.j44 /7 be I m^A /.. 2 „3 /-4 k$' -e /2 S S r?,) $47.00 REINSPECTIOPIIFEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: s' hl+;( r' �pt�r'ld:Y04?1144.4.k44 afJr,F V.114 a 4.4141., :iif.4.cv VY.fis: 61. i2442d. i.:aJ;:is. ;+. a4., n::;'41t razr»W,!s„:' W oc 0 00 ; coo w = J F.t co w 0( J ' = b(wa 3 I- 0 z I- 0 . , . 0 N 0 H: W W H V . • 0 • Z U N , 0 I— z Project: f 1-er. Type of Inspection: Dry i/ ,Ui Addrejs: A k) ?k E Date called: /u" ) 9 00# Special instructions: _ Date wanted: "I ' 0 a.m. p.m. Requester: d Phone. ;-6(0 :q ` 98 i Approved per applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 COMMENTS: 1 +f) 1 O v,1 pproofolt bra r c+0r PERMIT NO. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Inspector c Date:. 1 9-01 - $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. !Receipt No: Date: elktrsrv U' 0 0 coo w , w 0 g Q` cn a . w Z �. Z 2 ▪ j` L w w ; ti O t Z Project: � / �/ I t �ij Tie o_ f In j . f , , !JP WQ(f IV( 0.4 U � Ad" �ress: n C_i �f0 /7h i1� f• C I ei j - Date l- 2.( - OCR Special instructions: Date wanted: a.m. 12 -2 0 c p.m. Requester: �-•�-, ..3 / ? e, Phope, o ( p)3 9 41_9(9...,,,,,v INSPECTION NO, CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd, #100, Tukwila, WA 98188 pproved psr applicable codes. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit s�aEa' ae.., xvtppti'. ien�c+, n. wr. �t' 1�. qaa�: e` �t++ Ue?�lla�}+ �= i8i. iit 'S��°7�6,c71vt�r7�Mc#�ia�3.Wr 1>a0 - 3 26 ( PERMIT NO. (206)431-3670 ' Corrections required` prior to approval. COMMENTS: L 4 i r, I3z (. ic) C tt fl �� r 5�_ fiO@v), f Pf' Inspector e n R s...alt, Date: 11-01--7-00 0 $47.00 REINSPECTION FEE REQUIRED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Receipt No: Date: ✓�I .•A..gxa..3 11 ), ,.<t;;..Wix,.J kC.til.'n > $t..'4a.}�!li Si' 'ialasbaat .;'tl ,nsteil et .S.4. ��i:r�31:.t.:E 4 3ttcd:Jk1'. Z w J V U. 0 No, CO W U. g J' LL Q w . I Z � 1-- 0 Z uj 2 U 0 N+ 1 •Z ; 0 I-- Z INSPECTION NO. CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 Southcenter Blvd #100, Tukwila, WA 9818: Project: ".' T o spection: Ih . Fa � t�(D C.t Y� a�o Prc�r�� too\ ress: —DM called. Special instructions: Date want e i off - 00 p.m. Requester: �m Phgn tl!) 3qq- ` " COMMENTS: P-(/ ! / / •� " ., � 4 27 //s Inspect' 1 Date: Approved per applicable codes. 0 $47.00 REINSPECTIO EE REQU ' ED. Prior to inspection, fee must be paid at 6300 Southcenter B vd., Suite 100. Call to schedule reinspection. Date: I Receipt No: . �:w }t1G:.s;a: sS�:.�w�r_r.•TM'.���t�.+... .�:1 • �z;'.:s,ti. :.�,i:;cc,a S. 3..��. a. ct :'trzs';.:aos.r..;:x.".•a:.r�:d .:Ir''v: M.f.+i3ir:. INSPECTION RECORD Retain a copy with permit i i l D200 -32 I PERMIT NO.. (206)431 -3670 Corrections required prior to approval. Y15'.■15: itta,:`e5:043t: 5 rL's:hpi',�a �S„'.r:�u#nwa},4£?" "2da w arN�h•r`+aA,.aL,i: 0 0 ` U) 0 ' 3 w uj w 0 : u. Q N 1- w i-0 ZF 0 0' o � WW� 0 co 0 Z. January 7, 2003 Jeff Jeffers 777 1208th Avenue NE, #400 Bellevue, WA 98004 Dear Permit Holder: Stefania Spencer Permit Technician Xc: Permit File No. D2000 -329 Bob Benedicto, Building Official City of Tukwila Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director RE: Permit Application No. D2000 -329 401 Andover Park East In reviewing our current records the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the Uniform Building Code and/or Uniform Mechanical Code, every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of . such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: • Call the City Of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670 to arrange for the next or final inspection. This inspection is intended to determine if substantial work has been accomplished since issuance of the permit or last inspection; or if the project should be considered abandoned. If such determination is made, the Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve a one -time extension up to 180 days. Extension requests must be in writing and provide satisfactory reasons why circumstances beyond the applicants control have prevented action from being taken. In the event you do not call for the above inspection or request and receive an extension prior to February 20, 2003, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Sincerely, ds�►C.� 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431.3665 «uid. 't: Jc;,trvu., wr .r1ss!.:rdeE'dtl @ tt•1 H J Uj U o c0 0 W W o -J w Z jE Z 2 U i = V i. f 0: U W August 21, 2002 Mr. Kevin J. Dooley Vice President Fatigue Technology Inc. 401 Andover Park East Tukwila, WA 98188 Rodert Benedicto Building Official RB /sks File: Permit No. D2000 -329 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Request for Extension — Permit No. D2000 -329 Fatigue Technology Inc — 401 Andover Park East Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director Dear Mr. Dooley: This letter is in response to your written request for an extension to Permit No. D2000 -329. The City of Tukwila Building Division will be extending your permit to February 20, 2003. Please be advised that this will be the only extension granted for this project. If you should have any questions, please contact our office at (206) 433 -3670. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206- 431.3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 0 0 • O . cow; u) F- w o' IL Q .. - d I — ui I- O Z w uji 3 0; 1 ; ; w , 2 w Z. U N' ,I= 0 H ,z Yi,,u{u3:Si u.. �..'..:+1J+�'utir rl�J'.rtl August 20, 2002 • Dcar•Bob: Kevin J Dooley, ,•'Vice President ' • • Z7, ATIGUE TECHNOLOGY • • Mr, Bob Benedicto • •City Tukwila 6300 Southcenter Boulevard,. • '�ukwila,. WA 08188-2544 • 206 433 -1833. <Fax> 3 ' it. ', *Subj.: Permit ext°- request • • Thanks for your call. AS requested •rhereby .requetit• 401 Aitdover.•Park gait .project, in order to provide electrical :issueswith:the State. of Washington. • • a six month extension on the permit for the the time required to resolve the ;remaining': • • • 4( \ndover Park East • • • • • Seattle, Washington 9$189 -7605 • . USA ' t ' • • • 206 246 -2070; F AX 244.9888• . www,fatiguetech,corn • • • world feeders In. cold expansion technology " Z0/Z0 39Vel TEL:.( ) • A6070NH031 3110I1dA • 'sidend 809 ina the80L9,'fatlqu9 03 life of metsi :91: ,struQtgr /8 es &. m /O0 at ®rlal 00 May 6, 2002 Dear Permit Holder: Sincerely, Stefania Spencer Permit Technician City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director Jeff Jeffers 777 108th Avenue North, #400 Bellevue, WA 98004 RE: Permit Application No. D2000 -329 401 Andover Park East In reviewing our current records the above noted permit has not received a final inspection by the City of Tukwila Building Division. Per the Uniform Building Code and /or Uniform Mechanical Code, every permit issued by the Building Official under the provisions of this code shall expire by limitation and become null and void if the building or work authorized by such permit is not commenced within 180 days from the date of such permit, or if the building or work authorized by such permit is suspended or abandoned at any time after the work is commenced for a period of 180 days. Based on the above, you are hereby advised to: • Call the City Of Tukwila Permit Center at (206) 431 -3670 to schedule a progress / final inspection A progress inspection is intended to determine if substantial work has been accomplished since issuance of the permit or last inspection; or if the project should be considered abandoned. If such determination is made, the Building Code does allow the Building Official to approve a one -time extension up to 180 days. Extension requests must be in writing and provide satisfactory reasons why circumstances beyond the applicants control have prevented action from being taken. In the event you do not call for the above inspection or request and receive an extension prior to June 15, 2002, your permit will become null and void and any further work on the project will require a new permit and associated fees. Thank you for your cooperation in this matter. Xc: Permit File No. D2000 -329 Bob Benedicto, Building Official Steven M. Mullet, Mayor 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 B 4258289116 +ttt± ; 6- 7- 1 ; 9:40 ; COLL INS 1111I1tITIIt rn 7D D 7•I la.TM 1•INNINOITWI A/T • ■MITI AID Z aatlale1 WMNIM0TON • •••0•••■ IS T• •7e /Iaee•1 P.111III Oil II • COIIIN•WO /IM••.COII TRAMCMITTAL TO • Mark Petarsea Johs Sharp Jim Meeks • runts/ • ISItIllt rtuiuI X FACSIMILE DATE • 7 Juno 2001 AT • MsCaIthP ADDRESS. 401 Andover Perk East Tukwila, WA galas PHONE • 208.301.0821 FACSIMILE • 206.301.2307 FROM • John 6und REGARDING • Olsrifioalion PROJECT. Falipue Teohnolopr PROJECT NUMOER • 1137.00 NUMOI R Of PAGES INCLUDING COVER • 1 CNA COMPANIES- 206 394 2397 ;# 1/ 1 MEMO Currently the CD's for the TI package call out Rooms 151 and 152 as "Office ". Thie is an incorrect designation. The rooms should be labeled as 'Storage'. This revision by the Owner did not get picked up on the drawings. Sorry for the confuoion. If you have any questions please contact me, John Voice, 425.988.3336 E-ma1: }ROUTING IL DATE: This tocQri ilngincionmtbiuinranulion Wish nuybsai & stial privilstii Th.inrme•lhnit Owe i.londod Mal W rw Yh• us• d 1h• i u id t rra of d mnnt• a d we Wornness prohlb !f r u Ism olilta dldosw/, ruiuoli llil rstsknib in wcr, tMw roily us by Iskehee. COL LIN9WOERMAN 19 A WAOHINGTON COOPORATION.•;%s 110•.h mi 117 •Illp•Wtme11s1 111001 .I.,IIIt•,i••,"rt.1I.D7 PM SUPT • ACTION - PILE �� r L RECEIVED JUN 2 5 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT MAY -02 -2001 12:02 a DCI ENGINEERS FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY TUKWILA, WASHINGTON EXECUTIVE OFFICE LID FRAMING EYE BROW FRAMING I MIRES .1W2/ t Prepared By: DCI Engineers Project No. 00 -11 -359 May 2, 2001 P.02/19 RECEIVED MAY -3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT 0 0 C N u. w g U. Q = a - z � U (Di 0I = w'. • I— U i Z MAY - -02 -2001 12:02 DCI ENGINEERS P.03/19 `ID I6 &* $L1467 N 1b GA. 4JGL�CGEp E*- Ex)JO 72 s"711.1)- at/ w *12- S7r 6- Op Al3k RECEIVED MAY -3 2001 BUILDING �, - PARTMENT Pi�vlyF eve' jud cgs' 16 G T R&C.4.0 7 • NVLD 7a trNAZ' /ve or 1J Rfrl Wf l ig K to zr X 2" /2 o .c. CA N �e w '4I rf nee vNT f okiD F2. - 7 FA9s7 -Ne Q y ,c .) 5G2 C®ic�'(' T/C 4C 7' q STL) p w/ 6 J U O W W N u„'' W 0 = I- W ' Z gt cy z I- uj 0 �! Z - O. wh 0 .' Z MAY -02 -2001 12:02 �''1 /.� E DCIENGINEERS ��,� n� AMATO CONVERSANO I NC. fax m e,m DATE: April 30, 2001 JOB #: 99224 (620 8z 630) TO: Jim Ciecko @ McCarthy FAX #: 206- 394 -2397 CC: John Bund @ Collins&roerman 425 -828 -9116 FROM: Douglas Beck PROJECT: Fatigue Technology NO. OF PAGES (Including Cover Page): Regarding the light gage office framing, I have reviewed your fax indicating the change from #12 screws, as indicated on the sketches I sent, to #8 screws. It is acceptable to use #8 screws (the same number as indicated on the sketches) except for the strap connections (detail C for both of the light gage packages submitted), which requires (2) additional #8 screws. I have marked up the sketches that I had sent over to you previously, indicating the change from #12 screws to #8 screws and the quantity of screws required for detail C. It is acceptable to use Hilti type XDNI powder actuated fasteners x 3/4" embed @12" o:c.in lieu of 6" o.c. as indicated in the previous submittal packages (detail A, both packages) to connect the bottom track of the walls to the concrete on metal deck floor system. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. DCI ENGINEERS 16 P.04/19 2821 NORTHUP WAY • SUITE 200 • BELLEVLIE, WA 98004 • PHONE (425) 527 - 2238 • FAX: (425) 827.8986 RECEIVED MAY - 3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT MAY -02 -2001 12:02 DCI ENGINEERS DCIENGINBERS , D'AMATO CONVERSAN O INC. DATE: TO: CC: FROM: PROJECT: Fati gue Technolo NO. OF PAGES (Including CoverPage): 7 ._ John, March 25, 2001 JohnBund @ Collins /Woerman Jim Ceicko @ McCarthy Doug Beck Enclosed is the design for the additional lid framing for the second floor T.I. that supports the suspended ceiling. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. all on ururro r.rrrr- n rn... - , Inn ..... JOB #: 99224 (610) FAX #: 425-828-9116 206-394-2397 'fax memo P.05/19 RECEIVED MAY -3 2001' BUILDING DEPARTMENT 'r+�xkb.�...�r- .�a4xi1'eti.4l: l�:i..:LL•'.:ti- ::sel::a o w; ui LL C!) v; H Z 0 w w r w w 'u' O w N'+ MAY -02 -2001 12:03 DCI ENGINEERS N► o1 0 � I13At4.5 S �4 to r'3 stfir'.L Bc• 6- Sttemt pus. R'PPI.1 Y or.) seri sib es oP milt 3 egg .2DtUJl- Z'b MR k - W f siRke 5Liest F sthniD *fie so /NTS 4 1I►11 d LK 6 1 1 - Tt{"F 1 r - g r iLez a N D SruP 5 Pi e . PL 1 ewe to/ 3=e LarF ift4:3D St- bR1•6/N47 scliele9S ' `T4FIri `sruD 17�'st ■11•Mb Ns e ' � ' t - � o0/4 39 . e M Slvo M Wte A55oc. ( MSP ?cp Rz1 S TI 1/,'4a � P 600 e..143-0 e k, d . f (o6 4 z 4 t.,1 oe eAr1r �., f5 s t!wo11) P �- w�CZ1 5 e eA to S t �o .1sr Anse) T is !N4" 350 m/e 5rune 'W P G k w /ca Ali 361 & Ni l TA/9-ex. 5 Tyr X00 ?G 18 S)vvs' @ at p�w/ ciqv7 600nr12 g co�Jr o o �A t 5r{ZAfS To P d 8T Fo2 Puce. 1.67 4- oesT CgO$ A' PROvyoD' (coo el 18 41r5; Pt c 7 : bA FIRST 'Iwo 45h @ EN1rS OP (24 th EDL 9 oat. P.06/19 V RECEIVED MAY - 3 2001 3UILDING DEPARTMENT re 2 00. to o W UJ co w � 2 q u- Q z C� i 4 Z Z I— 2 ill U O� 0 —; w u —0 ; W Z 0 Z t MAY -02 -2001 12:03 Project Subject DCLENGINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC, 6i/ 7..i.. @ t Sf cioe- C. PEAN DCI ENGINEERS P.07/19 o.c . �orST TP4c-�v- TR••1 4 'TA 0 G P o fr P-D -f f'- S Pertc w. p 1 A01-c14 t 1SOMr' . 2 .O h C*7-P � S PL.( C " ' 7-S r4- e7,)A Project No, 9;4. (/ 6oa Sheet No% LA Date By Q E14 :014r Tt+ 600 MY'1a 0.6-14 muevil ( SPGtr. w) 6a0 {' Sr t F 2 '‘ I ce.v Div 1-01 1) $CAK 7'a fl r-r-t. TR P Pc. €t) w/ 5'rvls 57 ,f- prg.,funv T,RA�cec. Ttv 5r-9O • e r-Fa a.. 1 -K ''2d_e IL 721 Q O N C 5h v H-11-1:47C.44- {st f c.17 r7 ✓` X DN-x 7 /JJDE. ° `o. c. ( Pi wA) RECEIVED. MAY - 3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT MAY - 02 -2001 12:03 DCI ENGINEERS Project Subject DCI .ENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. P`err r• i. W 64 3 x3 &L� rS i ries M T+p't Gc , 2— t.L'6p EA-\To E EA- - T9 (57 ) T P. / To 'Merck., 8114 4 cam.) I peg. 'q IJaTe-, Cb'A! }4--tT S;-vD w►4�•t.S 'Tt� 'Dr G� PO— -ta T01-t1.. K f 'MP • Project No. Sheet No. 4. 049011Far &IA- .21`011r j a 7?1 P twiti241 Date ^, .3/23/0/ By 14 5Goo Sol-(D P `tip P.e8/19 YE D 3 200.1 BUILDING DEPARTMENT 0 W W CO W 0 2 co J - 0 4 Z I-0 `: Z F IJJ u i0 N; WW Z V N 0 Z ' D C I E N G' E E R S E D'AMATO CONVECtSANO INC. . Project No. 111"(C Shee N o. ' ~ C ~ Project F i6 v 7.1:. — Date e / z 5 a) By i Subject —""` Srkk? iEu Cp,2i 2.S 310A-t4 06- Coeu o'i~ Z77ON S Q cu MAY -02 -2001 12:03 DCI ENGINEERS 0,0 •17 T -4c.K- f6 rs r 6 P'ra-rL D." Qg sIA Zn�K ( rs2. "A-, 'no** 6rtz "Lor ) IG x 12. w P (Q) •,. z, ,q- J'oe sT / jr2.4 -c. r --1- use , WAtic. cox 5 P 7 P , - .) w / o ) *., Sirs t-4-Exo w/ .(2-) 11- srs , t Zlatsi' C. YsSttt, P.09/19 RECEIVED MY -32001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT MAY -02 -2001 12 03 DCI ENGINEERS >J �f Mkt. iv/ 475, .0 ply •G. 7 (6 'o KT (8 / 660 er/a) c ti&ra- T- Toe 7 - DP 14N c`- W/ ` 375 l�o•G- I s73' Kum s7'gA1° gm s? 3 y lo -C, Gao /2 q ' R4) S 4714) cN ia;-'4- w f i o - P i 2 C., t'' - fL_ Pt fay P, F(•ri-A) 0.eo*RooJ�s 3 e Get- Az" w1Pr 57-6419 7-18 -- (: w TIAIUDVf RR. Pvw !.L''�91errrt • �cs� � s;Racr>� - Nerm , j � -c•� sTvt, wA fR.. V7 L ",s- " 7'h P. P.10/19 RECEWED MAY -3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT DCI'ENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 94 SheetNo.',, „ D Project _ • FA ► '.n1V 71.r. _ Date B Y 3/ o7 Subject J i . PMA t Cr?- b rr l e11/4.1 MAY -02 -2001 12 03 DCI ENGINEERS >J �f Mkt. iv/ 475, .0 ply •G. 7 (6 'o KT (8 / 660 er/a) c ti&ra- T- Toe 7 - DP 14N c`- W/ ` 375 l�o•G- I s73' Kum s7'gA1° gm s? 3 y lo -C, Gao /2 q ' R4) S 4714) cN ia;-'4- w f i o - P i 2 C., t'' - fL_ Pt fay P, F(•ri-A) 0.eo*RooJ�s 3 e Get- Az" w1Pr 57-6419 7-18 -- (: w TIAIUDVf RR. Pvw !.L''�91errrt • �cs� � s;Racr>� - Nerm , j � -c•� sTvt, wA fR.. V7 L ",s- " 7'h P. P.10/19 RECEWED MAY -3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT s . MAY -02 -2001 12:04 DCI ENGINEERS DCI�EN�INEER Project No. D'AMATO CONVERSANO I 99zz 60 Project �A'rrbvC Subject <i Bt xr Car • C P1 ?t. '=-E- J •Ivisr E dt= ?rte. YIP . ?t Nom 4- .F y 4 * * t �• Sheet No, ' E Dare 3 Z'' 4' By / TE. ¢ coo) Pz KIM Ulm" Y# C(000 MT%) Kit srs & 12 , Tb J4-' ._ rg. k 13 #1.o 'rib W C. 648 Ceiu 1J P &9?„. P.11/19 RECEWED MAY - 3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT .. Ce+i r -t -- c-- •'U) Peia_ f h f}- �' y .- t ,� . MAY -02 -2001 12:04 DCIENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. DATE: February 23, 2001 JOB #: 99224 (600) TO: John Bund @ Collins /Woerman FAX #: 425 - 828-9116 CC: Jim Ceicko @ McCarthy 206- 394 •2397 FROM: Doug Beck PROJECT: Fatigue Technology NO. OF PAGES (Including Cover Page): 8 John, DCI ENGINEERS P.12/19 Enclosed is the design for the framing for the second floor T.Y. that supports the suspended ceiling. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. f ax me o RECEIVED MAY -3 2001 BUILDING • • DEPARTMENT 2821 NORTHUP WAY *SUITE 200 • BELLEVUE, WA 98004 • PHONE (425) 827.2238 • PAX: (425) 827 -8986 MAY -02 -2001 12:04 3M 4 /nom" DCI ENGINEERS w r . _n 3Surc /6 J770Qf @ •ie 72 w/ C&417 3so r /8 TOP /.4774 TQr'r& S,MF r a I NDictigrs cue-1476A) 6.A' 6.-yP- aofla4D aivote A.444, may i oN 13071+ < mg* ap: lout," (tufo c c:4 7a Pat,ft4146, w, srxet c.4 kret ki b 1oet.. t s vivo w/ .s ,c rD Naegog. C ) 7?tE Fracr rwfi OOP snA sus , *P'PL y 6 w/ zcB 1 f -2'i?/ c" Se-Antis' .06L 166-,Ge X 4 w1DE eeP72NUoos 57 �1S S"f(nw�r W /(e)a srs e .5-4Torsr caosvo Pc 4,J -- a oorz.. • P. 13/19 s • .. Carl- 24V,4 a 0 2 ".W rPF .S772*8" 7aP 1 3711 Fo.e T rz ca-1 EA- Jolgrr'E3 . . PaolIDF' giav c.Y /S Jbes7 LGKEr F24 !IF.Sr "rwo 5.415 JPs* 4P /2wus � G Ja (sr /7 - krie4 o v ie srtrtg wr¢r C goy RE'E1117,.D 11,4 -32001 BUiLDiNG DEPARTMENT w N LL. W 0 to -j = d F- w ,- O z E- uJ O N W _0 — ii ' . co , 0 z H - ..•••• • AMMO.. MAY-02-2001 12:04 DCI ENGINEERS I 1 I 3 01 ■I• ri L. ----: 144 • KEY NC ■••••• ...No. •■■• • ■••••■ • ■•••■■• • ••••■••• • ...I...10 I 290 OFFIGE AREA NY PAR11110N5, RALS, cout(TVIS i SIKLAR PAGE vimeRS WALL ter Ex OM 6 AFF 1004.3.54) • • mg..... • ..■• • • • 7 RAMO& iNvicKrE5 mr:O14j EauiP. /42.0vE. 5f 6 • 0 u) 0 w -J uj 0 2 to D z 1 ._ o 0 0 co 0 — C3 I— W u j I 0 • BUILDING I— re • b .z (-2 DEPARTMENT ../.■ r. 0 7 ••••• ••■ •••••■• P.14/19 .0 FLATFoRm WE Patroa.E suAF 0.2.611O vATE BRO 0 •x• Boa . 0 Ell KW 0 rise et. - FiRE - FIE V 1611 turx3R 2k2 6R10 PAYS 0 re Nal Mak 0 ARA x 4ro EyhanON 940. of VAC IRAsi Rwrou 0 ALIN Ow* A <> GA532 Of94* It41.96 MO I T 0 pm:* PM Lie or Dam. 901 #4.1 RECE WED MAY - 3 2001 • givassiorz) 291 0—\ UWelL z12 ••• * awnrkeyot %4' 1 MAY -02 -2001 12:04 DCI ENGINEERS • D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project Subject 7V9 wA-r.(. DCI ENGINEERS GY(" ok O nrfxJ 0 S P c. rc W't4u. - ra? p ov (Mt 3 so wr /$ STUD n 2 `.-o" vf-g,p a S PI,I Ge N/60 61 ' r¢• ep 1 Project No. Sheet No. ' .13 P73 4v(S'i 7Z r 44444- $o o W I(F @nu rz,J N! SpL4c. " wJ 80c. E•\/' i Sr" w) t 57t E,f• Fes ,r1Gr o R-1714. 172441c. 7a dom. U 74/07 Pau./Ph *-T 1 r-*- 7 f CO•'v c POI Date 2 /Z P.15/19 RECEIVED MAY -3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT MAY -02 -2001 12:05 DCI ENGINEERS II • D'AMATO CO NVERSANO INC. Project Subject P *retie DCI ENGINEERS 140 PRAve rum &'i s E M 'Fs ao-*1 'R- ft-00J Project No. t Sao .MT rG 0.0. e s 'j'R 4-c.� ivy sr5 i i 7 TD TS MN), Sheet No,,; Date 2 J'o-GS i A si'scc oe- P• PwN P.16/19 MAY -02 -2001 12 05 DCI•ENCINEERS D'AMATO CONvERSANO INC. Project Subject FP- 76 t t - `7`: ,� • DCI ENGINEERS g7 A'P CMV N ' c.-77 a• &) ego NI 16 EAl• stD OF' DSc. sr'D Rya") '8Px .try t s ? r Wg- 4- - w4.14- , caw pet.r ra - 1 1 6 rot 'Be wily/ a/ .c. (SP46eS vibter p eh- 1/4.1`a (cr Project No. 1� Cob fueN srs eD SE ^6.0 j R4cz. Pert "A- Date By "EfB P.17/19 71 " W e z-o 1 .0 B4. (61& erg s - ECE ED MAY - 3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT MAY - 02 -2001 12:05 DCI ENGINEERS , DCI D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project rill- f sW -T. r.. Subject F .mercy 8 S7?iW C.e-iv ti1 �i T � '8M P ;;"Lpirij J3M C.�r /6 e4 7't - cry pEz. eerG u Project No. t Sheet No. Date ? 3 G/ By �8L 7Ta! ST C•1 She VeTirle— 6 P.18/19 s't2, g P A w / Ca) STS 6 e.,4 •Ji? esT Cr2-1) ss . MAY -02 -2001 12:05 DCI ENGINEERS DCLENCINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERS AN O INC. Project Subject Date By bT170 W es- C4 � t fl& Fen oir - r. Y8 . So/sr/724a w/ n 9(1`10 40- S 1 sre/rP To 8t.r-67 tP 3 o•c, It $QOJIS V`vfsr 3L /Effr; aric S w ""raP t3rfri PL.4ij 4 -- L a yP BB.rt2A eliteritiavert4. 1 ER.. "Fi- r) Project No. Sheet No. • (Sr ..Sf Ar int P.19/19 eeo TztioCos 2o64 A20 tal 5r 7 8 W- Co,oweiou f Fog Tuff terve:7H err:- t RECEIVED MAY - 3 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT J V V0 W iu N LL' W J ; No Z � D 0. 0 1- w W -- 0 ; Z. V Ni : 0 ' Z DCIENGINEERS D 'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. RECEIVED APR 2 7 20C1 BUILDING DEPARTMENT O 2019 2-7 FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ENTRY VESTIBULE FRAMING, EXECUTIVE OFFICE LID FRAMING, GLAZING FRAMING [ or s t0/2/ o, Prepared By: DCI Engineers Project No. 00 -11 -359 April 9, 2001 J. Mark DAmato, P.E. Guy A. Conversano, P.E. Elizabeth A. Jensen, P.E. Roger L. Heeringa, P.E. Mark D. Aden, P.E. Harry Jones 11, P.E. 2821 NORTHUP WAY • SUITE 200 • BELLEVUE, WA 98004 • PHONE: (425) 827 -2238 • FAX: (425) 827 -8986 ._.rt.:a. +:.0 + ./t h:9.ln:r: DCFENGINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. / Goa) Project ( Subject V sr(Fu r✓e F,Qrr,-7 /1 J6 - ?i rI / V ( r,—n,i Sheet No. "Pctr-,J Date 3 /'i w / By it-T G 4CE S/ 4 - 6 .6 P20P172T/ r 0�1'f''D oN M S7 .)p M 'U uFfl U 2 t 19 /4-77o, ) D�3YGN fr of Sruv w yoo /c /0 e a yo .c. wl a "pc ' Wo o o ' It /2 ST5 e ( o .e. A4fapz &ups 11 /A1 .e. /I.) P/-tP. 13 cock PAN . toG ) ?(t.oi✓I PE" /G G\4 7 a 772A -Grc 14(17‘ . o I6G4 ; ; "NP Prf-4Nte U yo o cC /6 1 Yato w Ldp) 'cn �. w O' Jr 3, v � w. z F z - . zI W Wi '3 p. 'W W ui U - F= = ,. O : ~i. ;Z ;, . f DCI.ENGINEERS E D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. //' 11 9S 7-7-V (60a) Project Subject Vt=s7-113 u LE FR r 11J6-2 — 8 Sheet No. Date / 3 //2. /r,' By (000 tor /(o Co-rF iN uo0S TRA-c- _ w/ (I) 4 72- S T-1 p( li 73 or- T/ZA 4 Ta Tel sr $c nLT — t)f' PFR. pu'J w/ #12- Sts r3 , cr 7-o Wrj -a— 73no{A) W/ C2) -- s P (o 'O -C. ( 1 4_ "c x. .7 Co f rU ` \ \\ / • pk. ` N A- ' A lz its L r p ) re) A- _MCI e 4 A TRf'-C-K PEP— A-24f 40147 P - Pc-or,J w/ i po iN 7' r J4E s)2cr UP MpiD 1a fS 6 , X,b - W /9" w- / W. (l FLAPS 71 ll r (3) 1 5 cMJ G kJ) E /U&iNF P R- Py wdw 1, 44 1 .r4 Qi I- ;z ut 1--! 'w w • CU ai! 0~i DCI ENGINEERS E D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC, Project No. q �6I4�, Project Subject \I #577/30 t F/ 1 Ale? - 1)E ‘4 A- Sheet No Date 3 By fl8 -jo(57.5 Peg. PLAN / ( y G� x ?L-1(400i0 hl/ µ ' P (2 STS 00 .o • e . Cw P4ii&l- 'OA b & ( y o. d, iN frimb Ts KxYx1/4 P►Ec r 12 Y If V c c,arZ ?! 6i rR M I 4 "T` c�c, �PEI2 Pu*t ) So -(p <si c4-k67 1Yrk) n) To 5Ts 1 T P M1/ (3) #(Z STS TO So p(bp -r BEzzai %s Cbk P't rcv6 W/ FD6�S * ')O r2-"e • r , /N , = /EZD TS BM (10 4. lo) (. 14 . / 0 — 0 4' tin _fp 0Y s ac) 74( • g G( t ie') ( /4 Y /7 z g" f(27000,0420 Y r )r 1-i . 2.y5j) 4 3 1%6 6/g • (0 2 co" t6 (4';)c4): 72 „-te- 4/0( 1724 7 1 1 64 )\ 7;11 ' w -4 .1 ,. (;c1 sl t( /1 2 ... g L ( 1 •- tt c , (74 i ■4 a oa c.Y %---;-):: . __. ., ..„...„.. r • 1,<.e_ X/y (rzg I (t 61,4, vt,, I • 2 7 — 7 L, DCI.ENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. 4.01,1‘... Project No. 615t2.J6oa.) Sheet No. Project /' : g Date AA% Subject .0 (i i / , . By (10 4. lo) (. 14 . / 0 — 0 4' tin _fp 0Y s ac) 74( • g G( t ie') ( /4 Y /7 z g" f(27000,0420 Y r )r 1-i . 2.y5j) 4 3 1%6 6/g • (0 2 co" t6 (4';)c4): 72 „-te- 4/0( 1724 7 1 1 64 )\ 7;11 ' w -4 .1 ,. (;c1 sl t( /1 2 ... g L ( 1 •- tt c , (74 i ■4 a oa c.Y %---;-):: . __. ., ..„...„.. r • 1,<.e_ X/y (rzg I (t 61,4, vt,, I • 2 7 — 7 L, DCFENGINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. d�.. -3 Project Subject Sheet No. . Date By 1.?"-; ?-I- —44 p ,sr 4-2-G) z a M ." /2c2C. • ..c /So (kf y ! / G ( I, o0o Goo y 0,-. 1 ` /oo cc / p 5 ry p Yon wTl fa- 1 V3 .2e DCI ENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. DATE: March 25, 2001 JOB #: 99224 (610) TO: John Bund @ Collins /Woerman FAX #: 425 - 828 - 9116 CC: Jim Ceicko @ McCarthy 206- 394 -2397 FROM: Doug Beck PROJECT: Fatigue Technology NO. OF PAGES (Including Cover Page): John, 7 A X E ems, fax memo Enclosed is the design for the additional lid framing for the second floor T.I. that supports the suspended ceiling. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. 2821 NORTHUP WAY • SUITE 200 • BELLEVUE, WA 98004 • PHONE (425) 827 -2238 • FAX: (425) 827 -8986 tX U 0 to q; CO ul O CO a W , . ▪ W m ci 0 '0 ==', W Wt U • O[ .. f- O I' . p5tSoisr 1 ' x "rip Fe ,b -'ktt „DM N 0 u- tokt s}hewrJ s MLL. B &7P -Oo.P 50G/42 w c.s • R-9 PL /'," awe oN 'Beni 51DZ=S di" Wfi(l. ) PER fv 'rb FAA44I/%1G) STRA - P 13066/ BRAND tttele ,10 /NTS d W' Sot t D 2L46) 1757 'PT" TWO t ND fri'PC`1 64WI Gal a9 lu7tr-el. itVRD b14 S C4181495 . o� Je1sr 5rtio bF51c/•.11 mo AZEI E iE? o/%) gya. M 5 114, M 4 , 4ssoC, ( M sMM) Paphi.Z7t -S T R4M /Pia 6co F.1 ,►_� l(oGA "W , DF eor�T YY ( si - 42/rPS C rn P.A-s s r oN) &ir w1C21 12 srs c E� Co, J ols7 CRos SAD T (000 t=J 18 0 o . e. Mkr TYP (q)cog 41. 44 3so rG /8 SrWS!? o2V . li TR,4c/ =) T`l? t7NO- (oo ? G t_8 S WDs @a'(/ c�u7 00µ-'r22 Y Corr ao GA X,91w1 srR Is To 'Forte putt_ 1_ENC.T7} of 00 V)/ Ca) it 12 s7`e EA -101ST GROSS P PRbVIOF i (0 00 &S /8 .T'oisr PLKG, Fa- FIRST TWO 6,11S OP 1 1 E01 FQ• IT DCI.ENGINEERS - D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 49;.z /60e,) Project 7AT7 Cak 7. 2, Subject Sheet No�� Date By 7) � iQ S P -(GE • W,4z.t- `T p 'rkP4- w t77 f so 117' /$ S77J7) n 2 ' -o c*v p @sPt-tc N j (5) It fa - S-t-s A-eiJt ) 1- '12- Q. EY So( 7tr 7r -4ck- 60© Mrr - I4 etro 7 vo ( spwc.F ) 6co ENT /€ S7' ✓ J� F z -o cr2o @ �J (g) 4 /2 Sri' E* x.Q MT QT'M Tgr4 -C (. p c. )w /(1) / S1_ " .f- St ' 0 s 5 TAA -ctr Tr? 57 P arit Q. ITK T(2.4-e. V. 7D do r.) C m J I-4-1L 'C-4C- AJ�' 7 c.17 7 / p X D N S P ' l VP-Tcl P I -lJST (p `°'e' C31�1"Mis,� 6 • U, VO u) o' _! H. 'co LL w tri w ' Z .moo' „ v ° 10 Ei w w ; p { 6ii ' Z i o z -''` DCI•ENGINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 941 y4 Project Part F -' . z • Subject J'91 STS 0 PI) W... 7. ,A NitZ fri6 Al 17V D IvrkcS, Sheet No. •l. Date 3/2 / B k c • (2 ST Ti . r M Tit E'44 9(T) - MP bNT I b trr 18 cor. r ToAtu.. w f (3) szs Srvb T1f Q w$ 4 cam) _ P ftliriJ I S p 1I- -MJ 1E64 K 3 .F3 Po4 L aL 1p w/ (1)* Iz sis tr+4 [-E4 1 - ■'a rsr To 7r cep i Pa- 'DETA'IL 4 ic 1 L-9'JJFCr r="f - To - v P OF tFJ r Mbp M1 IA) 44 1 w l (2) ' t srs) f f 1‘ Goo Sot-tD Buc67 TIN-A-) 'osCS t /2 s Lp 1z •0- 7a P DCLENGINEERS II D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 12 C6(0) Project F4'i t b v � Y. S Subject 57 RA-Gt 06- C44v N v`u7 oN S Q w C6t 24 Sheet No. C Date 1,71 ((( By T I) (0) */2 sts FQa M TO e ST/ 77 f4£ . ZeW W A-u- Co u-r fit_ po (s r C e t. P -T *fL Q D. " c �2 si�6� lam { s� N A SIDGS &: W*14 1 1.IG 12- 't 12 IA ICS) #(2. srs cam sTI *1' Pte- G_9) (a STS e: - axo wj ST'S . Q E-4- Jo l S i c2osStD . DCI.ENCINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 4 1977')‘ 4 /o) Project FA-116V "7"..r. Subject #7V D 1.l a-u- C4 D tTl e tl1 Sheet No. D Date /6/ By 773 M. .10/ / 7 w / Irt; 5 75, 9 0: .6 Ef% ( bo Lis (s boo MT' /i ) CoNNE-( 'r The T � / S M s?'P - /F'P O MI 1 . 4 - 11 575 H e rili.c• r 'To gLKbi. Cg 315-6, Nr -T- i l - 1 --r 01Z poCo G oGA- A 2 l ji?- SrRf P Ti — Ce ?i,( OOU f rot r JU. G&v6-TH aF 41_0 _t -- +Foote /2 .7D/v Br. .. po 12) Pets �tsr £ s'P 77 snip w A ` w/ TAP 4 - r'RA -c. t PL ,4 tJ , (4 ) Po4-2A e fr2u,9u. c r gTU'tj J frt TO T, 'iJ P7 L 4 /4 - 64 / ril P 1 t� 0 c u) co ail W is J% W . LU Z ° p 1- ' WW 0 ' Z X. 0 �" Z DCI •ENGINEERS E D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 99z z1/4 f Project , 417&vC T .1. Subject , J �i ir ce4.4.) • NE. Sheet No. E� Date 3/z Tie By / TA '13L. T.4c../ •TD_rsr EOCE OF 1rER. 13 LAD. � t.1 OTF T 4 C6-7c90 PE KC— K biz t",t /J'1" Tr A c ((oao fUr /0) YJ� IZ ST5 C 12 p ,c To W g-u-- 7 - k D€2.oW S 6.0 S C49-iu 1J PC12 Co- J STUD V.)-A1-4.-5 DeG(C p e-g_. vi -P• DCIENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. DATE: April 9, 2001 JOB #: 99224 (600) TO: Mark Peterson @ McCarthy FAX #: 206-394 - 2397 CC: John Bund @ Collins /Woerman 425 - 828 - 9116 FROM: Douglas Beck PROJECT: Fatigue Technology NO. OF PAGES (Including Cover Page): 14 Enclosed is my field report from Friday's site visit. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. A. X E fax m err- o 2821 NORTHUP WAY • SUITE 200 • BELLEVUE, WA 98004 • PHONE (425) 827 -2238 • FAX: (425) 827 -8986 ..--DCI ENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. DATE: April 9, 2001 JOB #: 99224 (600) PROJECT: Fatigue Technology WEATHER: Sunny LOCATION: Tukwilla, WA GEN.CONTR.: McCarthy PRESENT: Jim Ciecko; Mark Peterson; John Bund; Doug Beck field report DCI visited the Fatigue job site on the afternoon of April 6, 2001to review skin framing and connections. The opinion and recommendations contained in this report are based on limited visual observations of the building that were accessible and observable at the time of the site visit. Specific areas of concern have been identified in this report, however there may be other items that have not been identified or discussed. There is no claim, either stated or implied, that all conditions were observed or analytically evaluated. The following issues were raised: North Side Framing: Horizontal tube steels were installed. However, windows did not span to the underside of the upper tube steel. Windows were designed by the window manufacturer to span to metal stud framing that was installed at the underside of the tube steel. The metal stud framing at the underside of the TS is insufficient to resist code specified lateral wind loads. DCI recommends that vertical framing be installed between the horizontal tube steels at each mullion (@ 5' -0" o.c.) in order to properly resist lateral wind loads. Reference the attached field sketch, SSK -26, specifying required framing and connections. Entry Vestibule Framing: 1. Vertical & horizontal TS framing at the entry vestibule was designed to resist lateral wind loads. The framing was designed based on the window system spanning vertically between horizontal TS supports. At each side of the entry vestibule, lower windows spanned from the slab to the metal stud wall framing that was furred down from the bottom of the horizontal TS support. This metal stud wall framing is insufficient to resist lateral loads and transfer 2821 NORTHUP WAY • SUITE 200 • BELLEVUE, WA 98004 • PHONE (425) 827 -2238 • FAX: (425) 827 -8986 »:wrN 'a.ir •.:ewe ... ,n,,i.in..uart.:�.iui..Yac.S.W' `�reu�6S1::i.;•+4+: ce2 U 0 0 0 : CO J W LL W O: LLa d z o z W uj 0 0 F_ W Z 1- V O , z U -' 0 �- o . z Glazing Framing @ 2 " Floor Balcony /Deck: f i e l d r e p o r t Page 2 lateral loads to the vertical TS columns. The window installer confirmed that additions can be made to the window frame structure so that the window frame does span full height from the slab to the underside. of the horizontal tube steel. The contractor shall confirm with the window manufacturer that the window will span from the slab to the underside of the horizontal tube steel. 2. DCI has enclosed framing requirements for the highest panel at the entry glazing. Reference the attached partial elevation of the entry framing & detail "A". Reference the attached partial plan, elevations (E -1 & E -2), and details "B ", "C ", "E ", "F" & "H" for structural framing requirements for structural glazing framing @ the 2 " floor balcony /deck. Please coordinate with the architect for dimensions. South Side Overhang: 1. Reference the enclosed sketch (marked -up 21/A8.5), which illustrates DCI's recommendations for connection of the triangular soffit frame at the south and east sides of the low roof (south east corner of the building) to the main structure. These frames (not located under the upper roof) are required to have the capacity to carry the code specified 25 psf snow load. 2. Reference partial plan 19/S2.3. At the east side of the low roof, the bottom side of the W 12x22 beam must be braced back up to the metal deck. Provide a C3x5 brace @ 5' -0" o.c. from the bottom of the beam to the underside of the metal roof deck. Weld the brace each end with 3- inches (min) of 1/8- inch weld. Reference detail 18/S6.2 SIM. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. 2 iY U U o` O o our Ji w } J u_ Q'. co D _ z I- o w w' ,o N � 10 . F WW :. u. tit ui co , off z *Jo srs gook lG ,s7 . 18) . ; .: ; , :: , w !TN co b ST /6 T C-1c- S' o ",, a (To fri164 (A) 11-14 Nixnx IGO m u r- `i o w s) - NoTF : M FTC 57vD SPELL Fk4 -TTo fMr .Ev1-Sc oN MC'r*L S'ruo ijkPur.4 -c-r' f-15 So C IR Y -. Pas tGN*riooz Project Name: DCI•ENGINEERS - D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. 2821 Northup Way, Suite 200 Bellevue, WA 98004 Phone: (425) 827.2238 Fax (425) 827 -8986 VluM - A-S lDE OF floor IP - k- W 11i.1)6u) "Tb *u..0 rt) Po fr... 172: \ V nceL AE cp �-- T$ C t�� rte•) p:4 saDT s, NITL Src,)D FUI? 4 Oa? ?Et_ C&NT 12.01-c•rel co xiN - c.' 72r4G4 it, J� — 77C - FR4M ii■]' w/ (z) rr /o srs, 1-P GJ "N00t f Fy 0 THz -S . Co Vic'" (A, t N.ta To V 77'42 R A-Nt r, L--7 PE- j) X41) 1-1 Pre_. R i= u� M Fit -� #/o PER S KETe- Iit- Mt-r*t- s-rv F rJ, 3 Co- NT4Z'A-Z ro (Z. Project it: Sketch # Date: i t/7m / Field Sketch: ll1D -717" SIDS Gcl (NW F - M rtJ 6 2 ■ ug D 0O N o . w W' fA LL w 0 7.1 U 3 :. w ' z �! F- 0 tu D o ff , w i o ' • z 11.1 0 = E oI z • DCI.ENGINEERS ill D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC, Project No. 1 1'322`f ( Gao l Project Subject 't /el e.4 �%► a K,,;' Sheet No. • Date 4/ By Lou) C- c1 1 g - 1 ? PPo1V tDe FM i /Jtj 7 , 1)6.7V Gu tL 4Po r.) 'V - ,L IDe- op -"s ((iv Az). 3 4— b V ° a 2 3 Q i; TS I 4 h 1(F57"/ ?O L � Wan?" " .y Srt)PS 7D 75 & Y "o.c. 7 77-14S P a-NrZ Sp'GT /ON C c it— • ,;v.�...:,.. 1 21. LV. ;U) 9 W 000; al D r _ � �_ uji — 0{ D p: ?0 ;p1. 'W ul Ui Z ` W Q) DCI.ENGINEERS II D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. ?,7-7- (�O0o) Project 6,6 eaA_p Subject 1/ 7{; C 1 w '.. Sheet No. Date y<5bl By �8 yoo Sr /V --�, The (- (1 ) /O 5 -S Ea- S /PE' Tv p Slvo FRA Iti 09 lit o 11+ETa -S C04.) t.) eTro DI %y pc y40,0D W� r -P'/O sTs MET . S7-U -gor i N6 I o rzis 12S W tN Do-ci7 7:124 pi_ U &7 I Ce-ii • 73, K D7li74-5 IN IOD 810 / Cs (}-1 I✓2/' �? tiu 177 v: 5 C.1.ttlY.Mr'. vi,,.w :a. .. 5 7 1 4: 1 1 OFF I (7 50 HALL 210 I I Id 6—, g71-ic.61--Ar Vs ( se-czio 14.1; \--14 2 1I DCI.ENCINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. tizzy 401) Project F 6 Subject &1 ! l\1 o- Fart G X7 IJ - c 1 L Sheet No. • e - I Date / 17 0 By 5 F r Nom' Q wrotIG ‘ Fob Co•N ti. o r+o 2 ► e ofm Ts ) 7'2U � r"i C it PPS . 6t.d it tPe C TS Yx7 x q 4 4 = H Ts G xYx % T5 /o X 4/ / At G /A- ? /tJC7 I TS cot- $K9 q - 7: St- 4SlNFri 67'1 ° 2E 1 eV -- (p7eva-fon — i) per-- le/s6.3 / Ts e.e-t Pry • ��•xti . �.cn,y.:.sr�.a war .;; DCIINCINEERS II D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 40? Project Subject at k21 NG- F-i2 #11-1.1 1,7 al &"KT. p - c- Sheet No. • 11/ 4 1 STS X71 d-'4' MAU NX & 74 1r p g, V �cy4�-tr.1r s Tfw c U a- DFe- I ••—L 'ao (.4s. TR -11.)e" P— s ---- -- T . �c ft - PLM.) (1,a 1,0 C.7 '00 N 0 " LL' w o 0 1- W z ;W W= U N1 . ;0 H . WW Or t z +; DCIINGINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. Project t 7 '117 61.1 teld Subject 1- 477c14-5 . Sheet No. 3 Date / GAx.) By flow-Arr. 7"5 t zX ft fria t Pe72— Project F►l-n c -og s a/A1 Subject DCIINGINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 319 Sheet No. Date /a G ,d B Y TYf ntf re. Pe 'LA -?l, eum. X la. (op) I) Ts Got. e. TS &PIs Ts Coz (cot L Ts BM To T5 ce- — Co1 NFe 77ox..) TS PE _ PLC/ la rzj Project Subject Project No. DCI .ENGINEERS II D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. ?TM effia R,D OF Baws7 " . " -5--Th. TralcS • rs @xa x /i4 wl 31' 3 x X/2 wl (a) / x 37 1 L t8PA *36 An 1 /t y - so . ( � Car, @ T7 7-1 P . T Sheet No. Date By 'DB 1TAA S X S -(4, s 10E5. , ( u67 l6.1 T 3c) Au Du) F-ok Via -77c X t McVV 7 or — 7- uss� CotiC o4! 'DECK 5 DCFENCINEERS Project Subject r Project No. oo -1i -359 Date 12 IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Bret c44, a F Tj.4) SS Se ©n1 TSy qv 1 / L e• A- S ID E f t #N .D ©r rS Sheet No. By D f3 73rpt 4 4-10 S447/467 fay q• . y o 17 ,g.5 Bi Hated garvTA -L TS Anti- J 7741S! $72V q.:13 (2 . DETAIL 11700 NAILER !!R 51'5184 CM STRIP Sr5T81 ca14A05NE PETAL ?NE. 5111151 PRT:-rtas eo PFTAL UDER ROME VICV An4ENr AID 3/4 COX TREATED 1111'1900 3 Irl' PETAL 511.0 MTh TTPE 4 R-II 9Jr INIMO 3' -0' Ila•r-0' PRE- FK19437 9 T PETAL 50FFIT UWiT FlXTLPE 11370851 la c-1'- <5;4 FR tMNQ e OTto4S SIMPsom sl f2S w/ 6 : /a srs 04- ' (/E e E,4 fit 1Z- Mt 7 c f= G« -6'rkse 1=/24.1'46 (0-i o •Q) 715' -S'/VD w,gu &K.o, BFth ij lZ STS T� P @ -# SNP. To 74 1.3 59c. /p ' 6'.4- 81-1467 0/ lb GA Le dLEP E4- , e�7a s7-0-D s ( 571 6:4- • L &-Ct A1 1 n /NUoor (6 Get- c- (- 2 s7i'L WFLP 1'v ONbg'JZ. (Pe of w -B/`I w� ''/ Eip X 2 "e. /2 ' o .c. CA 2M.11-T . co 1 /J &cr"7z? ) rfu '7" e - rNr powvF12. 4-c-7 Pis t/N Q o -c ! 5 iZ 0.491- 772 .x- 57 w/ ( ) /o sT-S MAN . r�vtm��7:^ pl r: i' �: I� :. ° KrS::Vll'lt. ",.`lta;v.li;, � �Xr.��,ti+!i' COLL INS ARCHITECTURE PLANNING • INTERIOR DESIGN rn 7v D 777 108TH AVENUE NORTHEAST • SUITE 400 BELLEVUE WASHINGTON • 98004.5118 Z T • 425 889 3333 F • 425 828 9118 • COLLINSWOERMAN.COM X TRANSMITTAL FACSIMILE MEMO TO • Bob Benedicto DATE • 11 April 2001 AT • City of Tukwila ADDRESS • 6200 Southcenter Blvd Tukwila, WA 98188 PHONE • 206.431.3676 FACSIMILE • 206.431.3665 FROM • John Bund PROJECT • Fatigue Technology PROJECT NUMBER • 1137.00 NUMBER OF PAGES INCLUDING COVER • Please find enclosed the following drawing sheets for your files: 2 ea. of , A2.1 •2.2, A4.1.1, A4.1.2, A4.6, T -A2.6, T -A2.7 These sheets represent the current revisions to date for the construction process as the project has proceeded. Areas are generally in keeping with the original submittal and intent. If you have any questions please contact me at your convenience. Thank you, John Bund Architect Voice: 425.889.3336 Cell: 206.919.5840 E -mail: jbund@a,collinswoerman.com CC • file REGARDING • Current construction plans This facsimile transmission contains information which may be confidential or privileged. The information is intended to be for the use of the individual or entity named above. If you are not the intended recipient, please be aware that any disclosure, copying, distribution or use of the contents of this information Is prohibited. If you have received this facsimile in error, please notify us by telephone. RECEIVED CITY OF 11 or.... APR 1 1 2001 PERMIT CIL t COPIES SENT VIA • FACSIMILE COURIER POST ELECTRONIC COLLINSWOERMAN IS A WASHINGTON CORPORATION .PAc....106..d•103 F•uy..\T.•..min.I.U.I 010411 .Fd•1.d 01444401A DCIENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. DATE: February 23, 2001 JOB #: 99224 (600) TO: John Bund @ Collins /Woerman FAX #: 425 - 828 - 9116 CC: Jim Ceicko @ McCarthy 206 - 394 - 2397 FROM: Doug Beck PROJECT: Fatigue Technology NO. OF PAGES (Including Cover Page): 8 John, Enclosed is the design for the framing for the second floor T.I. that supports the suspended ceiling. Please call if you have any questions. Thank you. fax memo RECEIVED APR - 2 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT 2821 NORTHUP WAY • SUITE 200 • BELLEVUE, WA 98004 • PHONE (425) 827 - 2238 • FAX: (425) 827 - 8986 v O coo co w o g u)3 z W z � ow , 0 H w u ii Z. o ~ 7#1 stir' EQL tAkirtA- • elty , A C . SIPA moTeS ND icvi-IVS C. QC . 4 - 77o/0 A" 6- trp-Soion itftly G I 4. UI C P gs-arc /8 _rrzios c9-4 Cartire 3S0 M t8 TaP trel rie4c4,s 166 L( c01r7Thouour S'ffziwiJ u/ sT5 Q caorSeo 1 7-%/ LP ' - 1 , 13(.. rS r A-g love_ 5 trirrozu)* t E7.0 1,4) PA / T. r. Pt & — P i t-z-oce • 6448 a NRernif<IDES csE cu. /V- 7b Fiatt-t 0 10 ) srkt Bt.c,c,-( Thrf 1-62Plq- JO (t)TS *t3D saaD W..ockty* SEM- PPF F(I17 Two &%uP 5 n SPA *Vitt 6101€ to/ 1c 8 um-Fer_ Hvit f-/LL/14 Scgews e4L, . eeArr 20GA 02" co fix 577205 77P 4( 7371 Foe - Fag. L&716-17 o LiD2.W:71#1b12- sr.5 CA jor5r--Nk Pao v 0 - goo Jaisr SCK6-7 Fog. Plesr Two 73A-its c» mPS' _sr4 Rfi@cew i' L.2 20GI , Ain-i/TeNT it.;AO<r v.wrww. i +wa +t STAIR r 10-4 1* OPEN OFFICE AREA • ANY PARTITIONS, RAILS, COUNTERS AND SIMILAR SPACE DIVIDERS 5HAI L I NOT EXCw, b' -0' AFF NBG 1004333) HATCHING INDICATES C.H. M EOUIP. ABOVE. 3'41' 15 -2;' 232 a..., e.ae -∎ MATCH d • O I - -- -- -- )- =- - - -- - --� 8 • - --'8 RECEIVED APR - 2 2001 ENDING • Ep �t NI ENT KEY NC lO PLATFORM BUMPS' O2 REMOVABLE GUAR <> DOMESTIC 19ATER 40 HOSE we ▪ 'x' BRACE EYE YIASH 1O TYPE A - FIRE E` OB TYPEB- t9ArE` 1619 %UPPER O 2x2 6RID PAVER II ter PRE FABRk O AREA 5'x4'TO EVACUATION A�} 'AREA OF !VAC ® TRASH RECYCLE % ALI6H DOORS A 4 O Il LItED STAIR NC 4 /T-A2b O DRUKIN6 For • O LIIE OF EXSTIt SE SHEET All UHA55I9 231 Z W ' -J C.) 00 , U) 0 U) W 1- N 0 W u- < , = W Z H% H 0 Z 0 0 � :,. w W • I- U, F=. Li Z U .� DCI.ENGINEERS IN D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. Project 'Fen 6 7. I. Subject Sheet No 6A I) Date 2/2 By Aso PEF ,g12-cN (Z) - EA—,24 tST GY P 'Bo iriaD S fig/ Rte ft/r J (7.) E4 Jo(47 Ted $ a v PVT Hp rikwaul S7 -R4•r you E.T /P . " ✓D is 2 ' -0 C S' Pt- t :.r -- w) ( ) / 2 . . 5rs E, piuD Cb�l C N M1't Q S Pt t C. u pru. - tap 1-124 -c-4 w MTl f 3 so 1"1T /g sra, n 2 I -0` 4 c*g 2 t) (- - i-s e MP 5 t 13r-t TRH -Cg. Pete_ foil.) w/ (t) V2. Srs 1= 4- St o'F pre_ f t..v TA.A -ct . Try -. 5rv ,hN e-rfo - Ire- T24c tc. rd do l.) C est.) K'it D Al 7 ( CT7 7 /p x DNS .> ,4-c- 1-1)'t 7?--D F iJ .f lP `o. e. C3ft!~Mw RECEIVED APR -- 2 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT C/) li W0 2 � 0D _� : W W 2D : 0 - ; . F- V o : UJ I1_; z r . DCI.ENGINEERS D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 9 c ,;7-1 ( (604) Project PA-r6-o6 PA-ro-o6 T Subject OD P1 wen Q T.5 $ M Sheet No Date 2 /i4 a/ By ,DR I <2) #12 ST-5 TSB /- 0 woo TotsT t Soo , FtT /(o ee)9 - n uv0.05 Trz,a -C L bri t& 47S i ¢ f C6 Ks -A-c&) `` e D� To TS S td) . tST Sf'4c. &G- P2- f ` 1 'rX3r3 w (y) #12 .'rs E, 1-F67 04 -ZotsT RECEIVED APR —2 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT w co ILI' Z I- Oi Z H� W W U 0 , 0 W ' �,— � 0 ? W Nt 0 I DCI ENGINEERS II D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. 12) 4aG ;) Project F (6uL `T2. Subject Co-N IJ V cr o kiS @ w el-u- Sheet Nc, . Date "Y / 23, c9 By 13.8 (e) frio /66-4. E. ID * St vat sniD �G1'F14'i2 1 T O Ne - ra - r r TnA-04 „Btzeul Lu1Th / 2 s3 13'b "o .c, (S'7 -Eg-j ST' P PER ?L$J W, a) r 12 Sr5 EE4- ESA 6 41 /2- STS c CA- 4 1 .se%'D ��. i 4 0 . + __... 4 + +i--I--4-1- 4 v j p STAfP ?V- ��m� (e) 4‘‘ 47 �- i (Ai (Z) Ii /z.. sr5 E,¢ J`9 157 C Ras Sep Arti atrp71OW uS 7144c. Peg 9,e /./-‘ I vuJ (') /2 srs rz I. Co rt1T 77 4-1 $D2-0 RECEWED APR - 2 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT DCI.ENGINEERS ED'AMATO CONVE SAN INC. CONVERSANO Project No. 9 9 ;yy(too) Project "r' i - r /c -rvF 7 r. Subject GrP W C.49-N P 79W S £ .7 .R A1 Sheet No. Date 2/23 A/ By � 8 "T; t3M C.o-Wr 14 64 72'4 -c.(L �p 'E ,,t� ,, 1 St- -'°(S7 , S H E r n i z , - PEA - s`rf. kf' p R Pt�4iJ WKS) 4* /2 sT5 EA w/ (2) 2P/2 srs & E . 4so /sT Cr2..0 vim . RECEIVED APR - 2 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT W 0 u a co a; I- w z � • z a .10 o 1- ;W W' U. o ' COI U - 0 H Z DCI ENGINEERS E D'AMATO CONVERSANO INC. Project No. '997) V /ado) Project F erA" 711". Subject 04D V,)Pj C4-ND rTl e-A) Sheet No. J Date 212 > By ?:73 �JBL Io M4c4. iv/ 11 7; 575 I2.o.t. -/ s7:: ?-(24 M sre4P To ti 3 .6, s w Arc, 1, IN J - 7" -- o-P ' 7 M TR - c4 P - 7L PL011) 4 "Z— B 't2 Ban gift-iti2 t't32C eop.)ThhJOJ ' ao &4 A writ' Sr(VrP TA 8 Ceht07I1000 X0 2 1:41( -1. 1-t- 7)6Th' or 4/.D. $ooh' /o .7D/s7 41.-145. P-0 2_ e2, WI/ S 1 ts1 _ ct settCTh 3 7 P RECEIVED APR - 2 2001 BUILDING DEPARTMENT .l�'h:aJ.:vili:+.Li:nRallw tt.8t�a luF G1+.. oL:ti3tLS+ii:i U i Cl) � I , ( OW L ., w 0 g Q ; co I— U z P 1-a z 1—: D M F V _: LL V N 0 .. Z . January 8, 2001 Jeff Jeffers John Bund CNA Architecture Inc. 777 108th Avenue N.E. #400 Bellevue, Washington 98004 VIA FAX 425 - 828 -9116 Gentlemen: Sincerely, Deborah Ritter Associate Planner Attachment City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director RE: Fatigue Technology Building 401 Andover East Tukwila, Washington Design Review (L99 -0080) Building Permit D2000 -329 Per my conversation with Mr. Bund today, it is our understanding that you wish to remove the three landscaped islands running along the northern property line, on the western half of the site. You have indicated that due to the cost of irrigation for these islands, you now wish to replace them with parking spaces. As you know, the design of the Fatigue Building and its associated landscape was approved by the Tukwila Planning Commission on March 23, 2000. Per TMC 18.60.030(D) (attached), no changes shall be made to approved designs without further approval and consideration (by the Planning Commission) of the change in the context of the entire project. However, the Director of Community Development is authorized to approve minor, insignificant modifications which have no impact on the project design. Your request must be submitted in writing before the Director can consider it. Your request is to provide specific reasons why the approved landscape plan should be revised and why the revisions should be considered to be "minor and insignificant ". Your request is to be accompanied by a copy of the approved landscape plan as well as a revised landscape plan, illustrating your requested changes. cc: Brenda Holt, Permit Coordinator 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-431-3670 • Fax: 206-431-3665 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor a. for sites whose gross building square footage exceeds 10,000 square feet in MUO, 0, RCC, NCC, RC, RCM, TUC and C /LI zoning districts; and b. for any site in the NCC, MUO or RC zoning districts in the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor (see Figure 18 -9). 3. Development applications using the proce- dures of 18.60.60, Commercial Redevelopment Area. C. For development in the NCC, RC, and MUO zones within the Tukwila International Boulevard cor- ridor, identified in Figure 18 -9, certain landscaping and setback standards may be waived and conditioned, upon approval of plans by the BAR, in accordance with criteria and guidelines in the Tukwila International Boulevard Design Manual, as amended. Landscaping and setback standards may not be waived on com- m cial pronertv cirioc ariiarnnt_tn raciriantial dich No changes shall be made to BAR approved designs without further BAR approval and considera- tion of the change in the context of the entire project; except that the Director is authorized to approve minor, insignificant modifications which have no impact on the project design. 18.60.040 Application requirements. All applications shall be accompanied by a filing fee as required in the Application Fees chapter of this title and shall include, but are not limited to, site plans, exterior building elevations, an environmental checklist if applicable, and other materials as required by the DCD. Models and /or photo montages shall be required for multi- family projects over six (6) dwelling units. Exemptions for minor projects may be granted by the Director. Minor projects shall include, but not be limited to, new interior garages, dumpster screening, and other changes which have no significant affect on project design. Building permit applications shall not be granted until approval of plans by the BAR. (Ord. 1758 §1(part), 1995) 18.60.050 Design Review criteria. A. Generally. The BAR is authorized to request and rely upon any document, guideline, or other consideration it deems relevant or useful to satisfy the purpose and objectives of this chapter, specifically including but not limited to the following criteria. The applicant shall bear the full burden of proof that the proposed development plans satisfy all of the criteria. The BAR may modify a literal interpretation of the design review criteria if, in their judgment such modifications better implement the Comprehensive Plan goals and policies. B. Commercial And Light Industrial Design Review Criteria. The following criteria shall be considered in all cases, except that multi- family, hotel or motel developments, outside of the Tukwila Printed July 6, 1999 ��7�4 M' vR' 1�MRN�A1�if .^.SM..f�k'�'!M.6'twA•.H �k1yr: MiA' K�Yd° Y' Rx>^ t' A' S�IIhNSVCYfA! I! i'+' �Y?'': R!CR'F.•R'Y•3MtilR3f5...�.rfi�YnM W.te YR:�� +xnfrt International Boulevard corridor, shall use the multi- family, hotel and motel design review criteria, and developments within the MUO, NCC and RC districts of the Tukwila International Boulevard corridor (see Figure 18 -9) shall use the Tukwila International Boulevard design review criteria of this chapter instead: 1. RELATIONSHIP OF STRUCTURE TO SITE. a. The site should be planned to accom- plish a desirable transition with streetscape and to provide for adequate landscaping and pedestrian movement. b. Parking and service areas should be located, designed and screened to moderate the visual impact of large paved areas. c. The height and scale of each building should be considered in relation to the site. 2. RELATIONSHIP OF STRUCTURE AND SITE TO ADJOINING AREA. a. Harmony on texture, lines and asses is encouraged. b. Appropriate landscape transition to adjoining properties should be provided. c. Public buildings and structures should be consistent with the established neighborhood char- acter. d. Compatibility of vehicular pedestrian circulation patterns and loading facilities in terms of safety, efficiency and convenience should be encour- aged. e. Compatibility of on -site vehicular cir- culation with street circulation should be encouraged. 3. LANDSCAPING AND SITE TREATMENT. a. Where existing topographic patterns contribute to beauty and utility of a development, they should be recognized, preserved and enhanced. b. Grades of walks, parking spaces, ter- races and other paved areas should promote safety and provide an inviting and stable appearance. c. Landscape treatment should enhance architectural features, strengthen vistas and important axis, and provide shade. d. In locations where plants will be sus- ceptible to injury by pedestrian or motor traffic, mitigat- ing steps should be taken. e. Where building sites limit planting, the placement of trees or shrubs in paved areas is encour- aged. f. Screening of service yards, and other places which tend to be unsightly, should be accom- plished by use of walls, fencing, planting or combina- tion. g. In areas where general planting will not prosper, other materials such as fences, walls and pavings of wood, brick, stone or gravel may be used. h. Exterior lighting, when used, should enhance the building design and the adjoining land- scape. Lighting standards and fixtures should be of a design and size compatible with the building and adja- TITLE 18 — ZONING Page 18 -109 rt 0 0 ,, w 0 un w J =' H U. w0 g z � I— 0 Z I— 0 N 0 I— w al U _ Z;, Ii i 0 N � z SAMPLE I.D. TYPE GROUTED SIZE ( L,W,D) AREA (SQ. IN.) DATE TESTED AGE AT TEST ULTIMATE STRENGTH C HECKED LBS. P.S.I. ,f/A y._5 16.q, e7 so c 0 Zc to O J H it , 1 z ? J �F I g 2 / ►r DESIGN SLUMP / e MIXING PLANT'TD/LIU1f4y TRUCK# 3 37 TICKET# / 7 738 Z STRENGTH F . 4:::t GROUT CEMENT 4 C'SE AGG. FINE AGG. .. ADMIX MIX# PROPORTIONS ��� )/ • 3 �► , 3 3 2.2-18 yp 70 3 G. ,� i MORTAR CEMENT C'SEE AGG. , FINE AGG. ADMIX MIX# PROPORTIONS ! 7 74 ASTM C -1064 u• ASTM C -1064 44 6 7 C - TIME & WEATHER /O i'p 'PI etOL rO�/ MORTAR TEMP. GROUT TEMP, - DATE RECEIVED SAMPLED AND TESTED MORTAR / GROUT PRISM OTHER IN ACCORDANCE WITH: • ASTM C780 • UBC 21 -16 • ASTM C1019 (k( UBC 21 -18 • ASTM E -447 ❑ UBC 21 -17 ❑ POUR LOCATION AND NOTES: �^ ' Su • -• . I v : ) S` !.. : // 4 d. • // • i . LL ✓ ! _ , . G/ E E - - _ .u ' _ - o • ,L7 o. . F . - - - • _ - 4. _ . � • 6 - C - Co r ...4. ak sJrrie - 77/W i4} ci, 5 • • EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION AND S/N #: COPIES TO: I MAILED: I INSPECTOR: DATE: �% % %/% %f / MSIN ,P . e Q rai • WNER CONTRACTOR DEPT. SUPPLIER FIELD CONTACT: DATE: �l� %� / / j jj� / ! M ENGINEER _ BUILDING / / / � r / � I Wil ARCHITECT 'This report Is provided for the Information of the client only. The reproduction of this report, by any method, and its transmittal to a third party, by any means, except in full, without the lull permission of Professional Service Industries, Inc., is prohibited' NAME ON OFF ST OT MILES A i /I I 0 S .; 00 )� L 2 ~ Information To Build On EngInaartng • ConauI tg • Tasting SEATTLE DIVISION EASTSIDE DIVISION (206) 282-0666 FAX (206) 282.0710 (42.5) 485 -4244 FAX (425) 485.4611 m�e�±n 't�x�'m %;ws*�fit,�^`fB?�!5^'+�7 tv�+!+.�a�v� yvs�r,•cw n -,a, ,,. 2L 2 -- 32}I • DEC 1 3 2000 TACOMA DIVISION PORTLAND DIVISION MR 1916 PENINSULA DIVISION (253) 589.1804 FAX (253)589.2136 , , , , . 4503) 254.8418 FAX 1503) 252.5608 (360) 297.8821 FAX (3601297.8E8 COMPRESSION TEST RESULTS made within the defined scope of the work. Certification shall not be construed to represent In Inspection, approval or acceptance of other associated work or a warranty of design or workability of the specification requirements.' Certified Report by Professional Service Industries SPOKANE DIVISION (509) 533•3S71 FAX(509)535.1267 TOTAL HOURS '•f Date BUILDING DIVISION REVIEW Date: November 29, 2000 Project Name: Fatigue Technology Application #: D2000 -329 Plan Reviewer: Bob Benedicto • Page 1 Tukwila Building. [ )i\ ision 63OO Southccntcr [ilvd. l uk\t ila, \VA 98188 206 ! 431 -3670 1. The calculated occupant load of Conference Room # 163 and Lunch Room #165 are such that two exit access paths are required for the rooms combined or for the rooms individually (should the folding partition be opened). In the case of Conference Room #163, both exit access doors lead to the same exit system. Consequently, one or both of the exit access doors must lead directly into a condor (constructed per UBC 1004.3.4.3). Note: If a fire rated corridor is developed, the protection must include those spaces (on the second floor) that freely communicate with this corridor. 2. The area on the second floor that is located between grid lines A, & A.5 and 1.1 & 9 remains unlabeled. Please indicate the proposed use of this space (on the plan). 3. Indicate (on the plans) the location of the wheelchair platform lift at the second floor level. Also, (in addition to the spec.) provide sufficient details of the lift to demonstrate that it will be capable of independent operation and shall comply with Chapter 296 -81 of the Washington Administrative Code. 4. Indicate (on the plans) the proposed method for providing areas for evacuation assistance. "Keynote" #12 (if used) should be located on the plans. If code prescribed exception is to be used, provide additional information to qualify the use of the exception. II u.'' fa d I_ . Z 0' w 2 0 0 F W wi • H V o Z' WI CD ~' z 5. The second floor plan around Stair #2 is shown in "half- tone" and does not show the limits of the stair opening, guardrails or limits of the second floor in the area of the stair. Please clarify the plan in this area. 6. As the record document for this tenant improvement permit, the plans must reflect all conditions of approval. Show an overall plan of the first and second floors, which includes stair #1. • Page 2 COLLINS rn 3 Z ARCHITECTURE PLANNING INTERIOR DESIGN 777 108TH AVENUE NORTHEAST • SUITE 400 BELLEVUE WASHINGTON • 98004 -5118 T • 425 889 3333 F • 426 828 9116 • COLLINSWOERMAN.COM December 5, 2000 Bob Benedicto Tukwila Building Division 6300 Southcenter Blvd. Tukwila WA 98188 RE: Correction Letter #1 Development Permit Application Number D2000 -329 Fatigue Technology 401 Andover Park East Dear Bob: 1. The calculated occupant load of Conference Room #163 and Lunch Room #165 are such that two exit access paths are required for the rooms combined or for the rooms individually (should the folding partition be opened). In the case of Conference Room #163, both exit access doors lead to the same exit system. Consequently, one or both of the exit access doors must lead directly into a corridor (constructed per UBC 1004.3.4.3). Note: If a fire rated corridor is developed, the protection must include those spaces (on the second floor) that freely communicate with this corridor. Response: The doors from Conference Room #163 and Lunch Room #165 have been reconfigured so that one of the exit access paths, exits directly to the exterior. The second exit path is through the Hall #162. Sheet T -A2.6 and A4.1.1 have been revised to reflect these changes. 2. The area on the second floor that is located between gridlines A & A.5 and 1.1 & 9 remains unlabeled Please indicate the proposed use of this space (on the plan). Response: The spaces in question are open office areas. Any partitions, rails, counters and similar space dividers shall not exceed 6 feet in height (UBC 1004.3.3.3). The owner presently has demountable partitions 5' -6" in height that they plan to relocate. These spaces have been labeled on Sheet T -A2.7. 3. Indicate (on the plans) the location of the wheelchair platform lift at the second floor level. Also, (in addition to the spec.) provide sufficient details of the lift to demonstrate that it will be capable of independent operation and shall comply with Chapter 296 -81 of the Washington Administrative Code. CORK CTION LT R# COLLINSWOERMAN IS A WASHINGTON CORPORATION RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC - 6 2000 PERMIT CENTER D woo.32'3 r, aaz..Y udu:.rKw> . <m'szfi�'a -. , •.:';.e, ;x. uk cz u'.:k-U.+a :JA:. w.•,.::::; u� .xA «.::xa.i, Bob Benedicto December 5, 2000 Page 2 Response: Plan Sheet T -A2.7 and Detail 4/T -A2.8 have been revised to CSR FEIV <WILA show the location of the incline platform lift. Additional product literature is attached for your review. DEC - 6 2000 4. Indicate (on the plans) the proposed method for providing areas for PERMIT CENTER evacuation assistance. "Keynote" #12 (if used) should be located on the plans. If code prescribed exception is to be used, provide additional information to qualiy the use of the exception. Response: Areas of Evacuation Assistance will be provided in both stairs #1 & 4. Additional details on T -A2.5a have been included. 5. The second floor plan around Stair #2 is shown in "half-tone" and does not show the limits of the stair openings, guardrails or limits of the second floor in the area of the stair. Please clarify the plan in this area. Response: Stair #2, second floor plan has been revised to show location of the guardrail at the second floor. Dashed line indicating the complete stair has been removed. As the record document for this tenant improvement permit, the plans must reflect all conditions of approval. Show an overall plan of the first and second floors, which includes Stair #1. Response: A match line has been added on Sheets T -A2.6 and T -A2.7 to show the relationship of the drawings. Sheet A -2.5a has been added as reference for the full plan layout. Submitted -‘144111111 Jeff =y E. -ff Principal December 1, 2000 Jeff Jeffers 777 — 108th Avenue NE, #400 Bellevue, WA 98004 Dear Mr. Jeffers: This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the Building Division. At this time, the Fire Department, Planning Division and Public Works Department have no comments. The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a `revision sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections /revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at (206)431 -3672. Sincerely, Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl CORRECTION LETTER #1 Development Permit Application Number D2000 -329 Fatigue Technology 401 Andover Park East xc: File No. D2000 -329 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Steve Lancaster, Director 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 - 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 Space Heat Type ❑ Electric Resistance ® All other (see over for definitions) Glazing Area Calculation Note: Below grade walls may be Included in the Gloss Exterior Wall Area if they are insulated to the level required for opaque walls, Total Glazing Area (rough opening) (vertical & overhd) Gross Exterior divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing 7076 26175 X 100 = 27% Concrete/Masonry Option P 1:1 Check here If using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry Option. See Decision Flowchart(over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each qualifying assembly in the table below. Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable) Fully heated/cooled space Minimum insulation R values Roofs Over Attic Date 7/5/00 401 Andover Park East All Other Roofs Tukwila, Wa R-2 1 Opaque Walls Applicant Phone: 425 -822 -6700 R-1 1 Below Grade Walls - Floors Over Unconditioned Space R -19 Slabs -on -Grade R -10 Radiant Floors Maximum U factors Opaque Doors U = 0.60 Vertical Glazing U = 0.60 Overhead Glazing U = 1.30 Maximum SHGC (or SC) Vertical/Overhead Glazing I 0.65 • • - • I I ENV -SUM e • . .. - • 11 • lee Climate Zone 1 Envelope Summary 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forme ❑ New Building ® Addition ® Alteration ❑ Change of Use Project Description Compliance Option Prescriptive ❑ Component Performance (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ❑ EN1/STD ❑ Systems Analysis Semi- heated space' Minimum Insulation R values Roofs Over Semi- Heated Spaces' I R -9 'Refer to Section 1310 for qualifications and requirements Notes: 'a:7ur3i!;. C:i s.LA'.O.r.L.v.uBd.au;..r.�s�; la First Edition • Opaque Concrete/Masonry Wall Requirements Insulation on interior - maximum U -factor is 0.19 Insulation on exterior or integral - maximum U -factor is 0.25 If project qualifies for Concrete /Masonry Option, list walls with HC z 9,0 Btu /froF below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 20-5b In the Code. Wall Description (including insulation R -value & position) U- factor INCOMPLETE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER D woo-- 1 7s1 �n..r+..+. yo• av*++ Mw. w. w:' t��' Mrmrna• ttXk+ mnnnvrrh�:gwearM:!Vr .. 3. 1lCMR +!GMn%MKt�.quw+.4gawew........� Project Info Project Address Fatigue Technology Inc. Date 7/5/00 401 Andover Park East For Building Department Use Tukwila, Wa Applicant Name: Jeffrey E. Jeffers Applicant Address: CNA, 777 — 10Rth AVP NF. 4400, BPI 1evue Applicant Phone: 425 -822 -6700 • • - • I I ENV -SUM e • . .. - • 11 • lee Climate Zone 1 Envelope Summary 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forme ❑ New Building ® Addition ® Alteration ❑ Change of Use Project Description Compliance Option Prescriptive ❑ Component Performance (See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications) ❑ EN1/STD ❑ Systems Analysis Semi- heated space' Minimum Insulation R values Roofs Over Semi- Heated Spaces' I R -9 'Refer to Section 1310 for qualifications and requirements Notes: 'a:7ur3i!;. C:i s.LA'.O.r.L.v.uBd.au;..r.�s�; la First Edition • Opaque Concrete/Masonry Wall Requirements Insulation on interior - maximum U -factor is 0.19 Insulation on exterior or integral - maximum U -factor is 0.25 If project qualifies for Concrete /Masonry Option, list walls with HC z 9,0 Btu /froF below (other walls must meet Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values from Table 20-5b In the Code. Wall Description (including insulation R -value & position) U- factor INCOMPLETE RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER D woo-- 1 7s1 �n..r+..+. yo• av*++ Mw. w. w:' t��' Mrmrna• ttXk+ mnnnvrrh�:gwearM:!Vr .. 3. 1lCMR +!GMn%MKt�.quw+.4gawew........� Project Address 401 Andover Park East Date 7/5/00 Space Heat Type ❑ .E1ec resist ® all For Building Department Use Glazing Area as % gross exterior wall area other 27 Concrete/Masonry Option ❑ - ❑ . Building Component List components by assembly ID & page # Proposed UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) Target UA U- factor x Area (A) = UA (U x A) 13ulze10 lealliaA u= Plan ID: Doors u= Plan ID: insul glazirg U= Plan ID: Section 088CO U= Plan ID: - 2.1E U- Plan D• U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: .9 147 132 .32 6256 2002 .6 6403 3842 rte R esist dfh keatirig <<` �;},< f} r} i };: <:::ff- < >��`::,•:•;:;•;';�' :')45.211% • O�� i, :::: >:::. v.v.: i I4 `a 1((il% fed >i'i' {Y5 :''ss:t Q >l'?f1H �� � l tC§. eo: ";v C ' „ I Overhead Glazing sa!py JaAO U= Plan ID: Default u= Plan ID: 08630 U= Plan ID: M l Frame U= - Plan ID: 1.45 416 603 .32 81 26 1 6]� R75 G1a a i5% El i'l esiat, tatt t{eattrl g rZ Bo i,; i ; * } } }; > } } : > }i •:.;;<:..: `' f ::,.. � :: <:;n >.: <::::::f::. s% n'••,.:::•,::::::::::::::::w al lo we e haaattE Yy a fut«) I Olh. Roofs Plan ID: Windows @ U= Plan ID: U= Plan ID: F.5 Area Sep Wall u= Plan ID: P 1.45 176 255 0 ' 31395' ::<>}:::> f:;;: f ff:::<>}:;«;;:: :)3O -4D ° >fbtG > !: SMOG anbed0 U= Plan ID: Default U= Plan ID: U- _ Plan ID: 0.41 21 9 1.2 548 658 . 6 569 341 < >,* { Ete R e k 1 voet a .. t s: > Etfi O s ; }:: },. ^ > > ;:6 Q •:�<.s Ian() sloop R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: N/A R= Plan ID: Eia R` :31 'o #m, , . : >: :f:zD:0 1; >:: }:f,; > ; O L1 6ei SJOO I latl0 R721.73PIan ID: RF1 &2 R=31. 95Plan ID: RF3 - R -2 T . OOPIan D RF4 0.046 x 39419 = 1813 0.031 x 13448 = 421 0.048 x 1550 74 fl-fl 5 V1417 9791 '``" ''> s W « s ' 51Ieat p : 0. ',f'�. 5:. 3.: }:: ` 0 34 :" < O Lf5Q F : Opaque Walls R= 12.38PIan ID: W1 • R= 9.95Plan ID: W2 R= 13.35PIan ID: W3 R= 10.97PIan ID: W4 =1 6 W6 R 5 5 Plan ID 6 R =10.27PIan ID: W7 &W8 R= 9.66PIan ID: W9 - R -13. 91PIan ID: W10 Note: Sum of Target Areas here should equal 0.08 x 2442 198 0.10 x 1095 110 0.075 x 2953 222 0.091 x 1959 179 .06 x 2886 186 0 4 886 0.10 x 3677 358 0.104 x 3094 320 . 07 X 569 41 Target Opaque Wall Area (see back) 0.14 18675 2615 : 3 <;Ete ctttzRd(# #Qpj9fFE.Oel(f9 ff if!•;S }:. ; v'j : }: } } f f };fC ffff v`> � " " " ( `� d�t]s jo :; ..: f fi!•:i:£ : ;:::Fif:..<:::::;r; ; f} :r:;r: 55:'Lry :fSS::f :r:S:i :i Ccec(i( i:•!+) t} i} }i }if:�::i:::4f( +�•�,v'!Sf:3i+} }!1:!1;:14: t± ?u't}r' } �: f } Y:i::ti:f�flii. Eofl .t ...• .......... ...,,_.,....,...,.....:,....., ..: ,.:..........::.:..... Below Grade Walls R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: N A R= Plan ID: R= Plan ID: •' Note: If Insulated to levels required opaque walls list above with opaque walls EtCttt t : 7 s> t?ttt tsl Nt » • : . . . . .. .: '.:! .,... . >f o1)1 # €:<I: #s' % d':<z:`'s' >? :::> a}t::;4 >:: ":< e eflit . d ' }'..'•:' Floors Over Uncond. R= 21.02PIanID: RF4 similar R= Plan ID: Plan ID: .. l :. R= Plan 0.048 650 32 .056 650 37 ": ' >}rle talc >Resl.§#: >: o#Jei # 1p €• Slab -on - grade R=i0 Plan ID: Default R= Plan ID: 2 _ Table 0 2 R- Plan ID: r _ 4 Vertical R Plan ID: Insul 0.48 22855 10970 % x 855. : Q..:5 .22 .:...123!12....... f tecj l ges st QUS l;F4etf 9.s ..} F ;;EC5 € " >s >`.F, .0 54::s fraf 5: 3 3# c dtilt< • 8! : (se, at rta a FY 8lllet s °'-.::..T ..:.:.:: 7 :, :,,:..... }: ?:# Totals' 104, 242 f 18,609 Totals 104,242 22,773 For compliance: 9• s ,• e a e o es de, a_ a e •1 Code o e• li; or Envelope UA Calculations Climate Zonel a ENV -UA 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms 1) Proposed Total Area shall equal Target Total Area, and 2) Proposed Total UA shall not exceed Target Total UA. ■ First Edition- June 1998 CITY ECEIVED OF7tIK CT T 0 2000 ERMIT CENTER •weam 4 , 1,e afA.':gnrc:'4�rvR�"�rm °rr Z W re 0O. u).0 W =' J H: N fvL . W O. I L , W W ' 0 lL r E; .. z. W O ~ z Project info Project Address 401 ANDoven PARR EAST Date 7/7/00 =MLA, WASHINGTON For Building Department Use FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY, INC. Applicant Name: sus, arc. or sums Applicant Address: 927 RAINILR AVi. SOUTH Applicant Phone: 206- 329 -2040 PAX 206 -726 -8160 Location (floor /room no.) _ Occupancy Description Allowed Watts per ft Area in ft Allowed x Area lst 4 2nd floor Office areas 1.20 3760E ,, ' 45127.2 lst. floor Testing laboratories 2.00 4524, , ,, 9048.0 1st floor Machine Shop 2.30 31136.0 71612.8 1st 4 2nd floor Warehouse 0.50 46593.0 23296.5 •• From Table 15-1 (over) - document all exceptions on form LTG -LPA Total Allowed Watts Proposed Lighting Wattage (Interior) (May not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Inte ior) 149084.5 Location (floor /room no.) Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed Offices 8' 4 lamp indirect fluorescent fixture W /Te lamps 144 112.0 16128.0 Offices 2x4 3 lamp parabolic lay -in fluorescents WPB lamps 216 90.0 19440.0 Offices Twin 13 Wttt fluorescent recess fixtures 86 34.0 2924.0 Test lab 2x4 3 lamp surface fluorescent fixtures WPB lamps 16 90.0 1440.0 Test lab 400 watt metal halide hi -bay fixtures 16 460.0 7360.0 Warehouse e' 4 -lamp strip fixtures WITS lamps 70 112.0 7840.0 Warehouse 400 watt metal halide hi -bay fixtures 40 460.0 18400.0 Machine shop 400 watt metal halide hi -bay fixtures 144 460.0 66240.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Inte for Total Proposed Watts 139772.0 1997 Washin.ton State Nonresidential Energ Code Compliance Form Lighting Summary • S LTG-SUM 1897. Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms First Edition • June, 1998 Project Description I ❑ New Building ri Addition 0 Alteration Compliance Option Q Prescriptive Q Lighting Power Allowance 0 Systems Analysis (See Qualification Checklist (over). Indicate Prescriptive & LPA spaces clearly on plans.) Alteration Exceptions (check appropriate box) 0 No changes are being made to the lighting 0 Less than 60% of the fixtures are new, and installed lighting wattage is noT`be)ng Increased Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage (Interior 4:0M4 vnwtiv ttx esnwcrr�.+'!e ++mgr a+rrrrr'awxT1rtA. CITY of TUKwu °CT 1 o 2000 PERMIT CENTER Z w • 0 0 fn 0 W = � LL. W 0, N 0 = d. I- ILI Z `: i— 0 Z I o 0 ei 0 H = V'' AL Z • Location Description Allowed Watts per ft or per If Area in ft (or If for perimeter) Allowed Watts x ft (or x if) Covered Parking 250 WATT METAL HALIDE WALL PACK 0.2 W /ft 285.0 2850.0 Open Parking 250 WATT METAL HALIDE WALL MKT DOWN LIGHT • 0 . 2 W/ft 2 0475.0 8095.0 Outdoor Areas 175 WATT METAL HALIDE UP LIGHT 0.2 W/ft 215.0 3010.0 Bldg. (by facade) 175 WATT METAL HALIDE DONN LIGHT 0.25 W /ft 215.0 3010.0 Bldg. (by perim) 250 WATT METAL HALIDE nom LIGHT 7.5 W/If 1267.0 9502.5 Note: for building exterior, choose either the facade area or the perimeter method, but not both) Total Allowed Watts 17597.5 Location Fixture Description Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture Watts Proposed NORTH, WEST WALLS 250 WATT METAL HALIDE WALL PACK 10 285.0 2850.0 SOUTH WALLS 250 WATT METAL HALIDE WALL MKT DOWN LIGHT 6 ^'285.0 1710.0 EAST WALL 175 WATT METAL HALIDE UP LIGHT 14 215.0 3010.0 UST WALL 175 WATT METAL HALIDE DONN LIGHT 14 215.0 3010.0 E (TERIOR =TRY 250 WATT METAL HALIDE nom LIGHT 6 285.0 1710.0 DRIVE WAYS 70 WAIT METAL HALIDE BOLLARDS 18 89.0 1602.0 MG POLE LIGHT 250 WATT METAL HALIDE FLOOD 2 285.0 570.0 PARKING LOT 250 WATT POLE MOUNT ON A 20' POLE 4 285.0 1140.0 Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior Total Proposed Watts 15602.0 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Maximum Allowed Li V — •tage (Exterior Proposed Lighting Wattage (Exterior) (May not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Exterior RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER I— re I U Os CO Or CO W W 0 g H W I- O '. z I— 2 DJ U N ! = W` I— U Z ` V y, r Use' LPA (WIft Use' LPA (W /ft Painting, welding, carpentry, macHne shops 2.3 Poke and fire stations 1.2 Barber shops, beauty shops 2 Atria (atriums) 1 Hotel banquet /conference exhib4ion haIa' 2 Assembly spaces ° , auditoriums, gymnasia ;theaters 1 Laboratories 2 Process plants 1 Aircraft repair hangars 1.5 Restaurants/bars 1 Cafeterias, fast food estabishments 1.5 Retail A 1 Factories, workshops, handling areas 1.5 Retail B Retail banking 1.5 Gas stations, auto repair shops 1.5 Locker and /or shower facilities 0.8 Institutions 1.5 Warehouses'', storage areas 0.5 Libraries 1.5 Aircraft storage hangars 0.4 Nursing homes 1.5 Parking garages sas s•aon 1532 Wholesale stores (pallet rack shelving) 1.5 Mall concourses 1.4 Plans Submitted for Common Areas Only' Schools buildings, school classrooms, day care centers 1.35 Common area, corridors, lobbies (except mall concourse) 0.8 Laundries 1.3 Toiet facilities and washrooms 0.8 Office buildings, office/administrative areas in tackles of other use types (including but not limited to schools, hospitals, institutions, museums, banks, churches) 57 1.2 Prescriptive Spaces Occupancy: 0 Warehouses, storage areas or aircraft storage hangers 0 Other Qualification Checklist Note: If occupancy type Is "(Mhor" and fixture answer is checked, the number of fixtures in the space is not limited by Code. Clearly indicate these spaces on plans. It not qualified, do LPA Calculations. Lighting Fixtures: ❑ Check here If at least 95% of fixtures in the space meet all four criteria: 1. Fixtures are fluorescent, non - lensed, with only one or two lamps, and 2. Lamps are T -5, T-6, T-8 or PL, and 3. Lamps are 5-50 Watts, and 4. Ballasts are electronic ballasts 1997 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form Lighting Summary : ck) LTG-SUM Table 15 -1 Unit Lighting Power Allowance (LPA) for Interior Lighting Footnotes for Table 15 -1 1. In cases in which a use is not mentioned specifically, the Unit PowerAllowance shall be determined by the building official. This determination shall be based upon the most comparable use specified in the table. See Section 1512 for exempt areas. 2. The watts per square foot may be increased, by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twenty feet, unless specifically directed otherwise by subsequent footnotes. 3. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above twelve feet. 4. For all other spaces, such as seating and common areas, use the Unit Light PowerAllowance for assembly. 5. Watts per square foot of room may be increased by two percent per foot of ceiling height above nine feet. 6. Includes pump area under canopy. 7. In cases in which a lighting plan is submitted for only a portion of a floor, a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.35 may be used for usable office floor area and 0.80 watts per square foot shall be used for the common areas, which may include elevator space, lobby area and rest rooms. Common areas, as herein defined do not include mall concourses. 8. For the fire engine room, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance is 1.0 watts per square foot. 9. For indoor sport tournament courts with adjacent spectator seating, the Unit Lighting Power Allowance for the court area is 2.6 watts per square foot. 10. For both Retail A and Retail B, light for free- standing display, building showcase illumination and display window illumination installed within two feet of the window are exempt. Retail A allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.0 watts per square foot. Ceiling mounted adjustable tungsten halogen and HID merchandise display illuminaries are exempt. Retail B allows a Unit Lighting Power Allowance of 1.5 watts per square foot, including all ceiling mounted merchandise display luminaries. 11. Provided that a floor plan, indicating rack location and height, is submitted, the square footage for a warehouse may be defined, for computing the interior Unit Lighting Power Allowance, as the floor area not covered by racks plus the vertical face airs side only) of the racks. The height allowance defined in footnote 2 applies only to the floor area not covered by racks. CITY OF TUKWIIA s OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER Z 1 W 0 0' toa ' W =; J t_ N LL. WW 0 Q LL Q co D I- W Z H F- 0 Z H: LU U 0 CO 0 I-! W W H - u. 0 . il Z 1- _ 0 1- Z Project Address 401 Andover Park East, Tukwila, Washington Date 7/5/00 The following Information Is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code. Applicability (circle) Code Section Component Information Required Location on Plans Building Department Notes GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301 -1314) 1301' scope Unconditioned spaces identified plans if allowed 1302 Space heat type yes n.a ■ no : "Electric resistance - Other y■ no a. a. indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed Ti . 2 y■ no n. a. 1310.2 - Semi - heated spaces - Semi- heated spaces identified on plans if allowed T 1 2 1311 1311.1 Insulation Insul. installation Indicate densities and clearances A2 dwgs /A4dwgs no n.a. 'as no n.a. ¶3112 'Roof/ceiling insul. indicate R -value on roof sections tor attics and other roofs; Indicate clearances for attic insulation; indicate baffles if eave vents installed; Indicate face stapling of faced batis A4 dwg series y■ no n.a. 1311.3 Wall insulation 'indicate R -value on wall sections; Indicate face stapling of faced batts; Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected; Indicate loose - fill core insulation for masonry walls as necess; Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls if masonry option is used or if credit taken in ENVSTD; A2 dwg s er iea 13 no n. a. 1311.4 Floor insulation lncicate R -value on floor sections; Indicate substantial contact with surface; Indicate supports not more than 24' o.c.; Indicate that Insulation does not block airflow through foundation vents A4 dwg serie a 13 no n.a. ¶311.5 'Slab-on-grade floor indicate R -value on wall section or foundation detail; Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 24' from top; indicate above grade exterior Insulation Is protected dwg A4 series yes no a a 1311.3 Aadlanfiloor indicateli -value on wall section or foundation detail; , Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36' from the top; Indicate above grade exterior insulation Is protected; Indicate insulation also under entire slab where req'd. by Official 33 no n.a. 1312 - GTazing anddoors "Fiovlde calculation of glazing area (including vertical and overhead) as percent of gross wall area Ti .2 , A.3.., A.4... y.■ no n.a.' 1312.1 1T-factors indicate glazing and door U- factors on glazing and door schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary); Indicate if values are NFRC or default, if values are default then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwidth, iow-e coatings, gas fillings Ti . 2 & cal cs y no n.a. 1312.2 STIGC & SC 'indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area - weighted calculations as necessary) See calcs 1313 Moisture control 1.7")g no n.a. 131 Vapor reorders indicate vapor retarders on warm side A y■ no n.a. ¶3132 Aoof/ceTng vap.ret. lndicafe vapor retarder on roof section; Indicate yap. retard. with sealed seams for non -wood struc. A.4... no n. a. 1313.3 'Wallvapor retarder 'Indicate vapor retarder on wall section A.4... ■ no n.a. ¶313.4 Floor vapor retarder - Indicafe vapor retarder on floor section A.4... y■ no a.a. 1313.5 trawl space yap, rel. indicate six mil black polyethylene overlapped 12° on ground A. 4 1314 Air leakage yes no n. a. 1314.1 131dg. envel, searing indicate sealing, caulking, gasketing, and weathersinppm9 A . 4 y■ no a. a. 1314.2 Zlazing/door sealing indicate weatherstripping A. 3 , A.4 y no a.a. ¶314.3 Assemb. as ducts indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing A. 4 PRESCRIPTIVE/COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320 -23 or 1330 -34) y no - Envelope Sum, Form Completed and attached. Provide component performance worksheet if necessary Provide ENVSTD screen 1 output If necessary See calcs 1994 We ton State Nonresidential Ener. Code Comr " - - !ice Form Building Permit P .ns Checklist ENV -CHK 1987 Washington state Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms no is circled for any question, provide explanation: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER First Edition • June 1998 Weer `7. o0 v �10x'Y Its. 144ALL., 11°01 t l W I 142 143 144 *lea kt-1 CTLIR-1 I11 A"at?5 I (03(0 I?co* M 1691 244a IoaS : n .1 "nm zm 7 4 1 2165 689 542 4741 t X65 I657 8(o a' 00 i 8o aftsi `k52 I o0 '671 9A4a2 logs 2'i53 Igsj o met 1 Icc&' 921 C'zr •+ �• 4 cam• C-� 2 tt..lc - ncAL. C'519 OH 49 r 1 s F 21 t° lo 636 - l Z co -rC aLMt 4 t• U 112f 1 !Ate) twceb rL 1 57.4' ! ►icc ‘2,0etil '47 351 21 ToT _. c4q 4.841 gicsa 1172 69803 510 249 RccrDF ou-r IcE AI Imo. 15UR /2 rL..`lk lcoD '20 . c , (0 ca -r. C .5 t1 Co 1 V. 1 IC. �cl �C� l t4tL oof ,Co �2 'v,. ce r-)=- MTc.- tc� �. ,(o I 2c ,co l 1..1 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWIt. OCT 1 0 2000 11 PERMIT CENTER ,12.4 c3c.s - TfEr ..-i. W l 1 I I TT.t x. / I . q\fEricK. (_)tzt7s‹__E-. Co CO 1 C- , ( • . 4e) s--11 ' r �J`/2 MTt- J e �. (o1 CPErni �- (tom . 93 9, B c ..)R .11 8 G 4v 1 "0u 1 , 5 S.: 11 5INT i L. J 4 I<. VALE • Mi.+a s — A . — , lab I3,°,5 r cF. r ,1 1 8 GNU -.• o..x_c 1, 1 I � -5 2 M TV' O 1 • � A � - 1) t t.t J. ,it —Fiar_ _ I C RECEIVED 10. CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 102000 PERMIT CENTER 1.4 o , a fi� O 1t rJ tL. e 0 8 � -4C_. ci . cD8 -t 1 . 1 1 o ;. ©CN1 �J �rGtJTF,O l IrJ r� Ut•LiNc) — - ,o 1.._(4' \l c AL R i0 i�lV �.. IE -'1.LT ff‘liC1 0.48 - T 0-0 - 'Z 02. G4 MT1- 1119 t.J/R 11 1 1 /2;'.4.1R. B C Mu WiL.L J L ___ • iNriE2102. (� - t 1 f Nrn.t,0 vs" 4e t - eX21o2 IM CS �ur�r 45 6.104ED, / ' IS 711-1 .tC.C•�2t0►�U 00.2 cob .5C40 RECEIVED 4 -7 CITY OF TUKWIi_ OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER 10110 cy 11ci. 1 (r.. , t s t , .(.i) 'Sc', .`' ur 1/R►I EAT - 7 . q "c- 4r ,B IN tc 48 _ el. ►6 cx.xmcce. AIR.. • 11 y2 ".4. It Mu —. 'o /1z' 1 tVirr e .SCv ti ,lib 15. RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER Kecotte Fr I 3o oli2 .e. rkim 4=1401 — 4A-e3 - *LP 414 OH 6LAzimq 4914r Pit latdInF ( J ('D IC ( lam leo 1640 ,- 0 .• RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT 1 0 2000 PERMIT CENTER fi gritafiksi • • — • • • — • • C)! 13.. St•S' 451r (F 10 ( 7 I I i 1 i I ! t ! ,./. woo FLOOlt -AL Y. MST 11D5R • • — • • — f" aim min mom um will mu MIN NM ION MI NMI raw 111111111111 ''""°, ISM I -II I allk • .._01.4 - • • - • • - • - • • - (.o ee wa.u.-.c.Qe-tr) rm fz.a4ST SI-MVA • C , I —; i 0 I 0 0 -. 44SI lag. . 1 0 ______K2A1■1=ZAL.,_717. - I i "Ea•-&-e3a*NORTH ELEVATION . i , ri" f--■ W,t VS' r I i s e ' •\ • ...., '....., ....., Nr — " — • --- " — — r- -7 -= " fr.: Ir x4" - Co•SCO (?. (.1 0 - --- - - - 16 OIF l•1 !, ! 1 1 T ecamic) (ri)NORTH ELEVATION r 0 r ir lir r O 6 ELEVATION tw.r 4 WEST ELEVATION L•21 0;o,de4Q,;.,'iT■A . a.n.a:;r4AII:::40. , -;..41 , 4 '4:114 ■11,Xt.,`.4,4■:.,441: 1 0 (9) (10) — —74 • 3 T i sof 1.42 _ i;;;_ I ©is•.i -`= !dieb,15 NORTH ELEVATION ( 7 n \ {g\ (i3)NORTH ELEVATION w WEST ELEVATION B1 . r 7 e 1' a ... .... -- . r ..- ..� O B2 WEST ELEVATION w. r /••■ N� J i I / 1 n \ ab MASONRY LEGEND: CNA4 KEY NOTES OI riu. me wee Manners) 0 were SO come woe O stoat elan env 0 nee sRPJ IRTAL MAINS 82&I 515104 0 CM ELEVATOC 91APT eorrosio METAL PAWL O MOONS MAN KSA. ear O C.:MATED !ETAL sore O WANL O rent noon 1 IV1E eatATE0 axle. err 60 A'04 00J600 0 IV 9 A0? I EIAI°Otl © TLT49 PIE CAST WEAVE ma. 012' A14' ON LOAM Do0R5 © !MC 8Tl0L BEAN .0 UN 0'Oh COU6 O mat 61riPD11U. SYSTEM AaB66LLTT 5404 SITE CAST COCOETE COu646 © EAST. WORD M6IHATE TL14.P PA+QS fro e6 camel ECM L00016 • MUMS war ® Peru mum verve riarmors 7 x 4' A10a7ID ILIAOLM HALM ® roc 00IIEP= ® moo= AWOLM P10P(E rtlu 64A176 ST5104 ® COMA I0L 505104 Yamm& em -era MIT SA RAMS 011100 oorx wan ® RAT F0 sou ern WA016 DMA ® EAST Ch'EREAD 0001 ® //20/1/4&! YL1U80 ST . 6u410RA1. 5151111 ® PR PNN9E9 5.EET KTAL GRID LINE! TAG LEGEND UST 9.96. *cue ID. IEI 6400E ID. A N C ARCHITECTURE 77710/16 NE 1400 Balky. WA 98004 425.122.6700 475.120.9116 9u Arian F Collins Mark L. Womn.n, AIM PrIndp.l Archlt.m FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON .o. — Data hem 6e.IJm. 107.00 9/1/49 JAC 9111. Err. ELEVATIONS A4.1.2 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA oc• 1 0 200o PERMIT CENTER • 0 Os CO pr W W Nom: 04 qq J LL <: N — W cc O� w W f • • Ot • W Z I • 0 H 0 • AIE 04.11111111111 -- 111 4,,;• 43. 5"- - 46 — — 1-7777,411 r r"7"•_±_. 111•■ N•■••_ m. tr•■■■■1. .ir..■.••••■-•••••nt ■-■ mi '1! 1 OM 4 12C0071.50l NurtesT •-• ---- 1 r 4-4 ep . 1.4Z Its14 ttb • --*\ _ — - - - - AhL, EL•r3'4' A 10_1. • 0'4' - 4 1 Wraort E r 1. C ltittirttJLIERNIE c ii-• 1111111111111111111 /11 111MLIMIZIP:CMORMUMMIQUIMI 4> * * * 1 111E1E111DIEJIIIIk. 14 , .1.14-Aagat;aikas.tacio L 5 ; — -r-- 1. .r - r. 'o - I. - 3 J L J L J L J EAST ELEVATION 1/5' • r •. 1. ----- 1 L EAST ELEVATION F 4' r A l) II' .6 2 Th 2 Th 1 0 1 c." ELEVATION lo El 0. • SOUTH ELEVATI5 R 44. LIV!'iroit4e1 , its ROM 1-• r"\ 4.• --------------- 4 - 4 1 - &is p 1 1 C o� e.. r14--TC4,” ■��e����� ®v ■ ®� ® ®�ii�iali�i i i . I - ■ ■R •uit ,; ■MITMERmi'i•■ L J L J O EAST ELEVATION Al VIE • O SOUTH ELEVATIg Bl w•. 4 2, EAST ELEVATION w . L J M 4' 0' 4 _In_ . 4J!ii MIiIUI1i1■000i •iiiiI'iuuii vnmmnimuu®vurt emr!�Imm ®- ariru ®vm I O 4 0 0 0 O ='1 - T J 7' = = = = = ] : - - - - - - - - - - 1 - 7 . - 4 - SOUTH ELEVATION 16E1 UV L J r 0.. se-3. kee PRW - _ d���' 501OIa01tOR ab NOOF Re466. — seem - FLCcM Y •— KEY NOTES Mu PAu woe h IDCATOE9 0 oral ! COMTE STARS STOQ MORT ST51EII O nee STEISPRTAI eMTx6'mom vivre CMI ELEVATOR SMMT CCWOSI7! W:7AL PAM. O STAID* SEAM MTN. RCAF O CORA6ATED FETAL 59 M Q CMI RU O MEIN. 0000. I FRAME MSLATOD SIAM, TOT. ® 1V e'x 100 n 4CAMDOORS M oR4 nFSIRs TLT4r PR! GAST CO1C9!1E PAM3 O 12• x 14 CORNS DOOMS E)OCSED STER SEW D•x D' OM GAM DOOM STEEL 61V.RORA . ST STDI MaSSIS LTT RAM SIT! COOT WC00TE CG1946 • EAST. 1:0CMD A66REAAm BLUE PA10J3 ITO EE CIEN0DI Ex1T06 ILIAD* DOCX 0x1106 won MAL sweet se m N 000.904 ® r x 4•AA1001)7D ALWDLI4 0 ® 4' 00 mew ® A400149 moo' meL! ® METAL 61A1116 515104 CLRTAM MLL STSTIN, ver ICAL MT .Der MASONRY LEGEND: 0414 SOIDDICOPEE - L— CMY7 GRID LINE/ TAG LEGEND � � -- EAST OLD6. 6 17. Prefect 00.• 13.1. A C N ARCHITECTURE 777 101111 NE 1400 Belem VA 90004 470.177.6700 470.670.9116 Fax Man E. Collin Mule L Warman. AIA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON N. . Date tent Revision. ac en[i nv Tn7.00 9,1/99 Tide EXT. ELEVATIONS Sb.et N.. A4 1 1 CI O F Ith(WN LA 0cu 0 2000 pERMiT CENTER • A INF AMIIM N / , \,/ \/ V \ • I\ r 1 , � : ` • `. r m -4 Is' -0• RAMP • 1:12 ,' 1 SECTION THROUGH SHIPPING A u4 ' - P st 2' 0' P , D,4 M0 " e' 4' 16 \ „A / 1e 4 8' • J - 1-4.701•1 - 11 7 1ri ieM I Nisepartm c›A • ' , . . _mAisdag icec2scr_ W 4 1- id-I I 0 MAN t,041c _ cDH oFk 0 OM YES . IRIS9 0 mots 511. ..Isis 0 OM re STL. TRu55E5 0 NORM La:maws:1e 0 C. ma: ova mt. DEC 0 T.5, COL. PLR 511W. EARDER FEB SIM. EXTERICAL MIL 0 EXIST* vt*FeCUSE 0 Kt NEL EXTERIOR SKIN STAZINS SEW MTL. ROOF 74,5y / drat40'. 5074 c m ) vrffER BASE ALT- IP ROCf OVER RI6ii7 DELL C5 COLIN& DOOR ASSEMBLY 0 X BOLING ot4 =ER SIDE 0%a 42L4F ocl pe.coocE'll ARCHITE 777 108th IN Bellevue WA 425.822.' 425,828.91 Arlan E. C Mark L Woe, Principal Au FATII TECHNOL 401 MOVED TUKWILA, W. REC -i-s? OF 0 2° No. Date „. • Vnir +1' A-1 go ? r I / / ',� . 1 . I / I ,% IT -2' r - - � =- - ri414to 10 / STORAGE STAIRS TO ROOF IN THIS AREA / ID SECTION THROUGH MEZZANINE I /4' - I' -0' 14'•0' B O SECTION @ AREA SEPARATION WALLTHROUGH PLAN U8 , - .'i .4 . uu�..JhZ'r fr #ui. t ti'�.�..'„N�rvitd :�t 'be.Y1,1 STORM O SECTION THROUGH PRODUCTION. I/4' - 1-0' 4' 1' 0' TOP OF AREA SEPARATION STAIRS TO ROOF IN TNIS AREA 14 (j 214' 18'-6' 4 10 -0' 2Co.l STARS TO ROOF IN THIS AREA 1/4' - I' -0' O SECTION THROUGH PRODUCTION. 1/4' -1' -0' (" 10,-0' 11'-4' RATION WALLTHROUGH PLAN 5-4' 10'-0' SECTION THROUGH MEZZANINE 4' ._ 10'4' 10 -0' 4' � 132s _._ 43$ 13 5 5s.( _ < . t..o 5- - - _ .._ 434 = Wei j.a 41' -10' 2O -0' yr4A 5/870B I P2' -0' 341 t2eat.. 1 1x21_ 2 .l KEY NOTES I"1 P- MAIFibN,YJUlT c. +_ t 7 C C ` . . t 2P_t' O cal_ a motr tort SIDE 4'- PERMIT CENTER / r \ -- -.S O_Q C7. --- 3 511zX.11RA1.' X ' WAGE IP PRODUCTION 5U7E CITY OF TUKWILF O EXIST 101'F 45 C21- 0C -C O 2°I0o p M/5 K0 AT 6810 SAFETY 61.A21W L'i;.i c •.s.6,;:w h wiP•'.sa£::: %eurs�i - » • oo u)w LL. W O g d _ , Z a: o (12 0 f- wW V _ N' 0 I— October 6, 2000 Jeff Jeffers C.N.A. Architecture Inc 777 — 108th Avenue NE, #400 Bellevue, WA 98004 RE: Letter of Incomplete Application #1 Development Permit Application Number D2000 -329 Fatigue Technology Inc 401 Andover Park East Dear Mr. Jeffers: This letter is to inform you that your permit application received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center on October 3, 2000, is determined to be incomplete. Before your permit application can begin the plan review process the following items need to be addressed. Building Division: Ken Nelsen, Plans Examiner, at (206) 431 -3670, if you have any questions . regarding the following: 1. Complete the enclosed Washington State Energy Code form. 2. Provide lighting plan to verify watts per square foot per Washington State Energy Code form.`' The City requires that four (4) complete sets of revised plans be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. If your revision does not require revised plans but requires additional reports or other documentation, please submit four (4) copies of each document. In order to better expedite your resubmittal a `Revision Sheet' must accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. If you have any questions, please contact me at the Permit Center at (206)431 -3672. Sincerely, /41-114- Brenda Holt Permit Coordinator encl File: Permit File No. D2000 -329 City of Tukwila Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Department of Community Development Steve Lancaster, Director ...s..a .wre,:,;t`.....7....i «::�.r'• >^ �x.. L*_' v:: si: s'. ed�i�i: L.t W+ LJ ..SttlaxYria•.�m:sYJ51{'e.:kr 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206- 431 -3670 • Fax: 206 - 431 -3665 I rs 9 CNA Project No. 1137 02 October 2000 FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY, INC 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILLA WASHINGTON SPECIFICATIONS PERMIT SUBMITTAL FOR TENANT IMPROVMENT CNA Architecture Inc. 777 108th Ave NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 Fax 425.828.9116 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA OCT - 3 2 1 PERMIT CENTER i». ocO3Z9 z F _ W J 00 U) 0 J = I... WO 2 LL d z I- O z uj U� oI- WW L .z W 0W h 1 , O z RP FA voti f Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 DIVISION 1 — GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01110 Summary of the Work 01140 Work Restrictions 01200 Price and Payment Procedures 01310 Project Management and Coordination 01312 Project Meetings 01330 Submittal Procedures 01410 Regulatory Requirements 01420 References 01450 Quality Control 01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls 01600 Materials and Equipment 01630 Product Substitutions 01733 Cutting and Patching 01770 Closeout Procedures 01790 Product Warranties DIVISION 2 — SITE CONSTRUCTION (Not applicable) DIVISION 3 — CONCRETE (Not applicable) DIVISION 4 — MASONRY (Not applicable) DIVISION 5 — METALS (Not applicable) DIVISION 6 06105 06402 DIVISION 7 — 07840 07920 DIVISION 8 — 08110 08210 08212 08310 08710 08800 DIVISION 9 — 09260 09300 09380 09512 09652 09653 09680 09820 09910 09960 10/03/00 WOOD AND PLASTICS Miscellaneous Carpentry Interior Architectural Woodwork THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Firestopping Joint Sealants DOORS AND WINDOWS Steel Doors and Frames Wood Doors Stile and Rail Wood Doors Access Panels Door Hardware Glazing SPECIFICATIONS FINISHES Gypsum Board Assemblies Tile Cut Natural Stone Tile Acoustical Panel Ceilings Sheet Vinyl Floor Coverings Resilient Base and Accessories Carpet Acoustical Insulation and Barriers Paints High Performance Architectural Coatings Page 1 CONTENTS TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 DIVISION 10 10290 10440 10500 10650 10810 10/03/00 — SPECIALTIES Bird Control Interior Signs Lockers Operable Partitions Toilet Accessories DIVISION 11 — EQUIPMENT (Not applicable) DIVISION 12 — FURNISHINGS 12485 Entrance Mats 12495 Window Shades DIVISION 13 — SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION (Not applicable) DIVISION 14 — CONVEYING SYSTEMS 14422 Inclined Wheelchair Lifts DIVISION 15 — MECHANICAL — DESIGN BUILD (Not applicable) DIVISION 16 — ELECTRICAL — DESIGN BUILD (Not applicable) END OF TABLE OF CONTENTS Page 2 CONTENTS TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w 0: J U U0 U W I H w w g d I -w z z0 w U • 0 O - O H W I- LO Z U w = O • ~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 01110 -1 Tenant Improvement SUMMARY OF THE WORK CNA Architecture - 1137 Pil SECTION 01110 - SUMMARY OF THE WORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 WORK COVERED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Project consists of a shell and core for new construction of steel frame and concrete two r story office building and shell and core renovations and alterations to existing attached manufacturing and warehouse building complying with requirements indicated by the Contract Documents. ,f, 1. Project Location: 2. Name of Owner: B. Contract Documents, dated 2nd day of October, 2000, were prepared by CNA Architecture, A 777 108th Avenue NE - Suite 400, Bellevue WA 98004. C. Bidder Design: Following shall and core systems will be engineered and designed by the bidding firms. Designs shall be compatible with work indicated and shall conform to purpose and intent of the project: 1. Plumbing systems. 2. HVAC systems. 3. Fire sprinkler system. 4. Electrical distribution system. 5. Fire alarm 1.2 CONTRACT[S] A. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract by McCarthy Construction Co. 1.3 WORK SEQUENCE A. Construct Work in phases to accommodate Owner's occupancy requirements and to provide minimum interference with Owner's operations or hazard to Owner's personnel and the general public. B. Be responsible for developing this phasing schedule for the economical and expedient pursuit of the Work and for coordinating the schedule with Owner. C. Limit re -entry of construction personnel into previously completed Phase areas to a minimum. 1.4 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES A. During the construction period, the Contractor shall have full use of the premises for construction operations, including use of the site. B. The Contractor's use of the premises is limited only by the Owner's right to perform work or to retain other contractors on portions of the Project. 1.5 OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS A. Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipment and urnishings in completed areas of the Work and to occupy such completed areas prior to Substantial Completion, as allowed by the City of Tukwilla inspectors. B. Perform Work following occupancy so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Limit re- entry of construction personnel into previously completed and occupied areas to a minimum. C. Interruption of building access and operations will not be permitted; cooperate with Owner during construction operation to minimize conflicts and to facilitate Owner usage. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 1.6 SPECIFICATION FORMATS AND CONVENTIONS A. Specification Format: The Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections using the 16- division format and CSI /CSC's "MasterFormat" numbering system. 1. Section Identification: The Specifications use section numbers and titles to help cross - referencing in the Contract Documents. Sections in the Project Manual are in numeric sequence; however, the sequence is incomplete. Consult the table of contents at the beginning of the Project Manual to determine numbers and names of sections in the Contract Documents. B. Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These conventions are as follows: C. Abbreviated Language: Language used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents is abbreviated. Words and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Words implied, but not stated, shall be inferred as the sense requires. Singular words shall be interpreted as plural, and plural words shall be interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the Contract Documents indicates. 1. Imperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be performed by Contractor. Occasionally, the indicative or subjunctive mood may be used in the Section Text for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by Contractor or by others when so noted. a. The words "shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on the context, are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or phrase. 1.7 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS A. Work Safety: 1. Comply with all safety orders required by the local and federal authorities. 2. Provide additional safety measures as necessary to reasonably protect employees and the public from unnecessary dangers at all times for the duration of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used) 10/03 /00 END OF SECTION 01110 - 2 SUMMARY OF THE WORK TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01200 - PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Schedule of Values 2. Applications for Payment 3. Change Procedures 01200 - 1 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES 1.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet. Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered. B. Submit in triplicate on monthly date mutally agreed between Owner, Architect and Contractor. C. Utilize Table of Contents of this Project Manual. Identify each line item with number and title of specification Section. Identify site mobilization, bonds and insurance. D. Include in each line item the amount of Allowances specified in this Section. E. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application for Payment. 1.3 APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. Submit three copies of each application. B. Execute on AIA Form G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment. C. Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment. D. Payment Period: Monthly, on or before the 25th of each month. 1.4 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. The Architect will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by AIA A201, 1987 Edition, Paragraph 7.4. B. The Owner's Consultant may issue a Proposal Request which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications. Contractor will prepare and submit an estimate within seven days. C. Stipulated Sum /Price Change Order: Based on Proposal Request and Contractor's. D. Construction Change Directive: Owner's Consultant may issue a Construction Change Directive signed by Owner instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change in the Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work and designate method of determining any change in Contract Sum /Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. E. Change Order Forms: AIA Form G701 Change Order. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 F. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3 - — EXECUTION (NOT USED) 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 01200 - 2 PRICE AND PAYMENT PROCEDURES TENANT IMPROVEMENT in •- �: i....:......r. �, a:: vrri .a,:�.a.;y.,n:�.iw;.ilil:�..% z w 2 D 0 U) J H � u_ w 2 _ u ci I- MI Z = I- 0 Z w w U O• 0 F- W 2 I- u" Z W U= 01- Z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Coordination. 2. Administrative and supervisory personnel. 3. General installation provisions. 4. Cleaning and protection. 01310 - 1 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.2 COORDINATION A. Arrange all work so that it does not interfere with Owner's activities. B. Coordinate activities included in various Sections to assure efficient and orderly installation of each component. Coordinate operations included under different Sections that are dependent on each other for proper installation and operation. C. Where installation of one component depends on installation of other components before or after its own installation, schedule activities in sequence required to obtain best results. D. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for early installation. E. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved outlining required coordination procedures. 1. Include required notices, reports, and attendance at meetings. 2. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner's Consultant and separate Contractors where coordination of their Work is required. 1.3 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES A. Coordinate scheduling and timing of administrative procedures with other activities to avoid conflicts and ensure orderly progress. 1. Preparation of schedules. 2. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 3. Delivery and processing of submittals. 4. Progress meetings. 5. Project closeout activities. B. Field Coordination: Provide close coordination where required for installation of products and materials fabricated off -site by separate entities and where limited space necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components. 1.4 EXAMINATION A. Inspection of Conditions: Ensure that Installer of each component inspects substrate and conditions under which Work is performed. B. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. C. Inspect material immediately upon delivery and again prior to installation. Reject damaged and defective items. D. Recheck measurements and dimensions before starting installation. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z I w cc 5 o U 0 U J t— w U_ ¢ CD = d w Z = 1- 0 Z I- LL! w U 0 1- wW w z LL i U= O~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture -1137 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 01310 -2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1.5 INSTALLATION A. Manufacturer's Instructions: Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions and recommendations to extent that they are more stringent than requirements in Contract Documents. B. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods necessary for securing each construction element. 1. Secure each construction element true to line and level. 2. Allow for expansion and building movement. Visual Effects: Provide uniform joint widths in exposed Work. Arrange joints to obtain best effect. Refer questionable choices to Architect for decision. D. Isolate each part from incompatible material as necessary to prevent deterioration. E. Coordinate temporary enclosures with inspections and tests to minimize uncovering completed construction for that purpose. F. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, install components at standard heights for application indicated. Refer questionable decisions to Architect. 1.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. B. Clean and maintain completed construction as often as necessary through construction period. C. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used) TENANT IMPROVEMENT Pal Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01312 - PROJECT MEETINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Pre - Construction Meeting 2. Pre - installation conferences 3. Progress meetings 4. Requests for information (RFI) 1.2 PRE - CONSTRUCTION MEETING 1.3 PROGRESS MEETINGS 10/03/00 01312 - 1 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Owner, Architect, and Contractor schedule date and time for a Pre - Construction Meeting, preferably held at jobsite, as soon as possible after Contractor receives signed contract or Notice to Proceed to review responsibilities and procedures. B. Attendees: Owner, Architect, Contractor, and subcontractors, suppliers and consultants deemed necessary by Contractor and Architect. Attending subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers represented by persons authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work. C. Agenda: Discuss significant items that could affect progress, including following: 1. Methods to reduce possible adversarial actions between parties and methods to maintain communication and cooperation. 2. Hazardous materials. 3. List of subcontractors and suppliers. 4. Construction Progress Schedule including critical scheduling requirements; determine date of publication. 5. Contractor requirements. 6. Design -Build requirements, if applicable. 7. Procedures for Contractor's RFIs. (See Article 1.5 of this Section.) 8. Procedures for processing shop drawings, product submittals, field decisions, and change orders. 9. Procedures for maintaining project record documents, security, safety, deliveries, housekeeping, and first aid. 10. Procedures of work forces and working relations with Owner's staff and others. 11. Use of site for parking, staging, storage, temporary buildings, and construction activities. 12. Schedule future meeting dates and times. A. Contractor conducts progress meetings at regularly scheduled intervals as determined. Contractor prepares agenda and provides meeting minutes. B. Attendees include Owner, Architect, Contractor, and Consultants and subcontractors deemed necessary by Architect and Contractor. C. Agenda: Discuss agenda requirements listed for Pre - Construction Meeting in paragraph 1.2 -C above. 1. Review construction progress schedule. 2. Review latest Progress Meeting Report for accuracy. Correct inaccurate items. 3. Review RFI log and Change Order requests for current status. TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w cc 2 J U • 0 w= H CO u_ w 2 J L.L. � w z � I- 0 z f-- w 0 O • - o1- w I- • 0 O ..z w U 0 z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 D. Architect distributes written Progress Meeting Minutes of each meeting to concerned parties, as determined, within 72 hours. 1.4 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION A. When field conditions or contents of Contract Documents require clarification or verification by Architect, following procedure is required: 1. Present item or items requiring clarification /verification at Progress Meeting for discussion. (For critical or emergency items, contact Architect at once.) 2. If it is determined that item or items do not require written RFI submittals, Architect includes clarification /verification determination in Progress Meeting Report. 3. If it is determined that item or items do require written RFI submittal, prepare each RFI on a copy of form bound in at end of this Section. 4. Number RFIs sequentially from 1. 5. Record each RFI in a log, identifying each by RFI - #, subject, date submitted, date of response, and disposition. B. Route and copy RFIs in same manner as correspondence. C. Architect responds to submitted RFI's within seven working days or urgency date noted on RFI in space provided on RFI orm. If change order is indicated, change order request also listed or attached. D. If agreement regards clarification /verification acceptable to both parties cannot be reached, see General Conditions and Supplementary Conditions for procedures to resolve conflict. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 01312 -2 PROJECT MEETINGS TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ • w • 2 O 0 co o w = U) u_ w 0 �Q a F w Z I- 0 zI- w w O • � O I- W H .. W z o '' z rir4 0.1 lad REQUEST FOR INFORMATION RFI # Contractor's Job No. Date: Project: Contractor: Architect: Initiated by: Title: Spec Section Dwg/Detail Signature: QUESTION: Potential Cost Impact: Potential Time Impact: Response Needed within days RESPONSE: Signature: Title: 10.97 Date: 10/03/00 z I t- re 2 w 0 • 0 U) 0 • W W w o 7.] u_ w z t._ I- 0 z 0 co 0 — C3 I— ll.1 w I 0 I L - 0 . Z C.) (/) 0 I— Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 10/03/00 01330 - 1 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for submittals required for performance of the Work. 1. Proposed products list. 2. Construction progress schedules. 3. Submittals schedule. 4. Product data. 5. Shop drawings. 6. Samples. 7. Review action. 8. Schedule of Submittal Categories. B. Related Sections: 1. Refer to other Division -1 sections and other Contract Documents for requirements for administrative submittals, including Applications for Payment, Change Procedures. 1.2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Transmit each submittal sufficiently in advance of performance of related construction activities to avoid delay. 2. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals, and related activities that require sequential activity. 3. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related elements of the Work so processing will not be delayed by need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. Owner /Architect reserves right to withhold action on a submittal requiring coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received. B. Processing: Allow sufficient review time so that installation will not be delayed as a result of time required to process submittals, including time for resubmittals. 1. Allow five working days after receipt for initial review. a. Allow more time if processing must be delayed to permit coordination with subsequent submittals. b. Owner /Architect will advise Contractor when a submittal being processed must be delayed for coordination. 2. If an intermediate submittal is necessary, process same as initial submittal. 3. Allow three working days for reprocessing each submittal. 4. No extension of Contract time will be authorized because of failure to transmit submittals to Owner /Architect sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing. C. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. Indicate name of entity that prepared submittal. 1. Provide 4 -inch by 5 -inch space on label or beside title block on shop drawings to record Contractor's, review and approval markings and action taken. 2. Provide an additional 3 -inch by 4 -inch space adjacent to Contractor's review /approval space to record action taken during processing by Owner /Architect. 3. Include following information on label for processing and recording action taken. a. Project name. b. Date that submittal is forwarded to Contractor. c. Name and address of Contractor. d. Name of subcontractor. TENANT IMPROVEMENT v'.y.444.4iL Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 D. Submittal Transmittal: 1. Package each submittal appropriately for transmittal and handling. _1 0 a. Transmit each submittal to Owner /Architect using transmittal form. a b. Submittals received from sources other than Contractor will be returned without W action. w 2. Record on transmittal form relevant information and requests for data. Q u- a. Record deviations from Contract Document requirements, including minor w 0 variations and limitations. b. Include Contractor's certification that information complies with Contract a Document requirements. U) d w 1.3 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST F' _ z �. A. Within 30 calendar days after date of commencement of Work, submit complete list of z 0 products proposed for use. w B. List name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each item or system. o 1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE a F— A. CPM or bar chart, with separate line for each Section of Work. Identify first work day of each = 0 � week. u. O B. Include dates for submission and return of shop drawings and other product submittals. ui Z C. Identify long -lead items that require early purchase or approval to avoid delays to timely H = delivery and installation. z F- D. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 10 days after award of Contract. E. Distribution: 1. Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies to Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with scheduled dates. 2. Post copies in project meeting room and temporary field office. 3. When revisions are made, distribute to same parties and post in same locations. 4. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. F. Schedule Updating: Revise schedule after each meeting or activity where revisions have been recognized or made, and issue revised schedule with meeting report or next Application for Payment. Identify changes made since previous version. 1.5 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE A. Prepare complete schedule of submittals and submit within ten calendar days of date commencement of the Work. B. Coordinate submittal schedule with list of subcontracts, schedule of values, list of products, and construction schedule. C. Distribution: 1. Schedule Updating: Revise Following response to initial submittal, print and distribute copies to Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and other parties required to comply with submittal dates indicated. 10/03/00 01330 - 2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES e. Name and address of supplier. f. Name of manufacturer. g. Number and title of applicable specification Section. h. Reference Drawing sheet and detail numbers applicable to submittal. z I. Submittal number. Provide sequential, chronological numbering systems for a submittals from subcontractors. H w cc 2 TENANT IMPROVEMENT rga 1.6 PRODUCT DATA A. Collect product data into single submittal for each system or element of construction. 1. Product data includes printed information such as manufacturer's installation instructions, catalog cuts, standard color charts, roughing -in diagrams and templates, standard wiring diagrams and performance curves. 2. Where product data must be specially prepared, submit as shop drawings. 3. Do not submit product data until compliance with requirements of Contract Documents has been confirmed. B. Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. C. Where printed product data includes information on several products, some of which are not required, mark copies to indicate the applicable information. D. Include the following information: 1. Manufacturer's printed recommendations. 2. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. 3. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. 4. Application of testing agency labels and seals. 5. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement. 6. Notation of coordination requirements. E. Number of Copies: 1. Three copies, except where otherwise indicated. Owner and Architect will retain one each, and will return other marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. 2. Where Required for Maintenance Manuals: Six copies. Owner and Architect will retain one each, and will return others marked with action taken and corrections or modifications required. VIA Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 01330 - 3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 2. Post copies in project meeting room and field office. 3. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in construction activities. 1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Submit newly prepared information, drawn to accurate scale. B. Highlight, encircle (cloud), or otherwise indicate deviations from Contract Documents. In same manner, indicate any changes, revisions or unknowns with a note requesting information or verification. C. Do not reproduce contract documents or copy standard information as basis of shop drawings. Standard information prepared without specific reference to this project is not considered shop drawings. D. Shop drawings include fabrication and installation drawings, setting diagrams, schedules, patterns, templates, and similar drawings. E. Include following information: 1. Dimensions. 2. Identification of products and materials included. 3. Notation of coordination requirements. 4. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement. F. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns and similar full -size drawings, submit shop drawings on sheets at least 8 -1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 42 inches. G. Number of Copies: 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 01330 - 4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1. Initial Submittal: Submit one correctable translucent reproducible print and five blue -line or black -line prints. The reproducible print will be returned. 2. Where Required for Maintenance Manual: Submit one translucent reproducible print and six blue -line or black -line prints. Two blue- or black -line prints will be retained, the remaining prints returned. H. Do not use shop drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken in connection with construction. 1.8 SAMPLES A. Submit full -size, fully fabricated samples cured and finished as specified and physically identical to material or product proposed. B. Samples include partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components, cuts or containers of materials, color range sets, and swatches showing color, texture and pattern. 1. Mount, display, or package samples to facilitate review of qualities indicated. 2. Prepare samples to match Owner's /Architect's sample. C. Include following: 1. Generic description. 2. Source. 3. Product name or name of manufacturer. 4. Compliance with recognized standards. 5. Availability and delivery time. D. Submit samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture, for final check of these characteristics with other elements, and for comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. 1. 1. Where variations in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristics are inherent in material or product represented, submit multiple units (not less than three) that show approximate limits of variations. 2. 2. Refer to other specification sections for requirements for samples that illustrate workmanship, fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar construction characteristics. E. Number of Samples: 1. Preliminary Submittal for Selection of Color, Pattern, Texture, or the Like: Submit full set of choices for material or product. Samples will be returned with Owner's/Architect's mark indicating selection. 2. Final Submittals: Two sets (except for samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics). One will be returned marked with action taken. F. Distribution: 1. Maintain returned sets of samples at the Project site for quality comparisons throughout course of construction. 2. Prepare and distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, fabricators, suppliers, installers, and others as involved in required performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. 1.9 OWNER/ARCHITECT ACTION A. Where action and return is required or requested, Owner /Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken, and return promptly. 1. Compliance with specified characteristics and requirements is Contractor's responsibility. 2. Submittals not previously reviewed and stamped to indicate Contractor's approval will be returned without Owner /Architect review. 3. Owner /Architect will review submittals for general conformance with design concept of the project and general compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. TENANT IMPROVEMENT 10/03/00 Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 B. Action Stamp: Owner /Architect will stamp each submittal with self - explanatory action stamp. Stamp will be marked appropriately to indicate action taken. 1. REVIEWED: Indicates that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed Z provided it complies with requirements of the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend upon that compliance. w 2. FURNISH AS CORRECTED: Indicates that part of the Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with notations and corrections on submittal and with 6 requirements of the Contract Documents. Final acceptance will depend upon that c.) 0 compliance. co 0 3. REVISE AND RESUBMIT: Do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the w H submittal, including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. Revise or prepare new submittal in accordance with notations or appropriate requirements. Repeat as w o necessary to obtain acceptance action mark. 4. REJECTED: Do not proceed with that part of the Work covered by the submittal, 5 including purchasing, fabrication, delivery, or other activity. u- C. Do not permit submittals marked Revise and Resubmit, or Rejected, to be used at project site = w or elsewhere where Work is in progress. Z D. Where submittal is for information or record purposes, special processing or other activity, z O receipt will be acknowledged in appropriate manner. ui w U� N END OF SECTION o W ui I u. O .z w U= R. 10/03/00 01330 - 5 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES TENANT IMPROVEMENT :L.:.,i. ......._. ..as ..i.r.... iu.. t. ra:. «';au.:..a.d..t :+ :„... Z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture -1137 SECTION 01410 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Comply with and give notices as required by laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on performance of the Work. B. Regulatory requirements include modifications, amendments, additions, and the like, current as of the date of these documents. C. Referenced codes establish minimum requirement levels. Where provisions of various codes or standards conflict, more stringent provisions govern. Promptly submit to Architect written notice of observed variations from legal requirements in Contract Documents. D. Compliance requirements include, but are not necessarily limited to: 1. Uniform Building Code and related Standards, 1997 Edition, published by International Conference of Building Officials, and WAC 51 -40. 2. Life Safety Code, NFPA 101 -1997. 3. State Rules and Regulations for Barrier Free Design, WAC 51 -40. 4. Americans with Disabilities Act of 1991. 5. Fire Doors/Windows, NFPA 80 -1999. 6. Department of Labor and Industries Regulations, including General Safety and Health Standards, WAC 296 -24. 7. OSHA regulations and standards. 8. Uniform Fire Code (UFC), 1997 Edition. 9. Insurance underwriter requirements of the building Owner. 10. Factory Mutual. 11. Mechanical Work: a. Uniform Mechanical Code, 1997 Edition. b. Uniform Plumbing Code, 1997 Edition. 12. Electrical Work: a. Underwriters' Laboratories (UL). b. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA). c. NFPA, 1999 National Electrical Code (NEC), National Electrical Safety Code, and above listings as applicable. d. State Electrical Construction Code. 13. Environmental Requirements: Work to be performed in compliance with relevant statues and regulations dealing with prevention of environmental pollution and preservation of public natural resources. 14. Energy Requirements: Comply with insulation and energy conservation requirements of State of Washington and City of Tukwilla. E. Drawings and Specifications govern whenever Drawings and Specifications require higher standards than are required by governing codes, regulations, and the like. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used) 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 01410 -1 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS TENANT IMPROVEMENT r'aa Fatigue Technology, Inc. 01420 - 1 Tenant Improvement REFERENCES CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01420 — REFERENCES z PART 1 - GENERAL w 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS re A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary i; o Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. ca o 1.2 DEFINITIONS I Nu_ A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract. w o B. Indicated: The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other Paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in u a .. the Contract Documents. Terms such as " shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the reader locate the reference. Location is not limited. w C. Directed: Terms such as "directed," " requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," z "required," and "permitted" mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and z 0 similar phrases. � D. Approved: The term "approved," when used in conjunction, with the Architect's action on the 0 Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and 0 H responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract. w w E. Regulation: The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within u- 0 the construction industry that control performance of the Work. .. z F. Furnish: The term "furnish" means supply and deliver to the Project site, ready for unloading, P unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations. 0 z G. Install: The term "install" describes operations at the Project site including the actual unloading, unpacking, assembly, erection, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations. H. Provide: The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use. I. Installer: An "Installer" is the Contractor or an entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction activity, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations. Installers are required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform. J. The term "experienced," when used with the term "Installer" means having a minimum of five previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of the authority having jurisdiction. 1. Trades: Using terms such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain construction activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as "carpenter." It also does not imply that requirements specified apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding generic name. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 01420 - 2 Tenant Improvement REFERENCES CNA Architecture - 1137 K. "Project Site" is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities, either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as part of the Project. The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with z the description of the land on which the Project is to be built. 1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS o' w D A. Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent o o requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if u) a bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards u) w are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference. _I I- B. Publication Dates: Comply with the standards in effect as of the date of the Contract w O Documents. Lz C. Conflicting Requirements: Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and u_ a where the standards may establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities cn d or quality levels, refer requirements that are different, but apparently equal, and uncertainties z w i to the Architect for a decision before proceeding. Z 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified 1, O shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply a 1— exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum w within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values D 0 are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of the requirements. Refer 0 co uncertainties to the Architect for a decision before proceeding o I- w D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on the Project is required to be = familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. .. z 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, the w co o Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source. E. Abbreviations and Names: Trade association names and titles of general standards are z frequently abbreviated. Where such abbreviations and acronyms are used in the Specifications and other Contract Documents, they mean ht recognized name of the trade association, standards - generating organization, authority having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to the A context of the text provision. Refer to the "Encyclopedia of Associations," published by Gale Research Co., available at most libraries. 1.4 GOVERNING REGULATIONS AND AUTHORITIES A. The Architect has contacted authorities having jurisdiction where necessary to obtain information to prepare Contract Documents. Contact authorities having jurisdiction directly for information and decisions regarding on the Work. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, and similar documents, correspondence, and records established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon performance of the Work. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used) 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT t $fA00t ,. • • Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01450 - QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 - GENERAL 01450 - 1 QUALITY CONTROL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Administrative and procedural requirements for quality control services. B. Quality control services include inspections and tests and related actions including reports, performed by independent agencies, governing authorities, and Contractor. C. Inspection and testing services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with Contract Document requirements. D. Requirements of this Section relate to customized fabrication and installation procedures, not production of standard products. E. Specific quality control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in sections that specify those activities. 1. Those requirements, including inspections and tests, cover production of standard products as well as customized fabrication and installation procedures. 2. Inspections, tests and related actions specified are not intended to limit Contractor's quality control procedures that facilitate compliance with Contract Document requirements. 3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality control services required by Architect, Owner, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section. 1.2 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. Monitor quality control of suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality. B. Ensure compliance with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. C. Coordinate inspections and tests specified or required by governing authorities, including where they are Owner's responsibility or are provided by another entity. D. Where Contractor is required to employ a firm for tests or inspections of same element for which Owner's agency is performing services, Contractor shall not employ entity engaged by Owner unless otherwise agreed in writing with Owner. 1.3 RETESTING A. Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of required inspections, tests or similar services prove unsatisfactory and do not indicate compliance with Contract Document requirements, regardless of who was responsible for original test. B. Cost of retesting construction revised or replaced by Contractor, where required tests were performed on original construction, is Contractor's responsibility. 1.4 ASSOCIATED SERVICES A. Cooperate with agencies performing required inspections, tests and similar services and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. B. Notify the agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT WI LI z ~ W _1 U 0 0 0 � w J = F- • u_ w � c � w Z = I- 0 Z O - 0I- w w L O w z U 0 z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 10/03/00 01450 - 2 QUALITY CONTROL C. Auxiliary services required include but are not limited to: 1. Providing access to the Work and furnishing incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate inspections and tests. 2. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or assisting the agency in taking samples. _ • 3. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples, and delivery of samples to z testing laboratories. 4. Providing the agency with a preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control by the testing agency. 5. Security and protection of samples and test equipment at the Project site. co o 1.5 OWNER RESPONSIBILITIES -j I- 2 w A. The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent agency, testing laboratory or w 0 other qualified firm to provide inspections, tests and similar quality control services specified to 2 be performed by independent agencies and not by the Contractor, except where they are specifically indicated as the Contractor's responsibility or are provided by another identified c entity. = w B. Costs for these services are not included in the Contract Sum. z HO 1.6 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS w w A. When specified in individual specifications Sections, require material or product suppliers or 0 o manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions and to initiate o cn instructions for proper performance of work. o F - B. Report observations and site decisions or instructions that are supplemental or contrary to = 0 manufacturer's written instructions. u 1.7 SUBMITTALS ui (I ) A. Independent testing agency shall submit certified written report of each inspection, test, and o similar service to Architect, in duplicate. Z 1. Where agency is responsible for service, submit directly to Architect. 2. Where Contractor is responsible for service, submit through Contractor. 3. Submit additional copies of each report directly to governing authority when authority so directs. B. Report Data: Written reports of each service shall include, but not be limited to: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making inspection or test. 6. Designation of the Work and test method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete inspection or test data. 9. Test results and interpretations of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample- taking and testing. 11. Comments or professional opinion as to whether inspected or tested Work complies with Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting. TENANT IMPROVEMENT 1..:.3 L:C r.5L�lwh}]�LP4:CG6.Ni."s.. 4.6144 r ow 'GM ,. Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 01450 - 3 QUALITY CONTROL 1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualification for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies, including independent testing laboratories, which are prequalified as complying with requirements of the Washington Association of Building Officials (WABO) for State certification, and which specialize in the types of inspections and tests to be performed. B. Each independent inspection and testing agency engaged on the Project shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the State in which the Project is located. C. References: 1. Conform to reference standards of issue current as of date of Contract Documents. 2. Should manufacturer's instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. 1.9 COORDINATION A. Contractor and each agency engaged to perform inspections, tests and similar services shall coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required services with a minimum of delay. B. Contractor and each agency shall coordinate activities to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests. C. Contractor is responsible for scheduling times for inspections, tests, taking samples and similar activities. 1.10 REPAIR AND PROTECTION A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample- taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Contract Document requirements for "Cutting and Patching." B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities, and protect repaired construction. C. Contractor is responsible for repair and protection regardless of assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing or similar services. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT rag rcO Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture -1137 END OF SECTION 01600 -1 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREME A. Definition: The term PRODUCTS means new material, machinery, components, equipment, fixtures, and systems forming the Work, but does not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying, and erection of the Work. Products may also include existing materials or components specifically identified for reuse. B. Provide only new products, materials and equipment unless specified or shown otherwise. Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises except as specifically identified or allowed by the Contract Documents. C. Conform to applicable specifications and standards. D. Comply with size, make, type, and quality specified and indicated on drawings, or as specifically approved in writing by Architect. E. Manufactured and Fabricated Products: 1. Design, fabricate, and assemble in accordance with "First Class Workmanship." 2. Manufacture like parts of duplicate units to standard sizes and gages, to be interchangeable. 3. Two or more items of same kind shall be identical and by same manufacturer (whether furnished under one Section or more). 4. Provide products suitable for service conditions. 5. Adhere to indicated equipment capacities, sizes, and dimensions, unless variations are specifically approved in writing. F. Do not use materials and equipment for other than designed or specified purposes and uses. G. Long Lead -Time Items: 1. Notify the Owner's Consultant of long lead time items needed to expedite. 2. Contractor is responsible for ordering items far enough in advance to assure timely delivery. 1.2 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require installation of work to comply with manufacturer's printed instructions, obtain and distribute instructions to concerned entities. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01630 - PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES 01630 -1 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL z 1.1 SUMMARY t w A. Section Includes: cc n 1. Product options. -J o 2. Substitutions. 0 co w 1.2 PRODUCT OPTIONS H A. Product Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only: Provide any product p m those standards or description. 2 B. Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers: Provide products of listed a manufacturers named and meeting specifications. Submit a written request for substitution for u any other product or manufacturer not named. w C. Products Specified by Naming One Product and Manufacturer Exclusively: There is no option z and no substitution will be allowed. z W 1.3 SUBSTITUTIONS —PRIOR TO RECEIVING BIDS o A. Substitutions of materials, products, or equipment for those items specified (including changes o cn of manufacturer, trade name, model, catalog number, patented article, etc.) will be considered 0'- only when written request has been submitted to Architect or Engineer in accordance with the w w following procedures: ►- 1. Prior Approval: Substitutions may be requested prior to receiving bids, by Bidder, subcontractor, supplier or other qualified party who wishes to propose use of a particular w z co material, product, or equipment in lieu of that specified. Substitutions are subject to o warranty as required by General Condition. o F- 2. Time Of Submittal: Requests for Prior Approval addressed to Architect and referenced to z this project and section number will be considered if received ten working days prior to the bid closing date for particular subcontractor or supplier required by the Contractor or prime bidder. B. Form Of Submittal: 1. Burden of proof of merit of requested substitution is upon submitter, and subject to provisions of General Conditions. It is the sole responsibility of submitter to establish content of submittal data, samples, and other support material. 2. Include sufficient data with Request so that direct comparison of proposed item to specified item can be made. Knowledge and experience of applicator and warranty may be an integral part of specification, therefore, data concerning applicator (i.e., experience, organization, references, projects, dates, etc.) may be material. 3. Inadequate warranty, vagueness of submittal, failure to meet project requirements, or insufficient data may be cause for disapproval or rejection of request. Architect/Engineer's decision for rejection of requested substitution is final, may be based upon her /his opinion, and does not require documentation or further justification. Architect/Engineer's approval is subject to later reconsideration at any time in life of Contract. C. Form of Approval: Approved requests will be set forth in Addendum issued in accordance with these Instructions to Bidders under following conditions: 1. This Addendum is solely concerned with substitutions of items of materials, products, and equipment before submittal of Bids as provided in Instructions to Bidders. No other items shall substituted or bid. 10/03 /00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT u.J 4.3.411 c. Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 2. Items allowed by this Addendum are subject to full provisions of original Contract Documents including all modifications thereto, and shall be warranted as substitutions conforming with Contract Documents as provided by General Conditions. 3. Approvals are based upon the opinion, knowledge, information, and belief of Architect/Engineer at time of issuance of this Addendum and reliance upon data submitted. Approvals are therefore interim in nature and subject to reconsideration as r z additional data, materials, workmanship, and coordination with other work are observed a: w and reviewed. In proposing items allowed by this Addendum, Bidder assumes all risks, 6 0 costs, and responsibilities for items final acceptance, integration into Work, and -I O performance. cn a 4. This Prior Approval procedure has been offered and will be administered in manner to w w fulfill Owner's desire for bidding competition. Substitutions will be considered after -J i _ execution of Contract in accordance with this Section as specified following. ! u- uw O 1.4 SUBSTITUTIONS — PROPOSED WITH BID SUBMISSION A. Time Of Submittal: Completed Proposed Substitutions Form to accompany Bid at time of Bid u. submission. Y = a w B. Form Of Submittal: Supplementary substantiating data adequate for preliminary evaluation of Z = substitutes must accompany Bid Form in separate, adequately labeled envelope. — 0 proposed P Y P q Y P Z Additional data may be requested. w uj C. Form of Acceptance: Items accepted by Architect, Engineer or Owner will be incorporated in 2 o Change Order and executed simultaneously with construction Contract. Proposed Substitution 0 Bids are not binding after execution of initial Contract. o 1 — w 1.5 SUBSTITUTIONS — PROPOSED DURING CONSTRUCTION H 0 A. Procedure for substitution of materials, products, and equipment after execution of Contract by z Change Order as outlined in General Conditionss. w u) 1. Substitutions of subcontractors, suppliers, manufacturers, and other data disclosed U = before execution of Contract and specified materials or work constitute changes in the p r- work and must be incorporated into Contract by Change Order under General z Conditionss. 2. Contractor may propose substitutions only on Conditions that either: a. Previously disclosed data or specified material cannot be provided and incorporated into Work in time allowed due to Conditionss beyond control of Contractor, or b. Owner will benefit by reduced cost or improved project. Owner to receive full benefit of any cost reductions. 3. Request for substitutions to include: a. Statement of cause for request with substantiating documents. b. Documentary proof of equal or superior quality, delivery time, and costs in form of certified quotations from supplier of both specified and proposed material. c. When requesting Changes in Work, or when Changes in Work are caused by Contractor, Contractor agrees to: �. 1) Bear costs of additional architectural services and related costs required for 10I_1 effecting change; 2) Make acceptable adjustments in related construction at not additional cost to Owner and without reduced quality in the project. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used) 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 01630 - 2 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES TENANT IMPROVEMENT .:nN.ri d.:Y ..:.: 1rA�. �aG. 14tr5i ..rr';.61�l,wast:al:wk:I'� Advancement of Constnrctloa Technology SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (After the Bidding Phase) Project: Substitution Request Number: From: To: Date: Z tY 2 A/E Project Number: 6 J U Re: Contract For: U 0 co W J = Specification Title: Description: u_ � W 0 Section: Page: Article/Paragraph: 2 � Proposed Substitution: • ci Manufacturer: Address: Phone: H W Z = Trade Name: Model No.: 0 Installer: Address: Phone: W W 2 History: ❑ New product ❑ 2 -5 years old ❑ 5 -10 yrs old ❑ More than 10 years old U 0— Differences between proposed substitution and specified product: W W 2 H 0 � Z W ❑ Point -by -point comparative data attached - REQUIRED BY A/E U 0 Z Reason for not providing specified item: Similar Installation: Project: Architect: Address: Owner: Date Installed: Proposed substitution affects other parts of Work: ❑ No ❑ Yes; explain Savings to Owner for accepting substitution: ($ ). Proposed substitution changes Contract Time: ❑ No ❑ Yes [Add] [Deduct] days. Supporting Data Attached: ❑ Drawings ❑ Product Data ❑ Samples ❑ Tests ❑ Reports ❑ Copyright 1996, Construction Specification Institute, 601 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -1791 Page —1 of 2 September 1996 CSI Form 13.1A 411I1 Am. row 1 Fl The Undersigned certifies: • Proposed substitution has been fully investigated and determined to be equal or superior in all respects to specified product. • Same warranty will be furnished for proposed substitution as for specified product. • Same maintenance service and source of replacement parts, as applicable, is available. • Proposed substitution will have no adverse effect on other trades and will not affect or delay progress schedule. • Cost data as stated above is complete. Claims for additional costs related to accepted substitution which may subsequently become apparent are to be waived. • Proposed substitution does not affect dimensions and functional clearances. • Payment will be made for changes to building design, including A/E design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the substitution. • Coordination, installation, and changes in the Work as necessary for accepted substitution will be complete in all respects. Submitted by: Signed by: Firm: Address: Telephone: Attachments: A/E's REVIEW AND ACTION ❑ Substitution approved - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330. ❑ Substitution approved as noted - Make submittals in accordance with Specification Section 01330. ❑ Substitution rejected - Use specified materials. ❑ Substitution Request received too late - Use specified materials. Signed by: Date: Additional Comments: ❑ Contractor ❑ Subcontractor ❑ Supplier ❑ Manufacturer ❑ A/E ❑ Copyright 1996, Construction Specification Institute, Page — 2 of 2 601 Madison Street, Alexandria, VA 22314 -1791 VIP SUBSTITUTION REQUEST (Continued) September 1996 CSI Form 13.1A Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout including, but not limited to, following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project record document submittals. 3. Provide to Owner submittals required by governing authorities. 4. Instruction of operation and maintenance procedures. 5. Operation and maintenance manual submittal. 6. Final cleaning. B. Related Sections: 1. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in appropriate Sections in Divisions 2 through 16. 2. Procedures for administrative and procedural requirements for warranties, including submittal requirements, are included in Section 01790, Product Warranties. 1.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion, complete following. List exceptions in request. 1. In application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, date Substantial Completion is claimed, show 100 percent completion for portion of the Work claimed as substantially complete. a. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these Contract Documents and a statement showing an accounting of changes to Contract Sum. b. If 100 percent completion cannot be shown, include a list of incomplete items, value of incomplete construction, and reasons the Work is not complete. 2. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases enabling Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 5. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items. 7. Make final changeover of permanent locks and transmit keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 8. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of Owner's operation and maintenance personnel. Discontinue and remove temporary facilities from site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements. 9. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touch -up painting. 10. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes. B. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, Architect will either proceed with inspection or advise Contractor of unfilled requirements. Architect will prepare Certificate of Substantial Completion following inspection and advise Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is substantially complete. 2. Results of completed inspection will form basis of requirements for final acceptance. 10/03/00 01770 -1 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture -1137 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT 1.3 FINAL ACCEPTANCE A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for certification of final acceptance and final payment, complete following. List exceptions in request. 1. Submit final payment request with releases and supporting documentation not previously submitted and accepted. Include insurance certificates for products and completed operations where required. 2. Submit an updated final statement, accounting for final additional changes to Contract Sum. 3. Submit a copy of Architect's final inspection list of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by Architect. Copy of list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 4. Submit consent of surety to final payment. 5. Submit a final liquidated damages settlement statement. 6. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. B. Reinspection Procedure: Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the Work, including inspection list items from earlier inspections, has been completed except for items whose completion is delayed under circumstances acceptable to Architect. 1. Upon completion of reinspection, Architect will prepare a certificate of final acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, Architect will advise Contractor of work hat is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required or final acceptance. 2. f necessary, reinspection will be repeated. 1.4 RECORD DOCUMENTS A. General: Do not use record documents for construction purposes. Protect record documents from deterioration and Toss in a secure, fire- resistant location. Provide access to record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. B. Record Drawings: Maintain a clean, undamaged set of blue or black line white - prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark set to show actual installation where installation varies substantially from the Work as originally shown. Mark which drawing is most capable of showing conditions fully and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are used, record a cross - reference at corresponding location on Contract Drawings. Give particular attention to concealed elements that would be difficult to measure and record at a later date. 1. Mark record sets with red erasable pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate categories of the Work. 2. Mark new information that is important to Owner but was not shown on Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings. 3. Note related change order numbers where applicable. 4. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind sets with durable -paper cover sheets; print suitable titles, dates, and or identification on cover of each set. C. Record Specifications: Maintain one complete copy of Project Manual, including addenda. Include with Project Manual one copy of other written construction documents, such as Change Orders and modifications issued in printed form during construction. 1. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual work performed in comparison with text of Specifications and modifications. 2. Give particular attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on concealed construction that cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. 3. Note related record drawing information and Product Data. 4. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to Architect for Owner's records. 01770 - 2 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment ri CNA Architecture - 1137 Fa 1.5 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into suitable sets of manageable size. Compile properly indexed data in individual, heavy duty, 2 -inch (51 -mm), 3- r . ring vinyl covered binders with pocket folders for folded sheet information. Mark appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. Include following types of information: 1. Emergency instructions 2. Spare parts list 3. Copies of warranties 4. Wiring diagrams 5. Recommended "tum- around" cycles 6. Inspection procedures 7. Shop Drawings and Product Data 8. Fixture Tamping schedule B. Operation And Maintenance Instructions: Prior to final acceptance, arrange for each Installer of equipment that requires regular maintenance to meet with Owner's designated personnel to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Provide instruction by manufacturer's representatives if Installers are not experienced in operation and maintenance procedures. 1. Include a detailed review of following items: a. Maintenance manuals b. Record documents c. Spare parts and materials d. Tools e. Lubricants f. Fuels g. Identification systems h. Control sequences i. Hazards j. Cleaning k. Warranties and bonds I. I. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments. 2. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate following procedures: a. Startup b. Shutdown c. Emergency operations d. Noise and vibration adjustments e. Safety procedures f. Economy and efficiency adjustments g. Effective energy utilization 1.6 FINAL CLEANING A. General: General Conditions require general cleaning during construction. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in a normal commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Complete following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial Completion. 1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels. 2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other substances that are noticeable vision - obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials. 3. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard - surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces. 10/03/00 01770 - 3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvment CNA Architecture -1137 4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and lamps. 5. Clean site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean; remove stains, spills, and other foreign deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even - textured surface. C. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the Work during construction. D. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on Owner's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from site and dispose of awfully. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not used) PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not used) 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 01770 - 4 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES TENANT IMPROVEMENT • z F- • Z cc w O 0 U) 0 W • I U) Li_ w 2 co LLQ =a F_ w Z = zI- w • 0 O - 0 I- W u O .. z W U= 0 z rip rya Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 01790 - 1 PRODUCT WARRANTIES SECTION 01790 - PRODUCT WARRANTIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for warranties required by the Contract Documents, including manufacturers' standard warranties on products and special warranties. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures. 2. Specific requirements for warranties on products and installations specified to be warranted are included in individual Sections of Divisions 2 through 16. 3. Certifications and other commitments and agreements for continuing services to Owner are specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of warranty on the Work that incorporates the products, nor do they relieve suppliers, manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the Contractor. 1.2 WARRANTY REQUIREMENTS A. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction, remove and replace construction that has been damaged as result of such failure or that must be removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction. B. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by warranty has failed and been corrected by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation. C. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by warranty has failed, replace or rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of Contract Documents. The Contractor is responsible for cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its anticipated useful service life. D. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies. 1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit selections to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty or similar commitment on the Work or part of the Work, the Owner reserves right to refuse to accept the Work until the Contractor presents evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w 0: o 0 co co W J H w 2 � CO = a w Z = I- 0 z I- w Lij U 0 O - 0 I- w w - � iL Z U= O O E- z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 END OF SECTION 10/03/00 01790 - 2 PRODUCT WARRANTIES 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion. If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion for the Work or a designated portion of the Work, submit written warranties upon request of the Architect. 1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that designated portion of the Work. B. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor, supplier or manufacturer, to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification ready for execution by the required parties. Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution. Refer to Division -2 through Division -16 Sections for specific contract requirements and particular requirements for submitting special warranties. C. Form of Submittal: At Final Completion compile two copies of each required warranty properly executed by the Contractor, subcontractor, supplier, or manufacturer. Organize the warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the Table of Contents of the Project Manual. D. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy -duty, commercial quality, durable 3 -ring vinyl- covered loose leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8- 1/2 by 11 inch paper. 1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of the Installer. 2. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project title or name, and name of the Contractor. 3. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide additional copies of each required warranty for inclusion in each required manual. TENANT IMPROVEMENT FMi raw 3 t ,a I Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes the following: 1. Plastic-laminate faced cabinets. 2. Plastic laminate faced shelving. 3. Interior standing and running trim for transparent finish. 4. Installation. 5. Shop /factory priming interior woodwork. B. Related Sections 1. Division 8 Section "Wood Doors." 2. Division 9 Section "Painting" for field finishing of interior architectural woodwork. 1.2 SAMPLES FOR VERIFICATION: FOR THE FOLLOWING: A. Lumber with or for transparent finish, 5 inches wide by 24 inches long, for each species and cut, finished on 1 side and 1 edge. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Fabricator Qualifications: A firm experienced in producing architectural woodwork similar to that indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in- service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce required units. B. Source Limitations: Engage a qualified woodworking firm to assume undivided responsibility for production and installation of interior architectural woodwork C. Quality Standard: Unless otherwise indicated, comply with AWI's "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" for grades of interior architectural woodwork, construction, finishes, and other requirements. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 06402 -1 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. Do not deliver woodwork until painting and similar operations that could damage woodwork have been completed in installation areas. If woodwork must be stored in other than Installation areas, store only in areas where environmental conditions comply with requirements specified in "Project Conditions" Article. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system is operating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. 1.6 COORDINATION A. Coordinate sizes and locations of framing, blocking, furring, reinforcements, and other related units of Work specified in other Sections to ensure that interior architectural woodwork can be supported and installed as indicated. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS z A. General: Provide materials that comply with requirements of the AWI quality standard for each a type of woodwork and quality grade specified, unless otherwise indicated. - w Lii o: B. Wood Species and Cut for Transparent Finish D 1. Hardwood Lumber: Cherry, American Black, flat sliced — figured. o o 0 o C. High- Pressure Decorative Laminate (PLAM #): NEMA LD 3, grades as indicated, or if not CO = Lu indicated, as required by woodwork quality standard; low glare fine textured finish. u) i_ 1. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide high - pressure w 0 decorative laminates by one of the following: 2 a. Formica Corporation. — b. Nevamar Decorative Laminates - International Paper; Decorative Products Div. c- Q c. Pionite Decorative Laminates. I 0 d. Wilsonart International; Div. of Premark International, Inc. F w 2. Colors: z H a. PLAM1: Wilsonart D91 -66 Slate Grey. z 0 b. PLAM2: Wilsonart 4639 -60 Monterey Storm w c. PLAM3: Wilsonart 7054 -60 Wild Cherry ? o o D. Hardboard: AHA A135.4. aF- E. Medium - Density Fiberboard: ANSI A208.2, Grade MD- Exterior Glue. H 0 u. O F. Particleboard: ANSI A208.1, Grade M- 2- Exterior Glue. . Cu G. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. H H O H. Thermoset Decorative Overlay: Particleboard complying with ANSI A208.1, Grade M -2, or medium - density fiberboard complying with ANSI A208.2, Grade MD, with surface of thermally fused, melamine- impregnated decorative paper complying with LMA SAT -1. I. Adhesive for Bonding Plastic Laminate Faces: PVA. J. Adhesive for Bonding Edges: Adhesive specified above for faces. 2.2 FIRE - RETARDANT - TREATED MATERIALS 06402 - 2 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK A. General: Where indicated, use materials impregnated with fire- retardant chemical formulations indicated by a pressure process or other means acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction to produce products with fire- test - response characteristics specified. s TP T /r,+ 1. Do not use treated material that does not comply with requirements of referenced woodworking standard or that is warped, discolored, or otherwise defective. 2. Use fire- retardant - treatment formulations that do not bleed through or otherwise adversely affect finishes. Do not use colorants in solution to distinguish treated material from untreated material. B. Fire - Retardant - Treated Lumber and Plywood by Pressure Process: Comply with AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood), for woodwork items indicated as fire - retardant treated. Use the following treatment type: 1. Interior Type A: Low - hygroscopic formulation. 10 /03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z row Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 06402 - 3 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2. Mill lumber before treatment and implement special procedures during treatment and drying processes that prevent lumber from warping and developing discolorations from drying sticks or other causes, marring, and other defects affecting appearance of treated woodwork. 3. Kiln -dry material before and after treatment to levels required for untreated material. C. Fire - Retardant - Treated Lumber and Plywood by Nonpressure Process: Apply nontoxic, water - soluble, fire- retardant treatment by dip, spray, roller, curtain coating, vacuum chamber, or soaking to achieve flame - spread rating of 25 or Tess and smoke - developed rating of 450 or less per ASTM E 84. D. Fire - Retardant Particleboard: Panels complying with the following requirements, made from softwood particles and fire- retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame - spread rating of 25 or Tess and smoke - developed rating of 25 or Tess per ASTM E 84. 1. For panels 3/4 inch thick and less, comply with ANSI A208.1 for Grade M -2 except for the following minimum properties: density, 45-lb/cu. ft; modulus of rupture, 1600 psi; modulus of elasticity, 300,000 psi; internal bond, 80 psi; and screw - holding capacity on face and edge, 250 Ibf and 225 Ibf, respectively. 2. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Duraflake FR" by Willamette Industries, Inc. E. Fire - Retardant Fiberboard: Medium - density fiberboard panels complying with ANSI A208.2, made from softwood fibers, synthetic resins, and fire- retardant chemicals mixed together at time of panel manufacture to achieve flame - spread rating of 25 or less and smoke - developed rating of 200 or Tess per ASTM E 84. 1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Medite FR" by SierraPine Ltd; Medite Div. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Laminated Plastic Covered Casework 1. Quality Standard: AWI Sections 400 and 400B and related sections, Custom grade. a. Construction Style: Flush overlay. b. Construction Type: Multiple self - supporting units. 2. Finish Materials: a. Exposed Surface Materials (including exposed shelving): HGS and VGS plastic laminate. b. Semi - Exposed Shelving: HGS plastic laminate. 1) Semi - Exposed Surfaces including open shelving bodies, upper cabinet tops and bottoms: Melamine panels. 2) Drawer Body: Melamine panel. c. Edgebanding: 1) Exposed Visible Edges of Melamine Bodies: Self- edged, VGS plastic laminate; one piece for full length only. 2) Exposed Visible Edges Doors, Drawers Fronts, Adjustable Shelves: VGS plastic laminate; one piece for full length only. 3) Semi - Exposed Shelf Edges: VGS plastic laminate; one piece for full length only. 4) Drawer Body Edgeband: Self- edged, VGS plastic laminate.; one piece for full length only. 10/03/00 3. Core: a. Doors /Drawers Faces: Particleboard. b. Body Members: Particleboard. c. Drawer Body: Particleboard. d. Drawer Bottom: Hardboard (smooth side visible inside). TENANT IMPROVEMENT litic% 1'.I�'� +r tk:11:14 1 z w o' 2 -J0 00 L11 U w w 2 g a w z = zF- w 0 O- 0 I- w w u. O Z w U= 0 1- O Z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 C. Touch Latches: EPCO AR280 Push Latch. 10/03/00 06402 - 4 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK e. Shelving: Particleboard. B. Plastic Laminate Top: 1. Grade: Custom. 2. Construction: HPDL clad veneer core. 3. Exposed Surfaces: GP -50 for non - postformed surfaces. 4. Edge and Top Mounted Backsplash Treatment: Same as laminate cladding on faces. 5. Bottom Surface of Top: Standard 0.020 -inch backup sheet. C. Counter And Desk Tops 1. Quality Standard: AWI Sections 400 and 400C and related sections as referenced therein. 2. Construction: a. Type: High pressure decorative laminate clad tops (HPDL). b. Grade: Premium. c. Core: Particleboard. 3. Top Finish: Plastic laminate or biocomposite where noted: a. Exposed Surfaces: HGS horizontal surfaces. 4. Top Backer: BKL (0.020 inch) underside of tops. 5. Backsplash, Sidesplashes: BKL (0.020 inch) backs of splashes. a. Exposed Edge Treatment: Self- edged, same cladding material as on face; one piece for full length only. b. Top Mounted Backsplashes, Sidesplashes: Self- edged, same cladding material as on face; one piece for full length only. 2.4 SHELVING A. Adjustable Shelving: Particleboard shelving with plastic laminate facing and edgebanding. 2.5 INTERIOR STANDING AND RUNNING TRIM A. For Tranparent Finish: 1. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 300. 2. Grade: Premium. 3. For trim wider or thicker than available lumber, use veneered construction. Do not glue for width or thickness. 4. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members and kerf backs of other wide, flat members, except for members with ends exposed in finished work. 5. Wood Species and Cut: Cherry, American Black, flat sliced — figured. 2.6 CABINET HARDWARE A. Hinges - Doors With Pulls: European type, self - closing; all -metal including bosses; 175 degree swing except 100 degree swing where cabinet abuts a wall. Quantity as recommended by manufacturer for size and weight of door. Blum. B. Pulls — Cabinets and Lockers: Extruded brass wire pulls, 5/16 inch diameter, 3 -1/2 inches hole spacing, through bolted from back side. D. Drawer Slides: Cold- rolled steel, zinc plated finish, with steel ball bearing movement, side mount, three - section full extension slides, with drawer stop device. 1. Standard Drawer: Minimum 100 -pound rated load capacity. Accuride Model 7432, or KV No. 8400, full extension. TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fri Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 06402 - 5 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 2. File Drawers — 24 inch wide and narrower: 150 -pound rated load capacity, minimum. Accuride Model 4034, or KV No. 8520, full extension with over travel. 3. File Drawers — Over 24 inch wide: 200 pound rated load capacity, minimum, full extension with over travel. Accuride Model 3640 heavy duty storage drawer. E. Adjustable Shelving Supports in Casework: Provide one of the following: 1. Drill multiple holes and provide metal pins adjustable maximum 1.25 inches o.c. KV No. 333. F. Open Janitor Shelving Supports: 1. Standards: Chrome finish 12 gage steel, 7/8 inch wide by 11/16 inch high, with 2 -inch slot adjustment for brackets. KV No. 87 -ANO; or equivalent. 2. Brackets: Heavy duty steel brackets to suit standards, with shelf rests for anchoring shelf to bracket. KV No. 187LL -ANO x 211/212 -ANO; or equivalent. G. Cord Grommets: Molded plastic two -part grommet set for electric cable or wires; liner to fit nominal 2 -inch diameter hole. Hafele No. 429.97.222; or Doug Mockett & Co. No. TG, color to be selected later by Architect. H. Door Locks: BHMA A156.11, National Cabinet Lock Part No. C81730 -26D. Tel 864 - 297 -6655, fax 864 - 297 -9987. I. Drawer Locks: BHMA A156.11, National Cabinet Lock Part No. C81773 -26D. Tel 864 -297- 6655, fax 864 - 297 -9987. 2.7 COUNTERTOP SUPPORT FRAMES AND BRACKETS: A. Fabricate under - counter support frame of steel angles of size and weight to resist bending and deflection under Toads that might reasonably be anticipated at any point on countertop. Provide intermediate members to support top completely. Engineer and fabricate frames for anchorage to floor within stud space. B. Weld joints for maximum strength; and grind welds smooth on surfaces to receive top. C. Weld mounting frames to counter support frame to transfer Toads fully to building structure. 2.8 SHOP FINISHING A. Quality Standard: Comply with AWI Section 1500, unless otherwise indicated. B. Preparations for Finishing: Comply with referenced quality standard for sanding, filling countersunk fasteners, sealing concealed surfaces, and similar preparations for finishing architectural woodwork, as applicable to each unit of work. 2.9 SHOP PRIMING A. Transparent Finish: Shop seal faces and edges of interior frames and jambs, and standing and running trim for transparent finish, other required pretreatments, and first coat of finish as specified in the following: 1. Division 9 Section "Painting." 2.10 FABRICATION, GENERAL A. Interior Woodwork Grade: Provide Custom grade interior woodwork complying with the referenced quality standard. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z w o!� S o 0 cn o w co w w 2 u Q cn d � z = I- 0 z l- w U • 0 O - O I- w W 0 I- LO w z U = 0 ~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 06402 - 6 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK B. Wood Moisture Content: Comply with requirements of referenced quality standard for wood moisture content in relation to ambient relative humidity during fabrication and in installation areas. C. Sand fire- retardant- treated wood lightly to remove raised grain on exposed surfaces before fabrication. D. Fabricate woodwork to dimensions, profiles, and details indicated. Ease edges to radius indicated for the following: 1. Comers of Cabinets and Edges of Solid -Wood (Lumber) Members 3/4 Inch Thick or Less: 1/16 inch. 2. Edges of Rails and Similar Members More Than 3/4 Inch Thick: 1/8 inch. 3. Comers of Cabinets and Edges of Solid -Wood (Lumber) Members and Rails: 1/16 inch. E. Complete fabrication, including assembly, finishing, and hardware application, to maximum extent possible, before shipment to Project site. Disassemble components only as necessary for shipment and installation. Where necessary for fitting at site, provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting. F. Shop cut openings, to maximum extent possible, to receive hardware, appliances, plumbing fixtures, electrical work, and similar items. Locate openings accurately and use templates or roughing -in diagrams to produce accurately sized and shaped openings. Sand edges of cutouts to remove splinters and burrs. 1. Seal edges of openings in countertops with a coat of varnish. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Quality Standard: Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified preceding in this Section for type of woodwork involved. B. Install woodwork level, plumb, true, and straight. Shim as required with concealed shims. Install level and plumb (including tops) to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches. C. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work, and refinish cut surfaces and repair damaged finish at cuts. D. Fire - Retardant - Treated Wood: Handle, store, and install fire- retardant - treated wood to comply with recommendations of chemical treatment manufacturer, including those for adhesives used to install woodwork. E. Anchor woodwork to anchors or blocking built in or directly attached to substrates. Secure with countersunk, concealed fasteners and blind nailing as required for complete installation. Use fine finishing nails or finishing screws for exposed fastening, countersunk and filled flush with woodwork and matching final finish if transparent finish is indicated. F. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints possible, using full - length pieces (from maximum length of lumber available) to greatest extent possible. Do not use pieces less than 36 inches long, except where shorter single - length pieces are necessary. Scarf running joints and stagger in adjacent and related members. 1. Fill gaps, if any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler, sand smooth, and finish same as wood base, if finished. 2. Install standing and running trim with no more variation from a straight line than 1/8 inch in 96 inches. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT S.Caab x. wx. tiuu:: etiCt.:Ad..t". r. "ntiil.V�ffi9aiki751ieY..iae^C z w o! J U U 0 U U • W J 2w w 0 J w z� h 0 z l— w U • 0 O � O I-- ww L i - . 0 w z • (1) — O ~ z ►nr Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 06402 - 7 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK G. Cabinets: Install without distortion so doors and drawers fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to center doors and drawers in openings and to provide unencumbered operation. Complete installation of hardware and accessory items as indicated. H. Install cabinets with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. I. Fasten wall cabinets through back, near top and bottom, at ends and not more than 16 inches o.c. with No. 10 wafer -head screws sized for 1 -inch penetration into wood framing, blocking, or hanging strips or No. 10 wafer -head sheet metal screws through metal backing or metal framing behind wall finish. J. Countertops: Anchor securely by screwing through comer blocks of base cabinets or other supports into underside of countertop. 1. Install countertops with no more than 1/8 inch in 96 -inch sag, bow, or other variation from a straight line. 2. Secure backsplashes to tops with concealed metal brackets at 16 inches. 3. Calk space between backsplash and wall with sealant specified in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Install sealant in joints between stainless steel and abutting surfaces with continuous joint backing, unless otherwise indicated. Provide watertight and sanitary joints. L. Complete the finishing work specified in this Section to extent not completed at shop or before installation of woodwork. Fill nail holes with matching filler where exposed. Apply specified finish coats, including stains and paste fillers if any, to exposed surfaces where only sealer /prime coats were applied in shop. TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement a CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 07840 — FIRESTOPPING 07840 - 1 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 - GENERAL z 1.1 SUMMARY ~ w A. Section Includes: re 2 1. Firestopping for penetrations through file resistance rated walls and partitions including v both empty openings and openings containing cables, pipes, ducts, conduits, and other U o penetrating items. 2. Firestopping for penetrations through smoke barriers and construction enclosing w = compartmentalized areas involving both empty openings and openings containing -I F- penetrating items. • w O 3. Firestopping for sealant joints in fire- resistance rated construction. 2 B. Related Sections: J 1. Section 07210 - Building Insulation: Fibrous fire safing insulation at openings between u edge of floor slab and exterior wall panels. I w 2. Section 07920 - Joint Sealants: Nonfire- resistive rated joint sealants. z w 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS w O Lii A. General: Provide firestopping systems that are produced and installed to resist the spread of 2 o fire, according to requirements indicated, and passage of smoke and other gases. U 1. F -Rated Through- Penetration Firestop Systems: Firestop systems with F ratings 0 indicated or required, as determined per ASTM E 814, but not Tess than that equaling or w exceeding the fire- resistance rating of the constructions penetrated. 1 0 2. T -Rated Through- Penetration Firestop Systems: Firestop systems with T ratings, in 1- addition to F ratings, as determined pe'r ASTM E 814, where indicated and where — z systems protect penetrating items exposed to contact with adjacent materials in W occupiable floor areas. T -rated assemblies are required where the following conditions P H exist: 0 a. Where systems protect penetrat located outside of wall cavities. z b. Where systems protect penetrations located outside fire- resistive shaft enclosures. c. Where systems protect penetrations located in construction containing doors required to have a temperature -nse rating. d. Where systems protect penetrating items larger than a 4 -inch diameter nominal pipe or 16 square inches in overall cross - sectional area. B. Fire Resistance and Hose Stream Tests: Tested and rated F and T as applicable in accordance UL 1479 or ASTM E 814, except,that T rating may be based on thermocouples placed one inch from a penetrating item in lieu of direct attachment to penetrating items. C. Fire - Resistive Joint Sealants: Joint sealants with fire- resistance ratings indicated, as determined per ASTM E 119, but not Tess than that equaling or exceeding the fire- resistance rating of the construction in which the joint occurs. D. Firestopping Exposed to View, Traffic, Moisture, and Physical Damage: Products that do not deteriorate when exposed to these conditions. 1. For piping penetrations for plumbing and wet -pipe sprinkler systems, provide moisture resistant through - penetration firestop systems. 2. For penetrations involving insulated piping, provide through - penetration firestop systems not requiring removal of insulation. E. Fire Hazard Classification: 1. Flame spread of 25 or less, smoke developed rating of 50 or less, and fuel contribution of 50 or less when tested in accordance with UL 723. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 07840 - 2 FIRESTOPPING 2. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) or Warnock Hersey International (WHI) tested and listed for appropriate required time rating of floor and wall assemblies in which installed. 3. Combustibility: Noncombustible, per ASTM E 136 unless tested and approved by UL. z F. Toxicity: Provide products that are nontoxic to human beings during installation. 1- z cc 1.3 SUBMITTALS v A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. o CO o B. Product Data: Include composition and performance characteristics. w w J C. Product certificates signed by manufacturers of firestopping products certifying that their u) u_ products comply with specified requirements. w 0 D. Product Test Reports: Reports from, and based on tests performed by, a qualified testing and g i5 inspecting agency evidencing compliance of firestopping with requirements based on Li. < comprehensive testing of current products. u = d E. Mechanical and Electrical Penetrations: For penetrations having characteristics not tested in i_ w _ accordance with ASTM E 814 or UL 1479, provide written certification from firestop z manufacturer stating that proposed firestop material will meet requirements for successfully z O passing tests in ASTM E 814 or UL 1479. W 1. Include firestop installation procedures and details. D o 2. Submit to local fire authority, and obtain local authority's approval of material before o ordering. o I- w w 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE i H A. Provide firestopping for which fire tests of through - penetration fire stops are performed in "I O accordance with 1994 UBC Standard 7 -5 by a qualified testing and inspection agency such as iii N UL, Warnock Hersey, or another agency performing testing and follow -up inspection services o _ that is acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. z I— B. Provide fire- resistive joint sealant systems, including backing materials, identical to those tested per ASTM E 119 and bearing classification marking of qualified testing and inspecting agency. In dynamic moving joints, provide system tested to UL 2079. C. Installer Qualifications: Engage an experienced Installer who has completed firestopping that is similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and who is certified, licensed, or is otherwise qualified by the firestopping manufacturer as having the necessary experience, staff, and training to install manufacturer's products per specified requirements. D. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain through - penetration firestop systems for each kind of penetration and construction condition indicated from a single manufacturer. E. Firestop Materials: Provide firestop materials that: 1. are asbestos -free and lead -free, and do not incorporate nor require the use of hazardous solvents; 2. are sufficiently resilient to allow for common movement (from pipe vibration and the like) of the penetrant without cracking or degradation of the seal; 3. do not dissolve, decompose, or re- emulsify with continuous or intermittent exposure to moisture from leaks, condensation, ponding water, and other causes after curing; 4. do not shrink or crack during or after curing. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials in original, unopened packages or containers showing name of manufacturer and brand name; date of manufacture; lot number; shelf life, if applicable; qualified testing and inspecting agency's classification marking; curing time; and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT ra { Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement 07840 - 3 CNA Architecture - 1137 FIRESTOPPING f B. Store materials off the ground. Protect from deterioration or damage and exposure to the elements. C. Remove damaged and deteriorated materials from the site. 11 F- z 1.6 COORDINATION cc III rzi A. Coordinate work of this Section with erection and installation of surrounding construction. _ 0 B. Coordinate annular space sleeve and insulation requirements with work of Divisions 15 and 16. co w W = PART 2 - PRODUCTS _J I_ w 2.1 FIRESTOP MATERIALS 2 Li_Q � z = I--0 w ~ 52 0 l- Ww I- - U- O w z 0 O~ 2.2 MANUFACTURERS z A. Subject to compliance with requirements, products of the following firms provide listed assemblies that may be used in the Work: 1. International Protective Coatings, 800 - 334 -8796 (Flamesafe) 2. 3M Fires Protection Products, 800 - 328 -1687 (FireBarrier) 3. Nelson Firestop Products, Division of General Signal, 800 - 331 -7325 4. Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI), 800 - 992 -1180 (SpecSeal) B. Substitutions: Products of other manufacturers may be submitted for consideration based on their UL or Warnock Hersey listed assemblies. Comply with requirements of Section 01630. A. General: 1. Provide firestopping materials capable of maintaining an effective barrier against flame and gases. 2. Provide components that are compatible with each other, the substrates forming openings, and the items penetrating the firestopping under conditions of service and application. 3. Provide symmetrical systems for wall applications. B. Through- Penetration Firestopping: Systems or devices listed in the UL Fire Resistance Directory under categories XHCR and XHEZ, subject to compliance with requirements of this Section and conformance to construction type, penetration type, annular space requirements, and fire rating involved. C. Construction -Gap Firestopping: Manufacturers and products listed in UL Fire Resistance Directory for the UL Design Systems involved, subject to compliance with requirements of this Section. 2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS A. Forming, joint - fillers, packing, and other accessory materials as required for installation of firestopping sealants. B. Fill, void, and cavity materials as classified under category XHHW in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. C. Forming materials as classified under category XHKU in the UL Fire Resistance Directory. 2.4 MIXING A. A. For those products requiring mixing prior to application, comply with firestopping manufacturer's directions for accurate proportioning of materials, water, type of mixing equipment, selection of mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce firestopping product of uniform quality with optimum performance characteristics for application indicated. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 3 - EXECUTION 07840 - 4 FIRESTOPPING 3.1 EXAMINATION Z A. Examine penetrations, joints and openings to receive firestopping. u Z i 1. Confirm compatibility of surfaces and absence of underlying material detrimental to firestopping materials. 2. Verify that penetration elements are secured and properly located, with adequate 0 0 clearance to receive firestopping. B. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. J U) u_ 3.2 PREPARATION w O A. Clean contact surfaces of dirt, grease, oil, loose material, rust, and other substances that may a affect proper fitting, bond, or required fire resistance. I Cr B. Prepare substrate surfaces to ensure proper and adequate structural support of rated firestop w system. z C. Protect adjacent surfaces and equipment from damage. z O LLI w 3.3 INSTALLATION v o A. Install types of firestopping material listed as part of appropriate Through- Penetration Firestop o - System assembly in UL Fire Resistance Directory, Volume 2, or as part of comparable assembly classified by Wamock Hersey International. = v i- B. Install firestopping materials in accordance with manufacturer's published details and written e- p instructions, per applicable assembly in UL Fire Resistance Directory, Volume 2, or applicable Z Wamock Hersey International assembly. U C. Firestop penetrations for electrical cables or conduits in conformance to requirements of NFPA 0 I 70. Z D. Seal holes and voids to ensure effective fire and smoke barrier. E. Extend pipe insulation continuous through openings in fire resistance rated walls; do not interrupt insulation at wall or floor openings. Install UL or WHI Listed firestop system tested for appropriate insulation thickness and surrounding construction. F. Provide nonintumescent firestop materials to smoke -seal perimeter of dampered HVAC duct penetrations. G. To smoke -seal perimeter of nondampered HVAC duct penetrations, install firestop materials with bracing on all sides to prevent deflection of sheet metal during a fire. H. At high traffic openings, such as data and telecom cabling in trays and through - sleeves, provide a UL or WHI Listed system allowing for repeated removal and reuse of firestop material. Suitable materials include intumescent bags, intumescent putty, and composite board. 3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Ensure firestopped areas remain covered and unenclosed until inspection is complete and installation approved. B. Examine firestop installations to verify compliance with requirements. C. Keep work accessible until inspection by applicable code authorities. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Ensure inspection to verify and confirm systems installation conforms to manufacturer's and UL or WHI requirements. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT 1:Uiii:uiutiziL Fa 1 W Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 07/07/00 END OF SECTION 07840 - 5 FIRESTOPPING E. Correct unacceptable work and provide reinspection to verify compliance with requirements. 3.5 PROTECTION A. After installation and until Substantial Completion, protect firestop systems from damage. B. Remove damaged materials and replace with new, undamaged materials. BUILDING PERMIT fa 1 Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement FM CNA Architecture -1137 07920 -1 JOINT SEALANTS SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS PART 1- GENERAL 1sa Z I 1.1 SUMMARY F z re 4411 A. Interior joints in the following vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces: i 1. Interior joints in vertical surfaces. o 0 ' ' 2. Tile control joints. cn 0 3. Perimeter joints between interior wall surfaces and frames of interior doors, windows, w = and elevator entrances. -' u) u_ 4. Joints between plumbing fixtures and adjoining walls, floors, and counters. w o 5. Other joints as indicated. 5 B. Related Sections: u_ a 1. Division 7 Section "Firestopping" for fire - resistant building joint - sealant systems. u a 2. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glazing sealants. - w 3. Division 9 Section "Acoustical Insulation and Barriers" for sealing perimeter joints of z H gypsum board partitions to reduce sound transmission. 1— O z1-- . 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 D D o A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. o H B. Product Data: z 0 1. Manufacturer's technical information for each joint sealer product required. Include „ � installation procedures for each type of substrate. - z 2. Submit to the Owner for information purposes only the manufacturer's Material Safety v cn Data Sheets (MSDS) for each product which emits volatile organic compounds (VOCs); H z where MSDS not available, submit other test data which describe the VOC emissions. z ~ C. Samples: 1. Initial Selection: Submit in form of manufacturer's standard bead samples, consisting of strips of actual products, showing full range of colors available for each product exposed to view. 2. Verification Samples: Install joint sealant samples of each type and color required in 1/2 -inch wide joints formed between two 6 -inch long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants. D. Certificates: Certification from manufacturers of joint sealants attesting that their products comply with specification requirements and are suitable for the use indicated. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated, complying with ASTM C 920. B. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain joint sealant materials from a single source and by one manufacturer for each different product. C. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer based on testing and field experience. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels indicating manufacturer, product name and designation, color, expiration period for use, pot life, curing time, and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials. B. Store and handle materials in compliance with manufacturer's recommendations to prevent their deterioration or damage due to moisture, high or low temperatures, contaminants, or other causes. U O co o PART 2 - PRODUCTS J w I— 2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL w w0 A. Colors - Exposed Joint Sealers: 1 . 1. Elastomeric Sealants (ES): Do not paint over joints, as working of elastomeric u- a sealants tends to chip and flake off dry paint films. d 2. 2. Latex Sealants (LS): Provide manufacturer's standard color and allow joints to H w be painted over, as hardness and low movement do not affect paint film. z I— O B. Color Selections - Elastomeric Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard W colors, to match or blend with material or paint color for adjacent surfaces. j o 2.2 ELASTOMERIC JOINTS SEALANTS O co o I— A. General: Manufacturer's standard chemically curing elastomeric sealants that comply with = - 0 ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated below, including referenced classifications for o Type, Grade, and Uses. w z B. Additional Movement Capability: Where additional movement capability is specified, provide P. products with the capability, when tested for adhesion and cohesion under maximum cyclic 0 ~ movement per ASTM C 719, to withstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain in compliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for Uses indicated. C. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, those specified in this Article for each sealant Type. D. Type ES1 - Multi -Part Nonsag Polyurethane Sealant: Not used. E. Type ES2 - One -Part Nonsag Urethane Sealant: Not used. F. Type ES3 - Multi -Part Pourable Urethane Sealant: Not used. G. Type ES4 - Single -Part Pourable Urethane Sealant: Not used. 10/03/00 07920 - 2 JOINT SEALANTS TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 H. Type ES5 - One -Part Neutral Curing Silicone, Medium Modulus Sealant: Not used J. Type ES7 - One -Part Low Modulus, High Movement - Capable Sealant: Not used. 2.3 JOINT FILLERS B. Type CJ - Slab Control Joint Sealant: Not used. 2.4 TAPE SEALANTS 2.5 JOINT SEALANT BACKING 10/03/00 07920 - 3 JOINT SEALANTS I. Type ES6 — One -Part Mildew- Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S, Grade NS; Class 25; Use (Exposure) NT; Uses (Substrates) M, G, A, and 0 as applicable; formulated with fungicide; intended for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates exposed to high humidity and temperature extremes. (Use-0 joint substrates include: Metal factory- coated with a high - performance coating; galvanized steel; ceramic tile.) 1. Available Products: a. Dow Coming 786 - Dow Coming Corp. b. SCS 1702 Sanitary - General Electric Co. A. Type LS - Acrylic- Emulsion Sealant: ASTM C 834; manufacturer's standard, one part, nonsag, acrylic, mildew- resistant, paintable, latex sealant that is recommended for exposed applications on interior locations and that accommodates joint movement of not more than 5 percent in both extension and compression for a total of 10 percent without failing either adhesively or cohesively. 1. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: a. AC -20 - Pecora Corp. b. Sonolac - Sonneborn Building Products Div. c. Tremco Acrylic Latex 834 - Tremco Inc. A. Manufacturer's standard, solvent -free, butyl based tape sealant with a solids content of 100 percent, formulated to be nonstaining, paintable, and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces with or without reinforcement thread to prevent stretch and packaged on rolls with a release paper on one side. B. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. Extru -Seal Tape - Pecora Corp. 2. PTI 606 - Protective Treatments, Inc. 3. MBT -35 - Tremco Inc. A. General: Material and type that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing. B. Plastic Foam Joint - Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of plastic foam and of size, shape and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance. 1. Flexible, open -cell polyurethane foam. 2. Nongassing, closed -cell polyethylene foam. C. Elastomeric Tubing Joint - Fillers: 1. ASTM D 1056, neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing, nonabsorbent to water and gas, capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 degree F ( -32 degree C). TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 2. Provide products with low compression set and of size and shape to provide a secondary seal, to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to optimum sealant performance. D. Bond - Breaker Tape: 1. Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at back of joint where F- z such adhesion would result in sealant failure. re 2 2. Provide self- adhesive tape where applicable. JU 2.6 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS co o J A. Primer: As recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant u_ to joint substrates indicated. w O B. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints. L.L. a PART 3 - EXECUTION H z � 3.1 PREPARATION F..O Z F- LU uj A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to 2 comply with recommendations of joint sealant manufacturer. o 1. Remove all foreign matter from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of joint u) sealant, including paints other than permanent, protective coatings tested and approved in H for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer. _ 0 2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, blast cleaning, mechanical O abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate - capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. 3. Clean metal, glass, glazed surfaces of ceramic tile, and other nonporous surfaces with H chemical cleaners or other means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues 0 capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. z B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where indicated or where recommended by joint sealant manufacturer. 1. Apply primer to comply with joint sealant manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Confine primers to areas of joint sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces. C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling, without disturbing joint seal. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Comply with joint sealer manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and applications par um indicated. B. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. C. Comply with recommendations of ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated. 10/03/00 07920 - 4 JOINT SEALANTS TENANT IMPROVEMENT ti rada a4,�i,.. h, aa;L.y P1 kw/ Lea Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 07920 - 5 JOINT SEALANTS D. Install sealant backer rod for liquid sealants, except recommended to be omitted by sealant manufacturer for the application shown. E. Install bond breaker tape where shown and where required by manufacturer's recommendations to ensure that elastomeric sealants will perform properly. F. Employ only proven installation techniques, which will ensure that sealants will be deposited in uniform, continuous ribbons without gaps or air pockets, with complete "wetting" of joint bond surfaces equally on opposite sides. G. Do not allow sealants or compounds to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into voids of adjoining surfaces. 3.3 CLEANING A. Clean off excess compound by methods and cleaning materials approved by sealant manufacturer. B. Remove excess and spillage or compounds promptly as the work progresses. C. Clean adjoining surfaces by whatever means may be necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage, without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes. 3.4 JOINT SEALER SCHEDULE A. Type ES6 (One part Mildew Resistant Silicone) B. Type LS (Acrylic Emulsion) C. Tape Sealant 10 /03/00 END OF SECTION Exposed interior perimeter joints around plumbing fixtures. Interior joints in gypsum drywall and concrete construction, where no movement can be reasonably anticipated; perimeter joints of hollow metal frames and gypsum board scheduled to be painted. Interior joints between exterior aluminum and pressed metal (steel) frames and gypsum board casing beads. TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES PART 1- GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Nonrated and fire rated rolled steel doors. 2. Nonrated and fire rated pressed steel frames for doors and glazed openings. 3. Door vision panel frames. B. Related Sections: 1 Section 08210 2. Section 08212 3. Section 08710 4. Section 09260 5. Section 09910 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Project Data: Frame configuration, anchor types, location of hardware cutouts, reinforcement, and finish. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate door elevations, cutout dimensions for glazing, and application of standard details to project. D. Certificates: Written certification from door and frame manufacturer of compliance with specified quality assurance standards. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Standards: Steel Door Institute - Recommended Specification for Standard Steel Doors and Frames (ANSI A250.8- 1988). B. Fire Rated Door and Frame Construction: 1. Tested in accordance with ASTM E 152, UL 10(b), or NFPA 252; 2. Meet requirements of NFPA 80 and NFPA 101; and 3. Bear appropriate rating label of Underwriters' Laboratories (UL) or Warnock Hersey International (WHI). C. Smoke Control Doors and Frames: NFPA 105, and bear appropriate Zabel of UL or WHI. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 08110 -1 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES — Wood Doors. — Stile and Rail Wood Doors — Door Hardware: Provision of door silencers and other hardware. — Gypsum Board Assemblies. — Paints: Field painting. A. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Amweld Building Products, Inc. 2. Ceco Corp. 3. Curries Company. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 4. Pioneer Industries Division. 5. Republic Builders Products Corp. 6. Steeicraft Manufacturing. Co. B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Steel Doors and Frames: 1. Hot - rolled, pickled, and oiled per ASTM A 569 and A 568. 2. Cold- rolled per ASTM A 366 and A 568. 08110 - 2 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES B. Anchors and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard units. Use galvanized items for units built into exterior walls, complying with ASTM A 153. C. Plaster Guards: 26 gage steel plaster guards or mortar boxes. 2.3 COMPONENTS A. Interior Doors: ANSI A250.8 -1998, Level II (heavy- duty), Model 2 (seamless), minimum 0.042 -inch faces. B. Frames: ANSI A250.8 -1998. 1. Material: Cold rolled stretcher leveled steel sheet, hot- dipped galvanized at exterior. 2. Steel Thickness: a. Interior Openings 36 inches and narrower: 0.042 inch. b. Openings over 36 inches: 0.053 inch. 3. Construction: a. Welded type, with comers mitered and ground smooth. 4. Except weatherstripped frames, drill stop in strike jamb of single -swing frames to receive three snap -in resilient silencers; drill head jamb stop on double -door frames to receive four silencers. Install plastic plugs to keep holes clear during construction. 5. Weld plaster guards or mortar boxes to frame at back of hardware cutouts where mortar or other materials might obstruct hardware operation and to close off interiors of openings. 6. Frame Anchors: Minimum 18 gage steel. a. Minimum three anchors per jamb to suit adjoining wall conditions. b. Provide anchors for attachment to floor. Where wall conditions do not allow for use of floor anchor, provide additional jamb anchor. 7. Stops: Extend door stops to floors. C. Door Vision Panels: Provide metal vision panel frames with rolled steel channel shape glazing stops. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate units to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle. B. Weld exposed joints continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush, and invisible. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w cc 6 JU 00 0 U) J = H V) � w _ u a � z = zI- w w 0C- 0H w H r- -0 Z w U O ~' z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 C. Prepare steel doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed finish hardware including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling, and tapping complying with ANSI A 115 - Specifications for Door and Frame Preparation for Hardware. 1. Reinforce units to receive surface - applied finish hardware to be field applied, minimum reinforcing thickness as follows: 2. Hinges - Doors, Frames: 0.123 inch. 3. Locks: 0.093 inch. 4. Flush Bolts, Surface Bolts: 0.067 inch. 5. Surface Closers, Hold Open Arms: 0.093 inch. 6. Panic Devices: 0.093 inch. 7. Floor Check Hinges /Pivots: 0.167 inch. 8. Locate finish hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, per DHI - Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware. 2.5 FINISHES A. Shop paint exposed surfaces of doors and frame units, including galvanized surfaces, using manufacturer's standard baked -on rust- inhibitive primer. B. Coat inside of each frame with bituminous paint to a thickness of 1/16 inch. PART 3 — EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install metal units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings. B. Install frames in accordance with SDI -105. C. Coordinate with wall construction for anchor placement. D. Coordinate installation of glazing. E. Fit doors to frames and floors with clearances specified in SDI -100. F. Install doors in accordance with DHI. Install fire -rated units in accordance with NFPA Standard No. 80. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 08110 - 3 STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES TENANT IMPROVEMENT z w 5 00 co o J = F- U) LL w 2 _ u co w H = z � ►= zI- w w U D O - 0 I- w W I- 0 .z w U O ~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 08210 - WOOD DOORS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Architectural flush wood doors, including: 1. Transparent finish doors. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08212 — Stile and Rail Wood Doors. 2. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass view panels in stile and rail wood doors. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product data. 08210 - 1 WOOD DOORS C. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, face material, and finish, internal blocking for hardware attachment, and cutouts for glazing. D. Samples: Submit two samples, 8 by 8 inches in size, of each transparent finish wood species with finish system applied. 1. Fumish color and graining representative of actual doors. 2. Obtain Architect's approval of samples before starting door fabrication. 1.3 QUALITY STANDARDS A. Comply with quality standards: 1. AWI, Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Sections 1300 and 1400, Premium Grade. 1.4 WARRANTY A. Warranties shall be in addition to, and not limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under contract documents. B. Door Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit written agreement on door manufacturer's standard form signed by Manufacturer and Installer, agreeing to repair or replace defective doors that have warped (bow, cup, or twist) or that show telegraphing of core construction in face veneers, or do not conform to tolerance limitations of referenced quality standards. 1. Warranty Period - Solid Core Interior Doors: Life of installation. 2. Warranty shall include reinstallation which may be required due to repair or replacement of defective doors where defect was not apparent prior to hanging. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w o: L 6 _1 U 0 w = U) Li. w 2 g Q ( D = w Z 1- 0 Z I- w • w O • 59 O I— w W I- LO w z O N F— O H z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide wood doors by one of the following: 1. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. 2. Cenco. 3. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. 4. Graham Manufacturing Corp. 5. Vancouver Door Co. 6. Weyerhaeuser Company. B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 MATERIALS 08210 - 2 WOOD DOORS A. Flush Interior Solid Core Door for Transparent Finish: 1. Faces: Cherry, American Black, flat sliced — figured. 2. NWWDA Grade: Premium. 3. Construction: VPPA (Particleboard core, 5 -ply). Minimum 1/50 inch face veneer before sanding. 4. Edges: Hardwood applied before face veneer; wood species to match faces as closely as possible; minimum 0.50 inch thick. 5. Thickness: 1.75 inches. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Fabricate wood doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards. B. Provide doors with same exposed surface material on both faces, unless otherwise indicated. C. Factory- prefit and premachine doors to fit frame opening sizes indicated and complying with AWI prefitting tolerances. 2.4 FINISHES A. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated for grade, finish system, staining effect, and sheen. 1. Grade: Premium. 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish with performance requirements comparable to AWI System TR -6 catalyzed polyurethane. 3. Staining: None required. 4. Effect: Filled finish. 5. Sheen: Satin. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and with referenced AWI standard and as indicated. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT eL'ivL•'l M1v:aa�ei:i:uL'..4.....w...•• .. .. .. ... ......._nN.[t i+t t.ti.) ]'•�:r`;:: z w tY �U 00 U) O � - F- w U_Q = d z = zl- w w U O O- 0 I-- w .z w u) 0 z rior w,. Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. 1. Machine doors for hardware. 2. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. C. Prefit Doors: Fit to frames for uniform clearance at each edge. 3.2 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A. Prefit Clearances: 1. Top and Hinge Edges: 1/8 inch 2. Single Door, Lock Edge: 1/8 inch 3. Pair Meeting Edge: 1/16 inch per leaf 4. Bottom: 1/2 inch from top of decorative floor covering; 3/4 inch maximum from toop of noncombustible floor; 3/8 inch maximum from top of noncombustible sill or threshold. B. Maximum Diagonal Distortion (Warp): 0.25 inch measured with straight edge corner to comer. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 08210 - 3 WOOD DOORS TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technologies, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 1 - GENERAL z 1.1 SUMMARY ec 2 14* 1. Interior stile and rail wood doors with glass panels only (French doors). 2. Factory finishing stile and rail wood doors. o p 3. Factory fitting stile and rail wood doors to frames and factory machining for hardware. u) w w I r' � B. Related Sections include the following: J 1. Division 8 Section "Glazing" for glass view panels in stile and rail wood doors. w 2 LL • d = w z � I-0 z F- LU w U � O - o 1- 111 i-1 u-- 0 .. w U� P 0 I' w.. SECTION 08212 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of door. Include details of construction and glazing. 1. Include factory- finishing specifications. B. Shop Drawings: Indicate location, size, and hand of each door; elevation of each kind of door; construction details not covered in Product Data, including those for stiles, rails, panels, and moldings (sticking); and other pertinent data. 1. Indicate dimensions and locations of mortises and holes for hardware. 2. Indicate doors to be factory finished and finish requirements. C. Samples for Initial Selection: Color charts consisting of actual materials in small sections for faces of factory - finished doors with transparent finish. Show the full range of Colors available for stained finishes. D. Samples for Verification: Comer sections of doors approximately 8 by 10 inches showing edges, faces, joinery, and material qualities of typical stile, rail, molding, and panel for each species and door type. 1. Finish sample with same materials proposed for factory- finished doors. E. Product Certificates: Signed by door manufacturers certifying that the products fumished comply with requirements. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Source Limitations: Obtain stile and rail wood doors through one source from a single manufacturer and same manufacturer as flush wood doors specified in Section 08210. B. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard: 1. WDMA Quality Standard: NWWDA I.S.6, "Industry Standard for Wood Stile and Rail Doors." a. Mark, label, or otherwise identify stile and rail wood doors as complying with NWWDA I.S.6. C. Safety Glass: Provide products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR, Part 1201, for Category 11 materials, unless those of Category I are expressly indicated and permitted. 10/03/00 08212 - STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS TENANT IMPROVEMENTS z Fatigue Technologies, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 2.2 STILE AND RAIL DOORS OF STOCK DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION A. Interior Doors: Comply with the following requirements: 10/03/00 08212 - 2 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING z A. Protect doors during transit, storage, and handling to prevent damage, soiling, and = ~ deterioration. Comply with requirements of referenced standard and manufacturer's written w re 2 instructions. 1. Individually package doors in cardboard cartons and wrap bundles of doors in plastic . o sheeting. u) 0 B. Mark each door with individual opening numbers used on Shop Drawings. Use removable tags t _ or concealed markings. cn u w 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install doors until building is enclosed, wet -work is C complete, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative humidity at x w occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period. Z H 1— O z '— PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS p w 0 A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering = w products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1 1. Stile and Rail Doors of Stock Design and Construction: u- 0 a. Algoma Hardwoods, Inc. w z b. Cenco. v c. Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Division. P E- d. Graham Manufacturing Corp. z e. Vancouver Door Co. f. Weyerhaeuser Company. 1. NWWDA Grade for Transparent Finish: Premium or Select. 2. Wood Species for Transparent Finish: Cherry, American Black, flat sliced — figured. 3. Glass for Openings: Uncoated, clear, fully tempered float glass, 5.0 mm thick. 4. Glass for Openings: Uncoated, clear, laminated glass made from two lites of 3.0 -mm- thick annealed glass. 5. Design and Layout: Panel design as described below under NWWDA design group, with minimum dimensions for stiles, rails, panels, and other elements complying with NWWDA I.S.6. 2.3 FABRICATION A. Factory fit doors to suit frame - opening sizes indicated, with the following uniform clearances and bevels, unless otherwise indicated: 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, Jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/2 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 3/8 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Bevel non -fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. TENANT IMPROVEMENTS �......,i.., .�. �..».. 14t} Fatigue Technologies, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 B. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied. Locate hardware to comply with DHI - WDHS -3. Comply with final hardware schedules, door frame Shop Drawings, DHI A115 -W series standards, and hardware templates. z C. Glazed Openings: Glaze doors at factory with glass of type and thickness indicated, complying w cc with Division 8 Section Glazing. Install glass using manufacturer's standard elastomeric 6 glazing sealant complying with ASTM C 920. Secure glass in place with removable wood stops. o 0 D. Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate panels to match adjoining doors in materials, finish, and ui w quality of construction. _I H co w 2.4 FACTORY FINISHING w 0 A. General: Comply with referenced quality standard's requirements for factory finishing. a (0 J B. Finish wood doors at factory that are indicated to receive transparent finish. Field finish wood z w doors indicated to receive opaque finish. Z H C. Finish wood doors at factory where indicated in schedules or on Drawings as factory finished. z o w D. Transparent Finish: Comply with requirements indicated for grade, finish system, and sheen. D 0 1. Grade: Premium. p -w 2. Finish: Manufacturer's standard finish with performance requirements comparable to 01-- AWI System TR -6 catalyzed polyurethane. w w 3. Staining: None required. 1- 4. Effect: Filled finish. �'-- O 5. Sheen: Satin. ai z o P _ O~ PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION 08212 - 3 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS A. Examine installed door frames before hanging doors. 1. Verify that frames comply with indicated requirements for type, size, location, and swing characteristics and have been installed with plumb jambs and level heads. 2. Reject doors with defects. B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Hardware: For installation, see Division 8 Section "Door Hardware." B. Manufacturer's Written Instructions: Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's written instructions, referenced quality standard, and as indicated. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENTS z Fatigue Technologies, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 C. Job -Fit Doors: Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels as indicated below; do not trim stiles and rails in excess of limits set by manufacturer or permitted with fire - rated doors. Machine doors for hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. 1. Clearances: Provide 1/8 inch at heads, jambs, and between pairs of doors. Provide 1/8 inch from bottom of door to top of decorative floor finish or covering. Where threshold is shown or scheduled, provide 1/4 inch from bottom of door to top of threshold. 2. Bevel non -fire -rated doors 1/8 inch in 2 inches at lock and hinge edges. D. Factory- Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge. E. Factory- Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is required at Project site. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND PROTECTING Operation: Rehang or replace doors that do not swing or operate freely. Finished Doors: Refinish or replace doors damaged during installation. Protect doors as recommended by door manufacturer to ensure that wood doors are without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion. A. B. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 08212 - 4 STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS TENANT IMPROVEMENTS Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 08310 - ACCESS PANELS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES t. A. Prefabricated steel door and frame units for access to concealed space. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Partition and Soffit Construction: Gypsum board on metal framing. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS 10/03/00 08310 - 1 ACCESS PANELS 2 w re •n 00 0) 0 ILI J = B. Locations: U) u_ 1. Ceiling access. w O 2. Partition access. Fire Resistance Classifications: UL or WHI listed and labeled assembly matching or exceeding § classification of construction in which mounted. cn P ° 2 = zI w w o f 0 I— w w = U H 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Include data for standard components, sizes, materials, and hardware operating features. PART 2 - PRODUCTS "- A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject of conformance to requirements, firms offering products 2 that may be incorporated into the Work include the following: w 1. Milcor 0 2. Karp Associates, Inc. 0 3. J.L. Industries 4. Nystrom, Inc. 5. Williams Bros. Corp. B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNITS - WALL ACCESS A. Access Door Design: Williams Bros. products specified to establish quality and style for location: 1. Drywall: Style WB -RDW, with recessed panel to receive gypsum board. 2. Tile: Style WB -GP, general purpose type. B. Construction: 1. Frame: 16 gage steel. 2. Door Panel: 14 gage steel. 3. Hardware: a. Concealed pivot hinge. b. Flush, screwdriver operated steel cam latch. C. Finish: Phosphatized, with baked -on rust inhibitive prime coat. TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 08310 - 2 ACCESS PANELS 2.3 MANUFACTURED UNITS - CEILING ACCESS A. Access Panel Design: Ceiling access hatch clad with 1/2 -inch gypsum board for installation in drywall construction. 1. Size: 24 by 24 inches. 2. Product: Type KSTDW /CAD as manufactured by Karp Associates, Inc. z � B. Construction: re 2 1. Frame: 20 gage hot dipped galvanized steel. u� 2. Door: 20 gage galvanized steel, Tined with 3/8 -inch thick fiberboard. i; p 3. Trim: Galvanized steel drywall bead. uo 0 4. Gasketing: Flame retardant polyurethane. w 5. Locks: Key wrench operated, square head, with plastic grommets. J 6. Hinge: Concealed pivot rod with controlled action device. p 7. Finish: Phosphatized, with baked -on rust inhibitive prime coat. 2 PART 3 EXECUTION u- CO d INSTALLATION _ Install access panel units in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and Z recommendations. z O w Coordinate location of unit for optimum access to equipment and devices within concealed j o space. U O- 0 I- wW L O ..z w U= 0 I— TENANT IMPROVEMENT z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 - GENERAL z 1.1 SUMMARY w A. Section Includes: 6 1. Hardware for interior doors. o 2. Lock cylinders for roll -up coiling doors. o o 3. Suitable fastenings. w w B. Related Sections: — 1 — 1. Section 06402 — Interior Architectural Woodwork: Cabinet hardware. w w 0 1.2 SUBMITTALS cc Zi A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. u d B. Product Data: Include manufacturer's technical product data for each item, installation w instructions, maintenance of operating parts, and other information necessary to show z compliance with requirements. z O C. Hardware Schedule: Indicate items required for each door opening. w w 1. Type, style, function, size, and finish of each item. o 2. Manufacturer and model number. p P- 3. Fastenings and other pertinent information. 0,— 4. Explanation of abbreviations, symbols, codes, etc., used in schedule. w w 5. Mounting locations. i- 6. Door and frame sizes and materials. i'_- O 7. Keying information. t i i z u) D. Templates: Furnish hardware templates to each fabricator of doors and frames. — E. Keying Schedule. Provide a separate key schedule showing clearly how the Owner's z instructions on keying of locks has been fulfilled. Provide a separate accounting of any lock function changes that occurred during the key conference. F. Record Schedule: Furnish three copies of final, as -built record finish hardware schedule. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer: Obtain each type of hardware from single manufacturer. B. Qualifications of Hardware Supplier: 1. Recognized architectural finish hardware supplier, with warehousing facilities, who currently maintains parts, stocks, and services for specified standard items and who has been furnishing hardware in project's vicinity for at least five years. 2. Have in its employ an AHC member of the Door and Hardware Institute (DHI). 3. Ensure that AHC and locksmith are available at reasonable times during course of construction to consult with Owner, Architect, or Contractor concerning hardware or keying requirements. 4. Factory authorized distributor of the products furnished. C. Fire -Rated Openings: Comply with NFPA Standard 80, Uniform Building Code, and requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Provide only items of door hardware that are listed and are identical to products tested by UL or WHI for types and sizes of doors indicated and complying with requirements of door and door frame labels. 2. Where emergency exit devices required, provide UL or WHI label on exit devices Indicating FIRE EXIT HARDWARE. 10/03/00 08710 - 1 DOOR HARDWARE TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 08710 - 2 DOOR HARDWARE D. Keying Conference: Arrange meeting attended by a qualified representative of hardware supplier and Architect or Owner to determine keying requirements for Project. Incorporate keying conference decisions into final keying schedule after reviewing following: 1. Function of building, flow of traffic, purpose of each area, degree of security required, and plans for future expansion. 2. Preliminary key system schematic diagram. 3. Requirements for key control system. 4. Address for delivery of keys. E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division -1 Section "Project Meetings." Review methods and procedures related to electrified door hardware including, but not limited to, following: 1. Inspect and discuss electrical roughing -in and other preparatory work performed by other trades. 2. Review sequence of operation for each type of electrified door hardware. 3. Review and finalize construction schedule and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver hardware to project premises wrapped in packages organized by item type, with item identification clearly marked on outside of each package. B. Inventory hardware jointly with representatives of hardware supplier and hardware installer until both parties are satisfied that count is correct. C. Provide secure lock -up for hardware delivered to the project but not yet installed. 1. 1. Store hardware in locked room or secured screened area with adequate shelving for storage of hardware off floor. 2. 2. Keep storage room or area dry. D. Control handling and installation of items to ensure timely completion of the Work. 1.5 COORDINATION A. Templates: Obtain and distribute to parties involved templates for doors, frames, and other work specified to be factory prepared for installing door hardware. Check shop drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing door hardware to comply with indicated requirements. B. Electrical System Roughing -In: Coordinate layout and installation of electrified door hardware with connections to: 1. Power supplies. 2. Fire alarm system and detection devices. 3. Access control system. 4. Security system. 5. Building control system. 1.6 WARRANTY A. General Warranty: Special warranties specified in this Article shall not deprive Owner of other rights Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties made by Contractor. B. Special Warranty: Written warranty, executed by manufacturer agreeing to repair or replace components of door hardware that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. Failures include, but are not limited to, following: 1. Structural failures including excessive deflection, cracking, or breakage. 2. Faulty operation of operators and door hardware. 3. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT x «es,.L I .....�.�:..... • . k:a:,:�nu�s'.yrt� Y4;5!u.au �li'55,434ww+W' 1 Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement Pa CNA Architecture - 1137 hall texil 08710 - 3 DOOR HARDWARE C. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion, unless otherwise indicated: Exceptions include: 1. Warranty Period for Manual Closers: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. na 1.7 MAINTENANCE z A. Maintenance Tools and Instructions: Furnish two sets of specialized tools and maintenance 1- w instructions needed for Owner's continued adjustment, maintenance, and removal and j rN replacement of door hardware. -J U 0 0 1.8 EXTRA STOCK co 0 A. Furnish following items of extra hardware for Owner's future use: W I_ ITEM QUANTITY co u_ Mortise Cylinders Four w t "N Rim Cylinders Four L.L. , = F- w Z F- I- 2.1 MANUFACTURERS W Jo 0 co_ 0 I— ww I— I:: u. O w z U = 0 B. Furnish items individually wrapped in packages with item identification clearly marked on outside of each package. PART 2 - PRODUCTS A. 10/03/00 Product numbers and designations specified and scheduled are taken from published catalogs and represent the basis for design, quality, and function, subject to requirements of governing authorities. Acceptable Manufacturers: 1. Hinges, Pivots: a. Stanley b. Substitutions: McKinney, Hager 2. Locks /Latches: a. Corbin- Russwin b. Substitutions: Sargent 3. Electronic Access Devices: a. Locknetics b. Substitutions: A.C.S.I. 4. Door Bolts: a. DCI b. Substitutions: Glynn- Johnson, Ives 5. Exit/Panic Devices: a. Von Duprin b. Substitutions: Corbin - Russwin, Sargent 6. Electric Strikes: a. Folger Adam b. Substitutions: Von Duprin, Locknetics 7. Push and Pull Plates: a. Trimco -BBW b. Substitutions: TICE 8. Astragals, Coordinators: a. DCI b. Substitutions: Glynn- Johnson, Ives 9. Overhead Closers: a. LCN b. Substitutions: Corbin - Russwin, Dorma, Sargent TENANT IMPROVEMENT z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 08710 - 4 DOOR HARDWARE 10. Hold -Open Closer /Detector: a. Rixson - Firemark b. Substitutions: LCN, Yale 11. Door Stops, Holders: a. Triangle Brass - Builders Brass Works (Trimco -BBW) b. Substitutions: Ives, Quality H z 12. Overhead Stops: o: a. Rixson 6 b. Substitutions: Glynn- Johnson, ABH c.) o 13. Door Silencers: cn 0 a. Glynn- Johnson w = b. Ives; Quality -J 1- 14. Protective Trim Units: O a. Trimco -BBW b. Substitutions: Quality, TICE 15. Gasketing, Thresholds: a. Pemko b. Substitutions: National Guard Products, Zero H w C. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. Z = F— O z 2.2 COMPONENTS - GENERAL A. Handing of Door: Drawings indicate direction of swing for each door. Furnish items for proper installation and operation of doors as indicated. 0 rzi D. B. Base Metals: w w 1. Provide units of basic metal and forming methods indicated, using manufacturer's H 9 standard metal alloy, composition, temper, and hardness. u- 0 2. Do not provide units of lower commercially recognized quality than hardware units z furnished under applicable ANSI A156 series standards. o C. Fasteners: p I 1. Provide Phillips flat head screws except where otherwise indicated. z 2. Finish exposed and semi - exposed fasteners to match finish of hardware item being secured. 3. Provide concealed fasteners for hardware items exposed when door is closed, except where no standard units of type specified are available with concealed fasteners. 2.3 HARDWARE UNITS A. Hinges /Butts: 1. Type: Commercial grade security hinge; ANSI A156.1, Types A2112 and A5112 (standard weight) typical. 2. Bearing Type: Ball bearing or other no- maintenance concealed bearing, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Templates: Provide only template produced hinges. 4. Screws: Provide machine screws for metal frames and doors, wood screws for wood. 5. Hinge Pins: a. Steel Hinges: Steel pins. b. Nonferrous Hinges: Stainless steel pins. c. Tips: Flat button and matching plug. 6. Size, except as required for 180 degree swing: a. Interior doors 36 inches and Narrower: 4 -1/2 by 4 -1/2. b. Interior doors 37 inches and Wider: 5 by 4 -1/2. c. Exterior doors: 5 by 4 -1/2. 7. Quantity: Provide not less than three hinges (1 -1/2 pair) for door leaf 90 inches or less in height, and one additional hinge for each 30 inches of additional height. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT ?i !1 ' .W _)_ Fatigue Technology, Inc. 08710 - 5 Tenant Improvement DOOR HARDWARE CNA Architecture - 1137 8. For unusual size or weight doors, furnish type, size, and quantity recommended by hinge manufacturer. B. Locks and Latches: 1. Type: ANSI /BHMA A156.2, Series 4000, Grade 1, heavy duty commercial bored lever Iocksets. Corbin - Russwin Series CL3400. 2. Trim Design: Lever handles of solid forged brass, cast bronze, or stainless steel, with wrought brass or bronze circular rose. LSA (Lustra). 3. Backset: 2 -3/4 inches. 4. Throw: a. Latchbolt: 1/2 inch, standard. b. Dead Bolt: 1 inch. 5. Strikes: Wrought box strike, extended curved lip sufficient to protect trim. C. Lock Cylinders and Cores: 1. Equip locks with 6 -pin cylinders for interchangeable -core pin tumbler inserts to suit door and lock requirements. a. Furnish only temporary inserts for construction period, and remove these when directed. b. Furnish and install final cores. c. Duplicate keys require special order form, authorized Owner signature. 2. Construct lock cylinder parts from brass or bronze, stainless steel, or nickel silver. 3. Permanently inscribe each key with number of lock that identifies cylinder manufacturer's key symbol, and with notation DO NOT DUPLICATE. 4. Provide three keys for each lock, unless otherwise directed during key conference with Owner. Provide 6 GMK, 18 MK, 12 CMK, and 2 control keys. 5. Upon completion of the Work if requested, require hardware supplier, in presence of Owner, to verify fit and operation of each lockset with proper change key which voids construction key. Tag keys with door numbers and deliver keys to Owner. D. Keying: 1. Except as otherwise indicated, provide new masterkey system for Project. 2. Comply with Owner's instructions for masterkeying and, except as otherwise indicated, provide individual change keys for each lock that is not designated to be keyed alike with a group of related locks. E. Door Bolts: 1. Automatic Flush Bolts: 2. Manual Flush Bolts: 3. Surface Bolts: 4. Dustproof Strikes: F. Exit/Panic Devices: 1. Design: Touch bar type. 2. UL listed for fire doors. G. Overhead Closers: 1. Size: Comply with closer manufacturer's recommendations to suit size of door. 2. Arm: Provide parallel arm or regular arm closer to suit mounting on door face Tess exposed to public view. 3. Sex Nuts and Bolts (SNB): Provide for each door. 4. Drop Plates: Furnish where required. 5. Warranty: Each unit guaranteed five years against mechanical defect. H. Hold -Open Closer /detector 1. Closer Holder Release Devices, BHMA A156.15. 2. Coordinate and interface integral smoke detector and closer device with fire alarm system. Wall Stops /Floor Stops: Wrought brass /bronze, style as scheduled. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 3 - EXECUTION 08710 - 6 DOOR HARDWARE J. Angle Stops: 1. Type: Rectangular metal angle with solid resilient bumper on one face; designed for use on stopless frames. 2. Overall Size: 1.50 by 2 inches. 3. Metal: Brass /bronze with plated finish. K. Silencers: Snap -in resilient rubber silencers, three for single -swing doors and four for pairs of doors, of proper type to suit metal or wood door frames. L. Protection Plates: 1. Stainless steel, beveled edges, screw applied. 2. Thickness: 0.064 inch. 3. Size: Scheduled height by door width Tess 2 inches (for application on push side), by door width less 1 inch (for application on pull side). a. Armor Plate: 36 inches high. b. Kick Plate: 10 inches high. c. Mop Plate: 6 inches high. 4. Verify door dimensions prior to ordering material. M. Smoke Gasket: Extruded silicone, self - adhering or holder mounted to suit conditions. N. Key Cabinet: 1. Complete key control system, including, envelopes, labels, tags with self - locking key clips, receipt forms, three -way visible card index, temporary markers, permanent markers, and standard metal cabinet. 2. Capacity: Allow for 50 percent expansion. 3. Cabinet Type: Hinged panel, wall mounted. 2.4 FINISHES A. Provide following finishes: 1. Interior Doors: US26D. 2. Closers: 689. 3. Gasket "A" aluminum. 4. Kickplates: CAS. 5. Other: As listed. B. Provide quality of finish, including thickness of plating or coating (if any), composition, hardness, and other qualities complying with manufacturer's standards, but in no case Tess than specified by referenced standards for the applicable units of hardware. C. Designations used in schedules and elsewhere to indicate hardware finishes are those listed in ANSI /BHMA A156.18, "Materials and Finishes," including coordination with the traditional U.S. finishes shown by certain manufacturers for their products. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Mount hardware units at heights indicated in Door and Hardware Institute's Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel Doors and Frames, except where otherwise indicated or required to comply with governing regulations. B. If question or conflict arises, obtain assistance of hardware supplier and Architect to determine proper mounting height. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z • w 2 D J U O 0 (n o U) ILI J I- • w w g Q co d w Z = Z w Lij U 0 0 - O I- ww 1- • 0 w z U (I) F- _ O z r.� twit Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 08710 - 7 DOOR HARDWARE C. Unless otherwise required, following are standard hardware mounting heights above finish floor: 1. Butts, measured to centerline: a. Top: 11 -3/4 inches from top of door. b. Bottom: 13 inches AFF. c. Intermediate: Equal distance between top and bottom butts. 2. Locksets / Latchsets: 40 -5/16 inches to center of strike. 3. Deadlocks: 48 inches to center of strike. 4. Exit Devices - Mortise Type: 40 -5/16 inches to center of strike. 5. Exit Devices - Vertical Rod Type: Touch bar at same height as on mortise type. 6. Push Bars: 42 inches to center. 7. Push Plates: 45 inches to center. 8. Pulls: 42 inches to center. D. Install each hardware item in compliance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. E. Install units level, plumb, and true to line and location. F. Adjust and reinforce attachment substrate as necessary for secure installation and proper operation. G. Set metal thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant. H. Provide kick and mop plate on push and pull side of each door where scheduled. Butt plate to edge guard at stile where occurs. Butt armor plate to exit device panic bar at top. 3.2 ADJUSTING A. Check and adjust each door and operating item of hardware to ensure proper operation or function of every unit. B. Replace items which cannot be adjusted to operate freely and smoothly for its intended use. C. Where hardware installation is made more than 30 days prior to acceptance or occupancy of the premises, make final check and adjustment of hardware during week prior to acceptance or occupancy. 1. Clean operating items as necessary to restore proper function and finish. 2. Adjust door control devices to compensate for operation of heating and ventilating equipment. D. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper adjustment and maintenance of hardware and hardware finishes. E. Six -Month Adjustment: Require that installer, accompanied by representatives of the manufacturers of Iatchsets and locksets and of door control devices and their accessory components, return to the Project approximately six months after date of Substantial Completion to perform the following: 1. Examine and readjust each item of door hardware as necessary to restore function of doors and hardware. 2. Consult with and instruct Owner's personnel in recommended additions to maintenance procedures. 3. Replace hardware items that have deteriorated or failed due to faulty design, materials, or installation of hardware units. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 3.3 HARDWARE SCHEDULE A. Door Hardware Schedule: HW -1 — TYPICAL SINGLE & DOUBLE ALUM DOORS W/ CARD READER Electronic intermediate pivots Cylinder core Electric latch retraction Key switch Power supply Card reader & time controls Balance of hardware by door supplier HW -2 — TYPICAL COILING OVERHEAD DOORS Cylinder Core Balance of hardware by door supplier HW -3 - TYPICAL ALUM DOORS W/O CARD READERS & SLIDING GLASS DOORS Cylinder Core Balance of hardware by door supplier HW -4 — TYPICAL NON - LOCKING RATED STAIR DOORS Butts Latchset Closer Stop Gasket Hot smoke seal 10/03/00 HW -5 — EXISTING EXTERIOR EXIT DOORS & INTERIOR STEEL DOORS Retain and refurbish existing door hardware. Replace weather - stripping on existing exterior doors or provide new where none Remove existing cylinders and equip existing locks with 6 -pin cylinders to suit new interchangeable -core pin tumbler inserts for new door lock requirements. Door shoe on existing exterior doors if none HW -6 — TYPICAL MULTI -STALL RESTROOM DOORS Butts Push plate Pull handle Closer Kickplate Mop plate Stop Gasket HW -7 — TYPICAL SINGLE -STALL UNISEX RESTROOM DOORS Butts Privacy set Closer Kickplate Mop plate Stop Gasket 08710 - 8 DOOR HARDWARE TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement FA CNA Architecture - 1137 t l °: l� l HW -8 — TYPICAL NONLOCKING OFFICE DOORS Butts Passage set Stop I " Mop plate (on non - carpet side only) HW -9 — TYPICAL LOCKING OFFICE DOORS Butts Lockset Stop Mop plate (on non - carpet side only) tat HW -10 - INTERIOR ELEC /UTILITY, STORAGE & JANITOR CLOSET ROOM DOORS Butts Lockset (knurled knob OS) Self closing hinges Door Stop Mop Plate Smoke gaskets HW -11 — ELEVATOR MACHINE ROOM DOORS Butts Lockset (knurled knob OS) Self closing hinges Overhead Stop Smoke gaskets HW -12 - INTERIOR PAIRS OF FIRE RATED DOORS Butts Lockset (on active leaf) Dummy trim (on inactive leaf) Flush bolts Dust proof strikes Closer (active leaf) Overhead stop Smoke gaskets Meeting stile gasket Hot smoke seal HW -13 — SINGLE INSULATED METAL DOOR W/ CARD READER Butts Electronic intermediate butt Exit device Cylinder Electric latch retraction Key switch Power supply Card reader & time controls Closer Gaskets Threshold Overhead stop 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT 08710 - 9 DOOR HARDWARE Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 10/03/00 HW14 — MISCELLANEOUS EXTERIOR STEEL DOORS Butts Lockset z Closer z I- Door stop I-- w cc K2 ick plate Door shoe v Weatherstripping U o Threshold w w HW15 — SINGLE INTERIOR RATED EXIT PATH DOOR J i_ Butts W O Exit device g Latch set Lt. Q Closer CO d Overhead stop w Armor plate (on push side only) z i Gaskets 1— 0 Hot smoke seal z i— Lij HW16 - SINGLE INTERIOR NONRATED EXIT PATH DOOR 0 Butts 01-- Push plate w w Pull handle I 2 Closer LI z Door stop w Armor plates (on shipping /receiving side only) U F. HW -17 — INTERIOR PAIRS OF NONRATED DOORS Butts Lockset (on active leaf) Dummy trim (on inactive leaf) Flush bolts Dust proof strikes Wall stops — Typical (Overhead stops where no wall occurs) Double gaskets at Door #'s 107, 108, 163A, 163B, 174A. HW18 — SINGLE INTERIOR METAL DOOR Butts Lockset Overhead stop 08710 - 10 DOOR HARDWARE TENANT IMPROVEMENT z Cyr tsa Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 10/03/00 HW19 - SINGLE INTERIOR METAL DOOR Butts Cylinder Push plate Pull handle Closer Door stop Armor plates both sides Hold open device HW20 — PAIR NON- LOCKING DOORS Butts Push plate Pull handle Closer Door stop Armor plate (push side only) Hold open device HW21 — SINGLE WOOD DOOR W /CARD READER Butts Electronic intermediate butt Exit device Cylinder Electric latch retraction Key switch Power supply Card reader & timing controls Closer Overhead stop HW22 — SINGLE POCKET DOOR Butts Push plate Pull handle Closer Door stop Armor plate (push side only) Hold open device HW23 — SINGLE DUTCH DOOR Butts (1 pair per leaf) Lockset (bottom leaf only) Surface bolt (inside top leaf) Door stops 08710 -11 DOOR HARDWARE TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 08710 -12 DOOR HARDWARE HW24 — BI -FOLD DOORS Bi -fold track and hardware (50 pounds per leaf) Lever pulls (one per pair of leafs) B. Miscellaneous Items: 1. Exit/panic devices, wall /floor stops, kick/armor plates, thresholds, weatherstrips, door seals, flush bolts, and other required hardware items are omitted from the Door Hardware Schedule. 2. Need for such items will be determined during the construction document phase and a revised Door Hardware Schedule will be issued at that time. 10 /03 /00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 08800 — GLAZING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Glass and glazing for work of sections referencing this Section for products. 2. Glass and glazing to provide continuity of weathertight building enclosure. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 08110 — 2. Section 08210 — 3. Section 08212 — 4. Section 10810 — Steel Doors and Frames: Interior vision panels and relite frames. Wood Doors. Stile and Rail Wood Doors. Toilet Accessories. 08800 -1 GLAZING 1.2 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Provide glazing systems that are produced, fabricated, and installed to withstand normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading without failure, including Toss or glass breakage attributable to the following: 1. Defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation. 2. Failure of sealants or gaskets to remain watertight and airtight. 3. Deterioration of glazing materials. 4. Other defects in construction. B. Glass Design: Provide glass lites for the various size openings in thicknesses and strengths to meet or exceed the following criteria: 1. Minimum glass thickness of lites in exterior walls: Nominal 6.0 mm (0.23 inch). 2. Tinted and heat - absorbing glass thickness for each tint: Same throughout Project. 3. Size glass to withstand positive and negative loads acting on glazing systems, with edge clearances and tolerances complying with recommendations of glass manufacturer. C. Thermal Movement: Design temperature change (range) or 120 degrees F ambient, and 180 degrees F material surface. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product data. C. Certificates of compliance from glass and glazing materials manufacturers. D. Test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materials, including substrate, were tested for adhesion and compatibility with glazing sealants. E. Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, 12 Inch square sample for each type of glass indicated except clear single pane units. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Glazing Standards: FGMA "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant Manual." 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT ru4cai+:;::::ettt z w o_ —1 U U 0 w= (.0 w 0 LLQ = a �.w z = I— I— O z w • w U � O I— wW 0 ▪ O Z w U= O 1- z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 08800 - 2 Tenant Improvement GLAZING CNA Architecture -1137 B. Safety Glazing Standard: ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Primary Glass Products (AG - Annealed Glass): ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent, flat), 6 mm (1/4 inch) thick float glass unless otherwise indicated: 1. Clear Float: Class 1 (clear), Quality q (glazing select). 2. Tinted Float: Class 2 (tinted heat absorbing and light reducing), Quality q (glazing select). Listed shading and transmittance values are for 6 mm thickness. a. Blue -Green Reflective: Viracon Solarscreen Low -E Blue -Green reflective glass, with coating on #2 surface, shading coefficient of 0.46 and average daylight transmittance 32 percent. B. Heat - Treated Safety Glass: ASTM C 1048: 1. TG - Tempered Glass, Clear: Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class and Quality as specified for primary clear float glass. C. Laminated Safety Glass: ASTM C 1172: 1. LA - Laminated Annealed Safety Glass: Kind LA, two layers 5 mm thick clear float glass laminated together with 0.030 inch thick clear plastic interlayer. D. Fire -Rated Glazing: 1. FR - Fire Resistive Glass: Special tested and labeled fire rated glass, 5 mm (0.188 inch) thick, without wire or visible reinforcement; polished surface. a. Surface Finish: Polished. b. FR -1 - Fire Resistant/Thermal Shock Resistant: Premium FireLite. c. FR -2 - Fire Resistant/Thermal Shock Resistant/High Impact Resistance: Premium FireLite NT. E. Mirror Glazing: 1 Custom Mirrors: ASTM C 1036, Type I (transparent, flat), Class 1 (clear), Quality q (mirror), 6 mm thick float unless otherwise indicated. a. Edge Treatment: Butt ground, with edges sealed after coating to prevent chemical or moisture penetration of backing. b. Coating: FS DD -M- 00411, successive layers of chemically deposited silver, copper, and protective coating. 2. Standard Framed Mirrors: Specified in Section 10810. 2.2 ELASTOMERIC GLAZING SEALANTS A. General: Provide products of types indicated and as follows: 1. Compatibility: Select glazing sealants and tapes of proven compatibility with other materials they will contact, including glass products, seals of insulating glass units, and glazing channel substrates under conditions of installation and service as demonstrated by testing and field experience. 2. Suitability: Comply with recommendations of sealant and glass manufacturers for selecting glazing sealants and tapes that are suitable for applications indicated and conditions existing at time of installation. 3. Colors: Provide color of exposed Joint sealants as selected from manufacturer's full range of standard colors for products of types indicated. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT i I -. a4'ui":u�.t.J.l«HWai+t .:SiliF: z ~ w cc 6 00 CD ❑ LU J = F- U) w w u _ = a � z = H 0 w ~ U C-2 0 I- w w u'O w z U N F-= O ~ z r Fatigue Technology, Inc. 08800 - 3 Tenant Improvement GLAZING CNA Architecture - 1137 4. Fire Rated Openings: Provide product identical to product used in fire test assembly to obtain fire - resistive rating. B. Standard Elastomeric Glazing Sealant: One -part, moisture - curing, noncorrosive, silicone sealant designed for conventional glazing applications. Dow Corning 799 Silicone Glass and Metal Building Sealant. 2.3 GLAZING ACCESSORIES A. Cellular Elastomeric Preformed Gaskets: ASTM C 509, Type II, black; extruded or molded neoprene. B. Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets: ASTM C 864, extruded or molded neoprene, EPDM, or thermoplastic polyolefin rubber. (Refer to Division -8 Section appropriate for their use.) C. Cleaners, Primers, and Sealers: Type recommended by manufacturer of sealants /gaskets. D. Blocks and Spacers: Neoprene, EPDM, or silicone as required for compatibility with glazing sealants; of 80 to 90 Shore A hardness for setting blocks and, for spacers and edge blocks, of hardness recommended by glass and sealant manufacturer for application indicated. E. Compressible Filler Rods: Closed -cell or waterproof - jacketed rod stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, 5 -10 psi compression strength for 25 percent compression. 2.4 FABRICATION A. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project, with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations of product manufacturer and referenced glazing standard as required to comply with system performance requirements. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine glass framing, with glazier present, for compliance with the following: 1. Manufacturing and installation tolerances, including those for size, squareness, offsets at corners. B. Minimum required face or edge clearances. C. Effective sealing between joints of glass framing members. D. Do not proceed with glazing until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. E. Clean glazing channels and other framing members receiving glass immediately before glazing. Remove coatings that are not firmly bonded to substrates. 3.2 INSTALLATION (GLAZING) A. Comply with referenced FGMA standards and instructions of manufacturers of glass, glazing sealants, and gaskets to achieve airtight and watertight performance and to minimize breakage. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 08800 - 4 Tenant Improvement GLAZING CNA Architecture - 1137 B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation. Inspect glass during installation and discard pieces with edge damage that could affect glass performance. C. Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics. D. Gasket Glazing (Dry): 1. Fabricate gaskets in lengths recommended by gasket manufacturer to fit openings exactly, with stretch allowance during installation. 2. Secure gaskets in place with joints located at corners to compress gaskets producing a tight seal without developing bending stresses in glass. Seal gasket joints with sealant recommended by gasket manufacturer. 3. Install gaskets so they protrude past face of glazing stops. E. Sealant Glazing (Wet): 1. Install continuous spacers between glass lights and glazing stops to maintain glass face clearances and to prevent sealant from extruding into glass channel weep systems until sealants cure. Secure spacers in place and in position to control depth of installed sealant relative to edge clearance for optimum sealant performance. 2. Force sealants into glazing channels to eliminate voids and to ensure complete wetting or bond of sealant to glass and channel surfaces. 3. Tool exposed surfaces of sealants to provide a substantial wash away from glass. Install pressurized gaskets to protrude slightly out of channel to eliminate dirt and moisture pockets. 3.3 PROTECTION AND CLEANING Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operations. Remove any such substances by method approved by glass manufacturer. B. Wash glass on both faces not more than four days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial completion. Wash glass by method recommended by glass manufacturer. 3.4 GLAZING SCHEDULE A. Glazing Type AG - Annealed Glass B. Glazing Type FR -1 - Fire Resistive Glass (rated) C. Glazing Type FR -2 - Fire Resistive Glass (rated) D. Glazing Type LA - Laminated Annealed Safety Glass 10/03/00 Interior nonrated glazed openings, impact safety glass not required. 20 -min to 60 -min rated assemblies other than doors with hose stream test Where thermal shock resistance is required Where impact safety glass not required 20 -min to 3 -hr rated doors with hose stream test Maximum 60- minute for other applications Where thermal shock resistance is required Where impact safety glass is required Interior nonrated glazed openings Where impact safety glass required TENANT IMPROVEMENT :: is:iW.v�lwoJ.w .3 •, y §iu.,4..,:1,Xr� a.�: z ~ w 00 CO 0 (o w J = I- U) w w 2 u. co = w z zI- w • w U � O D- O 1- w w I- LI- Z w U O~ z re Fatigue Technology, Inc. 08800 - 5 Tenant Improvement GLAZING CNA Architecture - 1137 10 /03/00 Glazing Type TG Interior glazed openings adjacent to doors, - Tempered Glass Where impact safety glass required. END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT r NMI Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 09260 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09260 -1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 - GENERAL = 1 F-- 1.1 SUMMARY ce 2 A. Section Includes: o o 1. Framing metal studs for interior partitions, 20 gage and lighter (Types A, B, & C). cn w 2. Metal framing and grid suspension assemblies for gypsum board ceilings. w 3. Interior gypsum board and finishing systems. 4. Ceramic tile backing. p B. Related Sections: 1. Section 09512 - Acoustical Panel Ceilings: Exposed grid suspension assemblies for u- acoustical panels. d 2. Section 09820 — Acoustical Insulation and Barriers. - _ zF- 1.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS I-- O w A. Fire- Resistance Ratings: Provide gypsum drywall construction having fire - resistance ratings ? o indicated. O • N o � B. Conform to assemblies tested per ASTM E 119 by inspecting and testing organization w acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. - 0 u-O C. Structural Performance of Interior Partition Systems: z 1. Lateral Loading: 5 psf per UBC 1610.2. cn 2. Deflection Limit For Gypsum Wallboard Finishes: 1/180 of span. 1= H O z D. Structural Performance of Shaft Wall Systems: 1. Lateral Loading: 5 psf per UBC 1610.2. 2. Deflection Limit: 1/240 of partition height. E. Sound Transmission Classes (STC): 1. Untreated Interior Partition: 35 minimum. 2. Sound Partition: 45 minimum. 3. Shaft Wall System: 40 minimum. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Certification: Submit UL, WHI, or other listing of fire rated assemblies, identifying products being provided. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform work in accordance with GA 216 - Standard Specifications for the Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board, published by the Gypsum Association. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 09260 - 2 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES B. Thicknesses of metal framing components are specified by decimal thickness as currently favored by steel industry trade associations. (Refer ASTM A 525.) 1. Specified metal thickness is minimum acceptable for base metal, uncoated, unless specifically indicated as manufacturer's design thickness. 2. Gage references are for convenience only and shall not be used to imply an acceptance of base metal thinner than the decimal thickness specified. z o' C. Fire rating requirements take precedence over construction requirements indicated. In event of conflict, notify Architect and do not proceed in area of conflict until resolved. o O CO O w J PART 2 - PRODUCTS u_ O 2.1 MANUFACTURERS cc D A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide gypsum board and related products by one of the listed manufacturers. = Cr w B. Steel Framing and Furring: ? 1- 1. Dale Industries, Inc. 1— O 2. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. w w 3. Marino Industries Corp. 4. Steelers o 5. Unimast Incorporated o w C. Grid Suspension Assemblies: _ 0 1. Chicago Metallic Corporation u.. 6 2. National Rolling Mils Co. - z 3. USG Interiors Inc. co D. Gypsum Board: 0 I 1. Domtar Gypsum Co. Z 2. Georgia - Pacific Corp. 3. Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co. 4. United States Gypsum Co. 2.2 STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS A. General: Provide components of sizes indicated but not less than those required per ASTM C 754. B. Channels: Cold- rolled steel, 0.0598 -inch minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal and 7/16 -inch wide flanges. 1. Carrying Channels: 2 inches deep, 590 Ibs per 1000 feet. 2. Carrying Channels: 1 -1/2 inches deep, 475 Ibs per 1000 feet. 3. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 Ibs per 1000 feet. 4. Finish: Rust - inhibitive paint, except provide G60 hot - dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A 525 for framing for exterior soffits and where indicated. C. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, with flanges bent back 90 degrees and doubled over to form 3/16 -inch minimum lip (return), characteristics as follows unless otherwise indicated: 1. Depth: 2 -1/2 inches. 2. Base (Uncoated) Metal Thickness: a. Type A: 0.0179 inch minimum (25 gage). 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT !'H.LL 1v.se::J1'.'1.".IKt �4"a ✓4� <<: Ml,.e:A idkrlit' Y✓e t Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement ra CNA Architecture - 1137 f ay I t si G. Wire for Hangers and Ties: ASTM A 641, soft temper, Class 1 zinc coating. H. Hanger Rods: Mild steel and zinc - coated or protected with rust- inhibitive paint. 2.3 STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS 10/03/00 09260 - 3 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant coating, except provide G40 hot - dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A 525 for framing for exterior soffits and within 10 feet of exterior walls. D. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat - shaped. 1. Depth: 7/8 inch. 2. Base (Uncoated) Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch minimum. 3. Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosion - resistant coating, except provide G40 hot - dipped galvanized coating per ASTM A 525 for framing for exterior soffits and within 10 feet of exterior walls. E. Grid Suspension Systems for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard direct - hung grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross furring members which interlock to form a modular supporting network. F. Concrete Anchors: Fabricated from corrosion - resistant materials, with holes or loops for attaching hanger wires, and with capability to sustain Toad equal to 5 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as determined from testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing agency. 1. Embedded Type: Cast -in -place type designed for attachment to concrete forms. 2. Post - installed Type: Expansion anchor. I. Angle -Type Hangers: Angles with legs not Tess than 7/8 inch wide, formed from 0.0635 -inch thick galvanized steel sheet complying with ASTM A 446, Coating Designation G90, with bolted connections and 5/16 -inch diameter bolts. A. Steel Studs and Runners 20 gage and lighter: 1. Type A Studs: ASTM C 645, fabricated from 33 ksi minimum yield strength steel; C channel shaped, punched web for utility access. a. Width: 1 -5/8, 2 -1/2, 3 -1/2, 4, and 6 inches as indicated. b. Thickness: 25 gage (0.0179 inch minimum exclusive of coating). c. Flange: 1 -1/4 inches. 2. Type B Studs (CNA Standard): ASTM C 645, fabricated from 33 ksi minimum yield strength steel; C channel shaped, punched web for utility access. a. Width: 3 -1/2, 4, and 6 inches as indicated b. Thickness: 22 gage (0.0341 inch minimum exclusive of coating). c. Flange: 1 -1/4 inches. 3. Type C Studs: ASTM C 645, fabricated from ASTM A 446 corrosion resistant steel, Grade D, 40 ksi minimum yield strength; C channel shaped, punched web for utility access. a. Width: 3 -1/2, 4, and 6 inches. b. Thickness: 20 gage (0.0568 inch minimum exclusive of coating). c. Flange: 1 -1/4 inches. B. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat - shaped. 1. Depth: 7/8 inch. 2. Base (Uncoated) Metal Thickness: 0.0179 inch minimum (25 gage) unless otherwise noted. TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 C. Z- Furring Members: Z- shaped, 0.0179 inch base (uncoated) metal thickness (25 gage), steel, galvanized, ASTM A 525, G60; for mechanical attachment of insulation, to masonry/concrete walls. 2.4 GYPSUM BOARD w A. Provide gypsum board in maximum lengths available to minimize end joints: Thickness, cc g 5/8 inch unless otherwise indicated. 6 0 0 B. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, tapered edges. u) ° 1. Non -rated Assemblies: Type X. W = 2. Fire Rated Assemblies: Type X. O C. Gypsum Backing Board for Multi -Layer Applications: ASTM C 442 or C 36. 2 1. Non -rated Assemblies: Type X. 2. Fire Rated Assemblies: Type X. j D. Gypsum Shaft Wall Board: ASTM C 442, Type X, proprietary liner panels or coreboard H w designed for shaft wall construction, in 1 -inch (25.4 mm) thickness and with moisture resistant z H paper faces. z O w E. Gypsum Sheathing Board with Water - Resistant Core: ASTM C 79, thickness and size as indicated, type and edge configuration as follows: v ° 1. Type: Type X. o H 2. Edge and End Configuration: V- shaped tongue and groove long edges, square ends. w w 2.5 TILE BACKING PANELS z A. Panel Size: Provide in maximum lengths and widths available that will minimize joints in each v cn area and correspond with support system indicated. i= O B. Glass -Mat, Water - Resistant Backing Board: ASTM C 1178/C 1178M. 1. Available Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, "Dens- Shield Tile Backer" manufactured by G -P Gypsum Corp. 2. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Dens- Shield Tile Backer" manufactured by G -P Gypsum Corp. 3. Core: 5/8 inch, Type X. 2.6 TRIM ACCESSORIES 09260 - 4 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. ASTM C 1047, manufacturer's standard trim accessories, including corner bead and edge trim of beaded type with face flanges for concealment in joint compound except where semi - finishing or exposed type is indicated. B. Interior Installation: Provide accessories formed from sheet steel zinc coated by hot -dip process, or from zinc alloy, filled type, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Casing Bead: a. Type A: Same as USG 200 -A, U- shaped. b. Type B: Same as USG 200 -B, L- shaped. 2. Corner Bead: Same as USG Dur -A -Bead corner bead. 3. Control Joints: Same as USG No. 093. 4. Reveal Molding: Same as Fry Number DRM- 625 -150 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT ,va1,,;Vr • Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 2.7 GYPSUM BOARD JOINT TREATMENT MATERIALS 09260 - 5 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. ASTM C 475 and ASTM C 840, complying with recommendations of manufacturer of both gypsum board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. B. Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated. Use open -weave glass fiber tape where recommended by gypsum board manufacturer with use of setting -type joint compound. C. Setting -Type Joint Compound: Factory- prepackaged, job -mixed chemical- hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated. D. Drying -Type Joint Compounds: Factory- prepackaged, vinyl -based products: 1. Ready -Mix Formulation: Factory- premixed. 2. All-purpose compound formulated for use as both taping and topping compound. 2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS - A. Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction which comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer: B. Gypsum Board Screws: 1. ASTM C 1002 steel drill screws for fastening gypsum board to steel members Tess than 0.03 inch thick. 2. ASTM C 954 steel drill screws for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.03 to 0.112 inch thick. C. Runner (Track) Fasteners: Power - driven fasteners of type required to sustain loading conditions imposed on partitions or shaft wall assemblies without exceeding allowable design stress of components or structural substrates. D. Laminating Adhesives: Product recommended for laminating gypsum boards. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates to which gypsum board construction attaches or abuts, preset hollow metal frames, structural framing, and other items affecting installation. B. Verify conditions are acceptable and ready to receive gypsum board assemblies. 3.2 STEEL FRAMING INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Steel Framing Installation Standard: Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and ASTM C 840. B. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similar construction. Comply with details indicated and with recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer or, if none, US Gypsum's Gypsum Construction Handbook. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 09260 - 6 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES C. Isolate steel framing from building structure to prevent transfer of loading imposed by structural movement: 1. Where edges of suspended ceilings abut building structure at ceiling perimeters and at penetrations of structural elements. 2. Where partition and wall framing abuts overhead structure. z D. Do not bridge building expansion and control joints with steel framing or furring members. re 2 Frame both sides of joint with steel framing or furring members or as indicated. 0 0 3.3 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR SUSPENDED AND FURRED CEILINGS u) 0 A. Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to structure where possible. -I ~ Otherwise connect to inserts, clips, or other anchorage devices, or fasteners as indicated. w o B. Do not connect or suspend steel framing from ducts, pipes, or conduit. Maintain 2 inches clearance to hangers and braces. Do not attach hangers to steel deck. u_ C. Provide suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less w than the following: z 1. Wire Hangers: 0.1620 -inch (8 gage) diameter, 4 feet o.c. along runners. z 0 2. Carrying Channels (Main Runners): 1.500 inch, 4 feet o.c. w 3. Rigid Furring Channels (Furring Members): 16 inches o.c. j o D. Sway -brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support. o H E. Installation Tolerances: Install steel framing components for suspended ceilings so that cross = v furring members or grid suspension members are level to within 1/8 inch in 12 feet as measured both lengthwise on each member and transversely between parallel members. — O w z u7 F. Wire -tie or clip furring members to main runners and to other structural supports. P G. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meets vertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross furring members to each other and butt -cut to fit into wall track. H. Coordinate steel framing construction with sprayed -on fireproofing applied to structural elements so both elements of Work remain complete and undamaged. Patch or replace sprayed -on fireproofing removed or damaged during installation of shaft wall assemblies to comply with requirements specified in Division -7 Section "Applied Fireproofing ". 3.4 INSTALLING STEEL FRAMING FOR WALLS AND PARTITIONS A. Install runner tracks at floors, ceilings, and structural walls and columns. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls of masonry or concrete, install asphalt felt strips between studs and wall. B. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports above suspended ceilings, except where indicated otherwise. 1. Continue framing over frames for doors and other openings. 2. Frame around ducts to provide support for gypsum board. C. Install steel studs at 16 inches on center except where otherwise indicated or required. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT F. tad Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 09260 - 7 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES D. Frame door and other openings with studs and runners and gage, number and arrangement to comply with manufacturer's recommendations for size of opening, weight of doors, and height and stud size, unless otherwise indicated. 3.5 GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATION A. Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840. B. Install gypsum board to metal supports in accordance with GA 216 and fire rated assembly requirements. C. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member. D. Install wall /partition board panels to minimize the number of abutting end joints or avoid them entirely. Stagger abutting end joints not less than one framing member in altemate courses of board. At stairwells and other high walls, install panels horizontally with end abutting joints over studs and staggered. E. Install gypsum panels with face side out. Do not install imperfect, damaged, or damp panels. Butt panels together for a light contact at edges and ends with not more than 1/16 inch of open space between panels. Do not force into place. F. Locate both edge and end joints over supports, except in ceiling applications where intermediate supports or gypsum board back - blocking is provided behind end joints. Position adjoining panels so that tapered edges abut tapered edges and field -cut edges abut field -cut edges and ends. Avoid joints at corners of framed openings. G. Attach gypsum panels to framing provided at openings and cutouts. H. Isolate drywall construction from abutting structural and masonry work. Provide edge trim and sealant as recommended by manufacturer. I. Do not bridge building expansion or control joints. Leave space of the width indicated between boards, and trim both edges for installation of sealant or gasket. J. Double Layer Application: Install gypsum backing board for base layers and gypsum wallboard for face layers. 1. On ceilings, apply base layer prior to applying base layer on walls /partitions; apply face layers in same sequence. Offset face layer joints at least 10 inches from parallel base layer joints. Apply base layers at right angles to framing members unless otherwise indicated. 2. On partitions /walls, apply base layers and face layers vertically (parallel to framing) with joints of base layers located over stud or furring member and face layer joints offset at least one stud or furring member with base layer joints. Stagger joints on opposite sides of partitions. K. Single -Layer Fastening Methods: Fasten gypsum panels to supports with screws. L. Double -Layer Fastening Methods: Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 M. Direct Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to a substrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fastening adhesive has set. 3.6 TILE BACKING PANELS: A. Glass -Mat, Water- Resistant Backing Panel: Comply with manufacturer's written installation instructions and install at locations indicated to receive tile. Install with 1/4 -inch gap where panels abut other construction or penetrations. 3.7 INSTALLATION — TRIM ACCESSORIES A. Determine of trim is to be installed before gypsum board application. B. Miter or cope accessories at corners; install with tight joints and in alignment. Fasten trim at 9- inch centers to base to securely hold trim in place and alignment during joint and surface treatment. C. Accessories for Gypsum Board: 1. Type A Casing Bead — Typical: Same locations as Type B except where three sided protection is required at damp or wet areas and where shown. 2. Type B Casing Bead — Typical: Install around edges, doors, windows, or cute and uncut terminations at abutting perpendicular surfaces. 3. Type C Corner Beads: Install at vertical and horizontal external corners. 4. Control Joints: Provide control joints in the gypsum board where any of the following conditions exist. a. A partition, wall, or ceiling traverses a construction joint (expansion, seismic, or building control element) in the base building structure. b. Where a wall or partition runs in an uninterrupted straight plane exceeding 30 lineal feet. (NOTE that a full height door frame may be considered a control joint). c. Interior Ceilings With Perimeter Relief: Control joints shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints shall not exceed 50 ft and total area between control joints shall not exceed 2500 sq. ft. A control joint or intermediate blocking shall be installed where ceiling framing members change direction. d. Interior Ceilings Without Perimeter Relief: Control joints shall be installed so that linear dimensions between control joints shall not exceed 30 ft and total area between control joints shall not exceed 900 sq. ft. A control joint or intermediate blocking shall be installed where ceiling framing members change direction. 5. Reveal Moldings: Install at vertical and horizontal joints where indicated on interior elevations. 3.8 INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD FINISHES A. Definitions: Specified levels of finish represent finishes described in consensus document entitled Recommended Specification: Levels of Gypsum Board Finish, as published by AWCI, CISCA, GA, and PDCA. B. Level 0 Finish: No taping, applied trim accessories, or finishing required. C. Level 1 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at gypsum board joints and interior angles. 2. After joint treatment, remove excess joint compound from gypsum board surfaces. 3. Apply trim accessories in corridors and other occupied areas. 10/03/00 09260 - 8 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES TENANT IMPROVEMENT cea Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 D. Level 2 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply separate coat of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. 3. Remove excess joint compound from gypsum board surfaces. E. Level 3 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply two separate coats of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, surface defects, and trim accessories. 3. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 4. Remove excess joint compound from gypsum board and leave prepared surfaces ready to be coated with primer /sealer prior to application of final finishes. F. Level 4 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply three separate coats of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, surface defects, and trim accessories. 3. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 4. Remove excess joint compound from gypsum board and leave prepared surfaces ready to be•coated with primer /sealer prior to application of final finishes. G. Level 5 Finish: 1. Embed joint tape in joint compound at joints and interior angles. 2. Apply three separate coats of compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, surface defects, and trim accessories. 3. Finish joint compound smooth and free of tool marks and ridges. 4. Sand lightly, and leave prepared surfaces ready to be coated with primer /sealer prior to application of finish paint. H. Glass -Mat, Water- Resistant Backing Panels: Finish according to manufacturer's written instructions. 3.9 SCHEDULE OF INTERIOR FINISHES A. Level 0 Finish B. Level 1 Finish C. Level 2 Finish D. Level 3 Finish E. Level 4 Finish F. Level 5 Finish 10/03/00 Temporary construction only. Plenum area above ceiling. Surfaces to receive ceramic tile unless otherwise required by the manufacturer of the glass -mat, water - resistant backing panels. Surfaces to receive heavy texture applied finishes before painting. Surfaces to receive heavy grade wall coverings. Gypsum board surfaces provided as part of shell and core and exposed to view in tenant spaces. Surfaces to receive nontextured flat paint finishes. Surfaces to receive eggshell, semi - gloss, or gloss coatings. Level 5 Finish occurs in all Public Areas, and Corridors. END OF SECTION 09260 - 9 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES TENANT IMPROVEMENT itacLui Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09300 -1 Tenant Improvement TILE CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 09300 — TILE PART 1 - GENERAL z 1.1 SUMMARY z re 4: A. Section Includes: 1. Ceramic floor tile. 0 0 2. Glazed ceramic wall tile. co O 3. Base, trim, and accessories. w = H U) w B. Related Sections: O 1. Section 07920 - Joint Sealants: Sanitary sealant at ceramic tile control joints. 2 1.2 DEFINITIONS u Cr A. Module Size: Actual tile size (minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499) plus joint width indicated. z H O B. Facial Dimension: Actual tile size (minor facial dimension as measured per ASTM C 499). w w 1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS v O o I— A. Static Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walking surfaces, provide products with the w w following values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C 1028: 1. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.6. u.. 0 2. Sloping Surfaces: Minimum 0.8. - z co 1.4 SUBMITTALS 0 z A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical performance data and physical characteristics for each type of tile, grout, mortar, additive, accessory, and waterproofing material proposed. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile patterns, perimeter conditions, and junctions with dissimilar materials. D. Samples for verification purposes of each item listed below in sets showing full range of variations expected. 1. Each type and composition of tile and for each color and texture required, panels at least 12 by 12 inches in size, mounted on plywood or hardboard backing and grouted. 2. Full -size units of each type of trim and accessory for each color required. 3. Metal edge strips, 6 -inch lengths. E. Certificates: Master grade certificates for each shipment, type, and composition of tile, signed by tile manufacturer and Installer. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility - Tile: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of tile from a single source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying progress of the Work. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09300 - 2 Tenant Improvement TILE CNA Architecture - 1137 B. Single Source Responsibility - Setting and Grouting Materials: Obtain materials and products of a uniform quality from a single source or producer for each item. C. Installation Requirements: Comply with Tile Council of America (TCA) 1998 Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation, and applicable American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile, 1992 edition (ANSI). 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Take measures as required to prevent carbon dioxide buildup. C. Maintain temperatures at 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) or more in tiled areas from two days before installation until seven days after completion of tile work, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions. 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. B. Furnish quantity of full -size units equal to 3 percent of amount installed, for each type, composition, color, pattern, and size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. ANSI Ceramic Tile Standard: Provide tile that complies with ANSI A137.1, Specifications for Ceramic Tile, for types, compositions, and other characteristics indicated. B. ANSI Standards for Tile Installation Materials: Provide materials complying with ANSI standards referenced in Setting Materials and Grouting Materials articles. C. Factory Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected during Sample submittals, blend tile in the factory and package so tile units taken from one package show the same range in colors as those taken from other packages and match approved samples. D. Mounting: Where factory- mounted tile is required, provide back- or edge- mounted tile assemblies as standard with manufacturer. 2.2 TILE PRODUCTS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product specified for each designation in the Tile Schedule at the end of this Section. B. Product Selections: Specified tile products and colors have been selected as part of the design scheme for this Project. Substitutions will not be allowed. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w 0: JU U U 0 • LiJ J H • w w 0 2 � U � a w Z = I- 0 ZF- w 0 U O - 01- al a l u. O ..z w U= 0 z le Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09300 - 3 Tenant Improvement TILE !" CNA Architecture - 1137 kltal C. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units to match characteristics of adjoining flat tile and to comply with the following requirements: 1. Size: Coordinated with sizes and coursing of adjoining flat tile where applicable. 2. Shapes: As follows, selected from manufacturer's standard shapes: a. Base for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Straight. b. Wainscot Cap for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. z c. External Comers for Thin -Set Mortar Installations: Surface bullnose. cc 2 2.3 WATERPROOFING UNDER TILE v p u) 0 A. Waterproofing Membrane - Sheet Type: Composite sheet, 0.030 inch thick, composed of w = chlorinated polyethylene (CPE) sheet faced both sides with laminated high- strength nonwoven cn polyester. NobleSeal TS. w w 0 B. Waterproofing Membrane/Tile- Setting Adhesive: ASTM C 836. One-part liquid urethane, trowel applied, suitable as both waterproofing and tile setting adhesive; with fiberglass mesh tape or LL. j mat reinforcement. Hydroment Ultra -Set; or pre- approved equivalent. 1 w 2.4 SETTING MATERIALS z I— O A. Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.4, latex - portland cement mortar with latex additive. Same as w Mapes Kerabond resin mortar with Keralastic polymer additive; performance to meet or exceed 2 the following: 1. Maximum Elongation: 25 percent o H 2. Shear Strength on Vitreous Tiles: 340 psi w 3. Bond Strength: 626 psi i 0 4. Manufacturer's Recommendation: Premier bonding system by intended uses r— (including tile- over -tile) — z w z U) B. Floor / Base Grout: ANSI A118.8, stain -free, water - cleanable, two - component epoxy grout. 17-: z Mapei Kerapoxy. z 0 r— 1. GT -1: Mapei 47 Anthracite. C. Wall /Wainscot Grout: ANSI A118.6, prepackaged unsanded polymer - modified portland cement dry grout mix, for mixing with water only. Mapei Ker 800 Series. 1. GT -2: Mapei 07 Chocolat. 2. GT -3: Mapei 0 White. 2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS A. Metal Edge Strips: Stainless steel roll- formed angle trim with 1/8 -inch exposed edge and 1- inch base leg, height to suit tile thickness. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. B. Verify that CBU backing board is securely installed. Tape untaped joints and corners, and cover with skim coat of thinset mortar to a feather edge. C. Verify that suspended concrete slabs are rigid and suitable for thin -set application of tile. Where deflection is sufficient to cause possible Toss of adhesion or cracking of tile, use TCA mortar bed method in lieu of thin bed method specified. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09300 - 4 Tenant Improvement TILE CNA Architecture - 1137 D. Identify locations of expansion or control joints and mark on substrates: 1. Tilework exposed to moisture or direct sunlight: Not to exceed 16 feet in each direction. 2. Interior tilework NOT exposed to moisture or direct sunlight: Not to exceed 32 feet in each direction. 3. Where tilework abuts restraining surfaces such as perimeter walls, dissimilar floors, curbs, columns, pipes, ceilings, and where changes occur in backing materials. 4. Over construction, cold, and seismic joints in slabs. 5. Over saw -cut control joints. 6. Over structural joints. E. Blending: For tile exhibiting color variations within the ranges selected, verify that tile has been blended in factory and packaged accordingly so that tile units taken from one package show same range of colors as those taken from other packages. If not factory blended, either retum to manufacturer for blending or blend at site before installing. 3.2 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. Comply with parts of ANSI A108 series of tile installation standards as applicable for type of tile, setting materials, grout, and methods of installation indicated. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for application of proprietary materials. B. Comply with Tile Council of America (TCA) Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation methods indicated. C. Extend tilework into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures to form a complete covering without interruptions. Terminate work neatly at obstructions, edges, and comers. D. Joint Pattern: Lay tile in grid pattern indicated, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. 2. Align base, wall, and trim joints where sizes permit. 3. Lay out tilework and center tile fields in both directions in each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. 4. Provide uniform joint widths unless otherwise indicated. a. Ceramic Floor Tile (2 x 2 tile): 1/8 maximum inch unless otherwise indicated. (For tile mounted in sheets, make joints between tile sheets same width as joints within tile sheets.) b. Glazed Wall Tile: 1/16 inch. E. Metal Edge Strips: Install where exposed edges of tile flooring meet other flooring materials. Install Edge Trim where adjoining flooring finishes nominally flush with top of tile (ceramic tile /carpet); install Transition Edging where elevations of adjoining surfaces are offset (ceramic tile /resilient flooring). 1. Press perforated anchoring leg into tile adhesive and align. 2. Trowel adhesive over anchoring leg, and solidly embed tiles so that top of trim is 0.0313 - inch below top of tile. 3. Fill joint between tile and trim with grout. F. Sealant - Filled Joints: Provide where indicated. (Refer Article entitled EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION above.) 1. Sealant Material: a. Vertical Surfaces: ES -6 as specified in Section 07920. 2. Joint Width: a. Glazed Wall Tile: 1/4 inch. b. Ceramic Floor Tile : 1/4 inch. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT a�SN:d ''411: "SiR ...�::1�:,l vte.r.z! uHF.... „t.1i •msun�e .�,}.nFirit z ~ w cc 00 u) 0 cn .1 I_ H w 2 uQ = a w z = z1- w 0 O - o1— wW F- H LL O ..z w U = 0 z hut Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09300 - 5 Tenant Improvement TILE CNA Architecture -1137 G. Grout tile joints in accordance with ANSI A108.10. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or excess grout. 3.3 WATERPROOFING INSTALLATION UNDER TILE Install waterproofing in compliance with waterproofing manufacturer's instructions to produce a waterproof membrane of uniform thickness bonded securely to substrate. B. Turn membrane up walls behind cementitious backer units; extend membrane a minimum of 6 inches above shower floors. C. Do not install tile over waterproofing until waterproofing has cured and been tested to determine that it is watertight. 3.4 INSTALLATION METHODS A. General: Install tile to comply with requirements indicated below for setting bed method, TCA installation method related to type of substrate construction, and grout type. B. Ceramic Floor Tile - Interior Concrete Slab -on- Grade: 1. Latex - Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.4. 2. Bond Coat: ANSI A108.5, latex - portland cement mortar. 3. Grout: ANSI A108.10, latex- portland cement grout. 3. TCA F113 -98 C. Ceramic Floor Tile - Interior Suspended Concrete Slab (wet areas): 1. Portland Cement Mortar: ANSI A108.1. 2. Bond Coat: ANSI A108.5, latex - portland cement mortar. 3. Waterproofing membrane (sheet or liquid - applied). 4. TCA F122 -98 D. Wall - Metal Studs, Interior: 1. Coated Glass Mat Backer Board. 2. Bond Coat: ANSI A108.5, latex- portland cement mortar. 4. Grout: ANSI A108.10, latex- portland cement grout. 3. TCA W245 -99 E. Expansion Joints - Floor and Wall: TCA EJ171 -98. 3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Clean tile in accordance with applicable ANSI standard for type of tile and method of installation used and manufacturer's instructions. B. Apply pretreatment and penetrating sealer on stone the according to sealer manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. AIIow prime coat to cure 24 hours. Apply impregnator coat according to manufacturer's instructions. AIIow seal coat to cure 72 hours before permitting traffic. C. Apply heavy kraft paper or other heavy protective covering to prevent surface damage during subsequent construction operations. D. Before finial inspection, remove protective coverings and rinse residue from surface. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09300 - 6 Tenant Improvement TILE CNA Architecture - 1137 3.6 TILE SCHEDULE A. Floor / Base Location Tile: CT1 through CT2: 1. Tile Designation - CT1: a. Type: Porcelain. b. Manufacturer / Vendor: Gres Fine Porcellanato / Uniq Tile & Marble c. Product: Ceramchie Caesar d. Module Face Size: Nominal 12 by 12 inches e. Nominal Thickness: 5/16 -inch f. Edge: Slight bevel g. Face Finish: Unglazed, matte abrasive h. Color: Cadice 1. Base Type / size: Bullnose, nominal 4 by 12 inches. 2. Tile Designation — CT2: a. Type: Porcelain mosaic b. Manufacturer / Vendor: Daltile c. Product: Keystones d. Module Face Size: Nominal 2 by 2 inches, factory- mounted flat tile e. Nominal Thickness: 1/4 -inch f. Edge: Square g. Face Finish: Unglazed, matte abrasive h. Color: Mocha DK -36 i. Base Type: Two courses over C -833 cove j. Special Trim Types: Round outside base and inside base angles B. Wall / Wainscot Location Tile: 1. Tile Designation — CT3 (Field tile): a. Type: Glazed wall tile b. Manufacturer / Vendor: Daltile c. Product: Semi -gloss d. Module Face Size: Nominal 6 by 6 inches e. Nominal Thickness: 5/16 -inch f. Edge: Square cushion g. Face Finish: Glazed h. Color: White 0100 1. Special Trim Types: Surface bulinose 2. Tile Designation — CT4 (Field tile): a. Type: Glazed wall tile b. Manufacturer / Vendor: Daltile c. Product: Matte d. Module Face Size: Nominal 6 by 6 inches e. Nominal Thickness: 5/16 -inch f. Edge: Square cushion g. Face Finish: Matte glazed h. Color: Dove 0725 1. Special Trim Types: Surface bulinose 3. Tile Designation — CT5 (Accent tile): a. Type: Glazed wall tile b. Manufacturer / Vendor: Daltile c. Product: Crystaltex d. Module Face Size: Nominal 6 by 6 inches e. Nominal Thickness: 5/16 -inch f. Edge: Square cushion g. Face Finish: Matte glazed h. Color: Bimini Blue 1223 1. Special Trim Types: Surface bulinose 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ • w re J U U 0 U D J = 2 w w 0 J L.L. = w I- _ zF- I- 0 z t— w 0 O ( O H W W t-- u- 0 z w U= F- F 0 z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09300 - 7 Tenant Improvement TILE CNA Architecture - 1137 10/03/00 4. Tile Designation — CT6 (Accent tile): a. Type: Unglazed mosaic wall tile b. Manufacturer / Vendor: Daltile c. Product: Keystones d. Module Face Size: Nominal 2 by 2 inches, factory- mounted flat tile e. Nominal Thickness: 1/4 -inch f. Edge: Square g. Face Finish: Unglazed, matte abrasive h. Color: Flintlock D004 5. Tile Designation — CT7 (Accent tile): a. Type: Unglazed mosaic wall tile b. Manufacturer / Vendor: American Olean c. Product: Matte d. Module Face Size: Nominal 2 by 2 inches, factory- mounted flat tile e. Nominal Thickness: 1/4 -inch f. Edge: Square g. Face Finish: Unglazed, matte abrasive h. Color: Doe A55 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture —1137 SECTION 09380 - CUT NATURAL STONE TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Stone tile flooring. 2. Tile setting. 3. Metal edge strips. 4. Stone cleaning and sealing. 09380 - 1 CUT NATURAL STONE TILE B. Related Sections: 1. Section 0550 — Metal Fabrications: Steel framed stairs. 2. Section 07920 - Joint Sealants: Backer rod and sealant at floor and wall expansion or control joints. 3. Section 09300 - Tile: Ceramic floor and wall tile. 4. Section 09680 Carpet. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Uniformly sized, precut stone tile 1/2 -inch or less in thickness. B. Thin bed setting applications of stone tile. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical data and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: Indicate tile layout, setting details, jointing, perimeter conditions, and junctions with dissimilar materials. D. Samples: Submit two tile panels, each 12 by 12 inches or larger, illustrating pattern, range of color variations, and grout joint size variations. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each color, grade, finish, type, composition, and variety of tile, and ingredients for setting and grouting materials, from a single source and by one producer. B. Perform work in accordance with recommendations of Marble Institute of America (MIA) and applicable American National Standard Specifications for the Installation of Ceramic Tile. C. Veneer Application: Comply with applicable requirements of UBC Section 1403. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply with referenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations. B. Take measures as required to prevent carbon dioxide buildup. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture —1137 09380 - 2 CUT NATURAL STONE TILE C. Maintain temperatures at 50 degrees F or more in tiled areas from two days before installation until seven days after completion of tile work, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standard or manufacturer's instructions. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Fumish extra materials that match products installed, packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels clearly describing contents. B. Fumish quantity of full -size units equal to 5 percent of amount installed, for each type, variety, color, pattern, and size. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 TILE MATERIALS Stone Tile: Type, variety /color, and supplier to be as specified in Stone Tile Schedule at end of this Section. 2.2 SETTING MATERIALS A. Mortar Bond Coat: ANSI A118.4, latex- portland cement mortar with latex additive. Same as Mapei Kerabond resin mortar with Keralastic polymer additive; performance to meet or exceed the following: 1. Maximum Elongation: 25 percent 2. Shear Strength on Vitreous Tiles: 340 psi 3. Bond Strength: 626 psi 4. Manufacturer's Recommendation: Premier bonding system by intended uses (including tile - over -tile) B. Floor! Base Grout: ANSI A118.6, polymer - modified hydraulic, efflorescence -free grout. Mapei Ultra /Color. 1. GT -1: Mapei 47 Anthracite. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Metal Edge Strips: Stainless steel angle trim, with 3 mm exposed edge and 25 mm base leg, height to suit tile thickness. B. Stone Cleaner: Neutral pH cleaner recommended by sealer manufacturer for conditions, and suitable for natural stone surfaces without chemically attacking the stone. C. Penetrating Sealer and Grout Release: Matte finish, clear, penetrating polymerized silicone compound designed to resist absorption of moisture and stains. Miraseal 511 Impregnator. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION A. Seal substrate surface cracks with filler. B. Verify that substrate is suitable to receive stone tile application. C. Protect surrounding work from damage or disfiguration. 10/03/00 .fa ■nu.:w: Asr .i.sft >'llla TENANT IMPROVEMENT lame Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture —1137 D. Clean surfaces thoroughly. E. Edge Strips: 1. Provide at exposed edges of stone tile, unless otherwise indicated. 2. Provide at terminations of stone tile work, unless otherwise indicated. 3. Install strips true to line with appropriate epoxy adhesive or grout, with top edge at level of installed stone. 3.2 INSTALLATION 09380 - 3 CUT NATURAL STONE TILE A. Installation: Comply with Tile Council of America, ANSI A108.1 and 108.4 through A108.10, as applicable for type of tile, setting materials, grout, and methods of installation indicated. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for application of proprietary materials. 1. Floor - Concrete Slab: Install in accordance with TCA F113 -97. 2. Metal Stair Treads /landings: Install in accordance with TCA S151 -2K. B. Joint Pattern: Lay tile to pattern indicated with 1/16 inch wide joints, unless otherwise indicated. Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Grout tile joints after cleaning and sealing. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar or grout. D. CLEANING AND SEALING E. Remove and replace material that is stained or otherwise damaged or that does not match adjoining tile. Provide new matching units, installed as specified and in manner to eliminate evidence of replacement. F. Clean tile in accordance with applicable standard for type of stone tile and method of installation used. G. Before grouting, apply coat of penetrating sealer and grout release to exposed tile surfaces. Use special applicator brush or clean white cotton towel to wet surface, taking care not to saturate open grout joints. 1. Allow sealer to stand for approximately 3 to 5 minutes for maximum penetration. 2. Remove excess sealer by buffing surface with clean, dry towel. 3. Allow sealer to cure for 24 hours before grouting. H. After grouting, ensure that all grout residue is removed from surface with clean sponge and water. Allow grout to dry at least 24 hours. Perform additional cleaning necessary to remove remaining grout residue or haze in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Allow tile to dry completely. I. Recoat entire stone area with second coat of penetrating sealer, making sure that grout is saturated. Be careful not to allow sealer to puddle on previously sealed surfaces. 3.3 PROTECTION A. Keep stone tile area dry and free from staining materials for 72 hours. B. Prohibit heavy traffic over stone floors for 14 days after Installation Is completed. C. Protect stone tile flooring during construction period with heavy kraft paper or other heavy protective covering of type that will not stain or discolor stone. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z F-w CL b _J 00 w W W = F- w gQ co _° I W Z = zI- w Ill UCa O-- 0 I— Ww H .z w O~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture —1137 D. Before inspection for Substantial Completion, remove protective covering and clean surfaces using procedures and materials recommended by grout and stone manufacturers. 3.4 STONE TILE SCHEDULE A. Stone Tile Designation - ST -1: 1. Type: Slate 2. Vendor / Color: Thompson Tile Varigated Slate / California Gold 3. Face Size: 16 by 16- inches 4. Thickness: Nominal 3/8 -inch 5. Edge: Square 6. Face Finish: Cleft 7. Base Size / Profile: 4- inches high by 16- inches long, square edge. 10/03/00 Stone Tile Designation - ST -2: 1. Type: Slate 2. Vendor / Color: - / Black 3. Face Size: 4 by 12- inches 4. Thickness: Nominal 3/8 -inch 5. Edge: Square Face Finish: Cleft END OF SECTION 09380 - 4 CUT NATURAL STONE TILE TENANT IMPROVEMENT .. i...F - 1. ..., Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 smi SECTION 09512 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 09512 -1 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY cc 2 ti� J A. Section Includes: U ' ' 1. Lay -in acoustical panels (APC). co a 2. Lay -in perforated aluminum panels (PP). N 1 J 3. Suspended exposed metal grid system. -J 1- 4. Seismic restraint. w c- w > 1.2 SUBMITTALS L.L. A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. cn d = w B. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit and z suspension system required. F.. 0 z ►— C. Samples for Verification: Full -size units of each type of ceiling assembly indicated; in sets for 2 each color, texture, and pattem specified, showing the full range of variations expected in 0 these characteristics. 0 - 1. 6- inch- square samples of each acoustical panel type, pattem, and color. ° w w 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE L 0 A. Acoustical Panel and Tile Standard: ASTM E 1264. ui N U 2 B. Acoustical Suspension System Standards: ASTM C 635 for materials, ASTM C 636 for O 1- installation. z C. Surface Buming Characteristics: 25 or less for flame spread, 50 or less for smoke developed, per ASTM E 84. D. Fire - Resistance - Ratings: ASTM E 119 and as indicated by reference to design designation in UL Fire Resistance Directory, 1994 edition. 1.4 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Furnish extra materials equaling four percent of each acoustical unit pattern and type installed. B. Furnish extra materials equaling two percent of each type exposed suspension system members installed. C. Package materials in protective covering and identify with appropriate labels. D. Deliver extra materials to Owner. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acoustical Units: 1. USG Ceilings. No substitutions. B. Perforated Units: 1. Diamond Manufacturing Company. C. Suspension System: 1. Chicago Metallic Corporation. 2. Eastern Products Div., Armstrong World Industries, Inc. 3. United States Gypsum Interiors, Inc. D. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS C. Suspended Grid System: 1. Type: Standard face double -web. 2. Material: Steel, electrogalvanized. 3. Face Width: 15/16 inch. 4. Profile: Exposed T. 5. Finish of Exposed Surfaces: Baked polyester paint. 6. Color: White. 7. Load Classification: Intermediate Duty. 2.3 PERFORATED CEILINGS 10/03/00 09512 - 2 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the products specified for each finish ceiling designation in the Acoustical Panel Schedule at the end of this Section. B. Product Selections: Specified acoustical ceiling products, patterns, and colors have been selected to match existing construction and as part of the Interior Design scheme for this Project. Substitutions will not be allowed. A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product specified for each finish ceiling designation in the Perforated Panel Schedule at the end of this Section. B. Suspended Grid System: Same as specified in Paragraph 2.2 C preceeding. 2.4 ACCESSORIES A. Seismic Bracing: Lateral force bracing components in accordance with UBC Standard 25 -2, Part III. B. Sheet Metal Closures: Custom formed metal pieces at ceiling breaks as shown or as required for conditions; same material and finish as suspended grid system. TENANT IMPROVEMENT :xs+s,aAu.s4n1., ;,.am: r. • 1 vas WAN Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 3 - EXECUTION 09512 - 3 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS 3.1 EXAMINATION z A. Verify that layout of hangers will not interfere with other work. w B. Examine substrates and structural framing to which ceiling system attaches or abuts, with w 2 installer present, for compliance with requirements of this or other sections that affect installation and support of ceiling system. U 0 rn C. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION w O A. Arrange acoustical units and orient directionally patterned units one way within each room or a space in manner indicated by reflected ceiling plans. B. Measure each ceiling area and establish layout of acoustical panels to balance border widths at opposite edges of each ceiling. Avoid using less- than - half -width panels at borders, and comply z with layout shown on reflected ceiling plans. z O LU w 3.3 INSTALLATION v o co A. General: Install acoustical panel ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per o f- manufacturer's written instructions and CISCA's "Ceiling Systems Handbook." U w 1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C 636. 2. CISCA's Guidelines for Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with CISCA's u la "Guidelines for Seismic Restraint of Direct -Hung Suspended Ceiling Assemblies -- z Seismic Zones 3 & 4." v F- _ B. Suspend ceiling hangers from building's structural members and as follows: 1. Install hangers plumb and free from contact with insulation or other objects within ceiling plenum that are not part of supporting structure or of ceiling suspension system. 2. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing, countersplaying, or other equally effective means. 3. Where width of ducts and other construction within ceiling plenum produces hanger spacings that interfere with location of hangers at spacings required to support standard suspension system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers in form of trapezes or equivalent devices. Size supplemental suspension members and hangers to support ceiling Toads within performance limits established by referenced standards and publications. 4. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above with a minimum of three tight turns. Connect hangers directly either to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure; that are appropriate for substrate; and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures. 5. Do not attach hangers to high flutes of steel roof deck. Attach hangers to bottom hollow flutes only. 6. Space hangers not more than 48 inches o.c. along each member supported directly from hangers, unless otherwise indicated; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches rom ends of each member. C. Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and where necessary to conceal edges of acoustical panels. 1. Do not use exposed fasteners, including pop rivets, on moldings and trim. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 10/03/00 09512 - 4 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS D. Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another. Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members. E. Install acoustical panels with undamaged edges and fitted accurately into suspension system runners and edge moldings. Scribe and cut panels at borders and penetrations to provide a neat, precise fit. 1. Arrange directionally patterned acoustical panels as follows: a. As indicated on reflected ceiling plans. 2. For square -edged panels, install panels with edges fully hidden from view by flanges of suspension system runners and moldings. 3. For reveal -edged panels on suspension system runners, install panels with bottom of reveal in firm contact with top surface of runner flanges. 4. Paint cut panel edges remaining exposed after installation; match color of exposed panel surfaces using coating recommended in writing for this purpose by acoustical panel manufacturer. 3.4 TOLERANCES A. Variation from Fiat and Level Surface: 0.125 inch in 10 feet. 3.5 ACOUSTICAL PANEL SCHEDULE Acoustical Panels - APC -1: 1. Material: ASTM E 1264 Type IV, Form 1 or 2, Pattern CE, wet - formed mineral fiber 2. Color: White 3. Light Reflectance: Actual LR 0.76 4. Size: 24 by 48 inches by 1/2 inch thick 5. Edges: Square lay -in 6. Sound Absorption: NRC 0.60 -0.70 7. Sound Attenuation: CAC minimum 20 -24 8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A (Flame Spread 0 -25), UL labeled 9. Pattern: USG Orion 210 Climaplus, Item # 64111 B. Acoustical Panels — APC -2: 1. Material: ASTM E 1264 Type III, Form 2, Pattern CDK, wet - formed mineral fiber 2. Color: White 3. Light Reflectance: LR 0.82 4. Size: 24 by 48 inches by 3/4 inch thick 5. Edges: Beveled tegular lay -in 6. Sound Absorption: NRC 0.50 -0.60 7. Sound Attenuation: CAC minimum 35 8. Surface Burning Characteristics: Class A (Flame Spread 0 -25), UL labeled 9. Pattern: USG Radar Illusion Two -24 Panels, Item # 2742 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z w o: 00 co 0 w= w w 0 2 L E a =w z � � o w w 0 O - o f- w W O .z Cu U I- O z tad Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 3.6 PERFORATED PANEL SCHEDULE A. Acoustical Panels - PP -1: 1. Gage: 0.0320 -inch (20 gage) 2. Material Type: Aluminum sheet 3. Finish: Anodized 4. Hole Size: 0.25 - inch,staggered 5. Centers: 0.3548 -inch (11/32 -inch) 6. Percent Open Area: 45 percent 7. Maximum Perf. Width: 48- inches 8. Margins: Minimum side and end margins B. Acoustical Panels - PP -2: 1. Gage: 0.0320 -inch (20 gage) 2. Material Type: Aluminum sheet 3. Finish: Anodized 4. Hole Size: 0.0625- inch,staggered 5. Centers: 0.2188 -inch (7/32 -inch) 6. Percent Open Area: 7.4 percent 7. Maximum Perf. Width: 48- inches 8. Margins: Minimum side and end margins 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 09512 - 5 ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS TENANT IMPROVEMENT r'J I t 4 Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 09652 - RESILIENT SHEET COVERINGS z PART 1 - GENERAL = I— z 1.1 SUMMARY o: A. This Section includes sheet linoleum floor coverings, with backings. o p NO B. Related Sections include the following: w z 1. Division 9 Section "Resilient Wall Base and Accessories" for resilient wall base, reducer u) L' strips, and other accessories installed with sheet vinyl floor coverings. w o 2. Division 9 Section "Cut Natural Stone Tile" for metal edge strips installed with stone floor 2 2- coverings. 4 a 1.2 SUBMITTALS = a i_ w A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. z H I— O B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of floor covering indicated. w w 1. include similar Samples of installation accessories involving color selection. U o C. Samples for Verification: In manufacturer's standard size, but not Tess than 6 -by -9 -inch sections o H of each different color and pattern of floor covering required. w w 1. For heat - welding bead, manufacturer's standard -size Samples, but not Tess than 9 inches i 0 long, of each color required. u. z D. Heat - Welded Seam Samples: For each flooring product and welding bead color and pattern o cn combination required; with seam running lengthwise and in center of 6 -by -9 -inch Sample H I applied to a rigid backing and prepared by Installer for this Project. O z E. Qualification Data: For Installer. F. Maintenance Data: For floor coverings to include in maintenance manuals. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs workers for this Project that are competent in heat - welding techniques required by manufacturer for floor covering installation. 1. Engage an installer who employs workers for this Project that are trained or certified by floor covering manufacturer for heat - welding techniques required. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Store floor coverings and installation materials in dry spaces protected from the weather, with ambient temperatures maintained within range recommended by manufacturer, but not Tess than 50 deg F or more than 90 deg F. Store rolls upright. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not Tess than 70 deg F or more than 85 deg F, in spaces to receive floor tile during the following time periods: 1. 48 hours before installation. 2. During installation. 10/03/00 09652 - 1 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 3. 48 hours after installation. B. After postinstallation period, maintain temperatures within range recommended by manufacturer, but not less than 55 deg F or more than 95 deg F. C. Close spaces to traffic during floor covering installation. D. Close spaces to traffic for 48 hours after floor covering installation. E. Install floor coverings after other finishing operations, including painting, have been completed. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Fumish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Furnish not Tess than 10 linear feet for every 500 linear feet or fraction thereof, in roll form and in full roll width for each color, pattern, and type of floor covering installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 SHEET LINOLEUM FLOOR COVERING LINO -1 09652 - 2 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING . Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product specified for each designation in the Linoleum Schedule at the end of this Section. B. Linoleum Schedule designations specify manufacturer, style, color, pattem, size, and related requirements. Where substitutions are necessary, comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 COMPONENTS A. Linoleum: Homogeneous tile of natural materials consisting of linseed oil, cork, wood flour, risen binder, dry pigments, mixed and calendered onto man made backing. Pattem and color shall extend throughout total thickness of tile material, and as indicated by manufacturer's designations. B. Adhesives: Manufacturers recommended adhesive for substrates encountered. C. Seaming Method: Heat welded. 2.3 INSTALLATION MATERIALS A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, Portland cement based or blended hydraulic cement based formulation provided or approved by floor covering manufacturer for applications indicated. B. Adhesives: Water- resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit sheet vinyl floor covering and substrate conditions indicated. C. Heat - Welding Bead: Solid- strand product of floor covering manufacturer. 1. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range to contrast with floor covering or match floor covering. 10/03 /00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT , Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, moisture content, and other conditions affecting performance. 1. Verify that finishes of substrates comply with tolerances and other requirements specified in other Sections and that substrates are free of cracks, ridges, depressions, scale, and foreign deposits that might interfere with adhesion of floor coverings. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Prepare substrates according to manufacturer's written recommendations to ensure adhesion of floor coverings. B. Concrete Substrates: Prepare according to ASTM F 710. 1. Verify that substrates are dry and free of curing compounds, sealers, and hardeners. 2. Alkalinity and Adhesion Testing: Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. 3. Moisture Testing: a. Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installation only after substrates have maximum moisture - vapor- emission rate of 3 Ib. of water /1000 sq. ft. in 24 hours. b. Perform tests recommended by manufacturer. Proceed with installation only after substrates pass testing. C. Remove substrate coatings and other substances that are incompatible with floor covering adhesives and that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended by manufacturer. Do not use solvents. D. Use trowelable leveling and patching compound to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. E. Use trowelable leveling compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to feather up to metal tile edge strips to provide flush transition between linoleum and stone tile. Feather back from metal edge strip minimum 42 inches. F. Move floor coverings and installation materials into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1. Do not install floor coverings until they are same temperature as space where they are to be installed. G. Sweep and vacuum clean substrates to be covered by floor coverings immediately before installation. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, and dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Unroll sheet linoleum floor coverings and allow them to stabilize before cutting and fitting. B. Lay out sheet linoleum floor coverings as follows: 1. Maintain uniformity of floor covering direction. 10/03/00 09652 - 3 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 2. Minimize number of seams; place seams in inconspicuous and low- traffic areas, at least 6 inches away from parallel joints in floor covering substrates. 3. Match edges of floor coverings for color shading at seams. 4. Avoid cross seams. z C. Scribe and cut floor coverings to butt neatly and tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, z and built -in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds. o: 2 D. Extend floor coverings into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings. ij 0 co o E. Maintain reference markers, holes, or openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by w = repeating on floor coverings as marked on substrates. Use chalk or other nonpermanent marking device. w w w o 2 F. Adhere floor coverings to substrates using a full spread of adhesive applied to substrate to 5 produce a completed installation without open cracks, voids, raising and puckering at joints, u_ telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, and other surface imperfections. co Cy = w G. Heat - Welded Seams: Comply with ASTM F 1516. Rout joints and use welding bead to z permanently fuse sections into a seamless floor covering. Prepare, weld, and finish seams to — 0 produce surfaces flush with adjoining floor covering surfaces. w w 2 3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION 0 OD. A. Perform the following operations immediately after completing floor covering installation: w w 1. Remove adhesive and other blemishes from floor covering surfaces. = v 2. Sweep and vacuum floor coverings thoroughly. „1 3. Damp -mop floor coverings to remove marks and soil. — O a. Do not wash floor coverings until after time period recommended by manufacturer. v B. Protect floor coverings from mars, marks, indentations, and other damage from construction 17: 1— operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during remainder of construction period. Use protection methods recommended in writing by manufacturer. 1. Cover floor coverings with undyed, untreated building paper until Substantial Completion. 2. Do not move heavy and sharp objects directly over floor coverings. Place plywood or hardboard panels over floor coverings and under objects while they are being moved. Slide or roll objects over panels without moving panels. 3.5 LINOLEUM SCHEDULE 1. Linoleum Designation — LINO -1: a. Width: 79 inches. b. Gauge: 0.080 -inch c. Backing: Jute. d. Product: Forbo Marrnoleum e. Color: 1) A: 3124 Twilight Purple (Field) 2) B: 3048 Graphite (Transitions) 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 09652 - 4 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING TENANT IMPROVEMENT 44, .o-v ,:..P,. ,. ��:�hwr. At,1; ..,�...i k? . Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09653 - 1 Tenant Improvement RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES FII CNA Architecture -1137 E SECTION 09653 - RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL Z r 1.1 SUMMARY I- W E 4 A. Section Includes: Resilient wall base at walls and toespaces. 6 D U B. Related Sections: 0 0 1. Section 09300 — Tile: Metal transition edging at ceramic tile flooring. w i "A' 2. Section 09680 — Carpet. co 1.2 SUBMITTALS 2 LQ A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. cf B. Product Data: Z � C. Samples for Color Selection: Manufacturer's sample set in form of pieces cut from each type of z o product specified, showing full range of colors available. D. Samples for Verification: Manufacturer's standard sizes, but not less than 300 mm (12 inches) 8o rn long, of each color selected. o I-- w — 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE - v L I A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain each type and color of product specified from a single Z source with resources to provide products of consistent quality in appearance and physical v properties without delaying progress of the Work. Provide fresh primers and adhesives P. H furnished by the floor covering supplier immediately before their required use on the job. z B. Fire Performance Characteristics: 1. Fire: Critical Radiant Flux of 0.45 watts /cm or more per ASTM E 648. 2. Smoke Density: NBS Smoke of 450 or less per ASTM E 662. 1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver products to jobsite in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name, product identification, and shipping and handling instructions. 10/03/00 B. Store products in dry spaces protected from the weather. C. Maintain temperature of storage area between 10 degrees C (50 degrees F) and 32 degrees C (90 degrees F). D. Move products into spaces where they will be installed at least 48 hours in advance of installation. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Maintain minimum temperature of 70 degrees F in spaces to receive products specified in this Section for at least 48 hours prior to installation, during installation, and for not less than 48 hours after installation. After this period, maintain temperature of not less than (55 degrees F. TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 B. Do not install products until they are a same temperature as that of the space where they are to be installed. C. Close spaces to traffic during installation of products specified in this Section. 1.6 EXTRA MATERIALS A. Deliver extra materials to Owner. B. Furnish extra materials that match products installed. 1. Package with protective coverings for storage. 2. Label each package or container with manufacturer's locations. C. Quantities: Furnish not less than 10 linear feet for each 500 each different type and color of resilient base installed. PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 RESILIENT WALL BASE (RB) A. Product Selections: Specified resilient base product, pattern and color have been selected as part of the Interior Design scheme for this Project. Substitutions will not be allowed. 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type as recommended by flooring manufacturer. B. Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Trowelable latex- modified portland cement based floor fill and latex crack filler provided or approved by flooring manufacturer for applications indicated. C. Adhesives: Water- resistant type recommended by manufacturer to suit resilient flooring product and substrate conditions. D. Moldings For Material Transitions: 1. Type 1: Mercer 365 Cerco Edge with 970 single flange track. 2. Type 2: See Section 09680. 3. Type 3: Mercer 710 Carpet to Resilient Transition. 4. Type 4: Mercer 153 Cerco Bar. 5. Type 5: Mercer 160 Universal Reducer. 10/03/00 09653 - 2 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES name, brand, color, and room linear feet or fraction thereof of Rubber Wall Base: FS SS -W -40, Type I, and complying with requirements specified in the Wall Base Schedule at the end of this Section. TENANT IMPROVEMENT 7LL'.r i� s: 211412 -i +:y+22:2.:L..uu.vu�;:. 21,2 2 i,_.... ,,.2au:.,rti. rk>•44 ;u; ,gk;:k�w.�.,.t. wilS .n_4,eSi1.2: :2:; . z ~ w o: L J O 0 (0 o (o w J = U) Li. w 2 J w? O a w z � I- 0 z I- w • w U O D- O I- W 1- H u' w z 0 0 ) O 1 ' z pti Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 09653 - 3 RESILIENT BASE AND ACCESSORIES PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine areas where installation of products will occur, with Installer present; B. Verify that substrates and conditions are satisfactory for installation and comply with manufacturer's requirements and those specified in this Section. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications for preparing substrates to receive products indicated. B. Fill cracks, holes, and depressions in casework bases. C. Remove coatings and other substances that are incompatible with resilient base adhesives. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. Install products specified in this Section using methods indicated according to manufacturer's installation directions. B. Apply resilient wall base to walls, columns, pilasters, toe spaces and other permanent fixtures in rooms and areas where base is required. Install wall base in lengths as long as practicable. Tightly adhere wall base to substrate throughout Length of each piece, with base in continuous contact with horizontal and vertical substrates. C. Form inside comers on job from straight pieces of maximum lengths possible by cutting an inverted V -notch in toe at the point where corner is formed. D. Job -cut outside corners will not be accepted. E. Install resilient edge strips at edges of resilient flooring which would otherwise be exposed. F. Bond resilient accessories to substrates with manufacturer's recommended adhesive. 3.4 WALL BASE SCHEDULE A. Rubber Wall Base: 1. Finish Designation: RB1 2. Style: Cove with topset toe (Style B). 3. Thickness: 0.125 inch. 4. Height: 4 inches. 5. Lengths: Coils in lengths standard with manufacturer but not less than 96 feet. 6. Outside Corners: Formed on job. 7. Inside Corners: Formed on job. 8. Product: Johnsonite, Flexco, or Roppe Rubber. 9. Colors: Johnsonite 63 — Burnt Umber 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09680 - Tenant Improvement CARPET far CNA Architecture - 1137 E -� LOP SECTION 09680 - CARPET PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Textured loop carpet. B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 9 Section 'Resilient Base And Accessories" for resilient wall base. C. Allowances: 1. Provide a Cash Allowance of $15.00 for providing glue -down carpet CPT1 as scheduled in the Room Finish Schedule. D. Performance Requirements: 1. Critical Radiant Flux Classification: Class I, not less than 0.45 W /sq.cm, or better Interior Floor Finish fire rating standards per NFPA 253 or ASTM E 648. 2. Static Resistance: Not less than 500,000 ohms, nor more than 20,000 megohms, measured according to test method for conductive flooring specified in Chapter 12 of NFPA 99. 3. Static Generation: Less than 1.8 kv at 20 percent relative humidity, per AATCC -134 using step and scuff tests with neolite and chrome - tanned leather shoes. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include manufacturer's written data on physical characteristics, durability, and fade resistance. Include installation recommendations for each type of substrate required. B. Shop Drawings: Show the following: 1. Columns, doorways, enclosing walls or partitions, and locations where cutouts are required in carpet. 2. Carpet type, color, and dye lot. 3. Locations where dye lot changes occur. 4. Seam locations, types, and methods. 5. Type of subfloor. a. Type of installation. 6. Pattern type, repeat size, location, direction, and starting point. 7. Pile direction. 8. Type, color, and location of insets and borders. 9. Type, color, and location of edge, transition, and other accessory strips. 10. Transition details to other flooring materials. 11. Type of cushion. C. Samples: For each of the following products and for each color and texture required. Label each Sample with manufacturer's name, material description, color, pattem, and designation indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 10/03/00 1. Carpet: 12 -inch- square Sample. 2. Exposed Edge Stripping and Accessory: 12 -inch- long Samples. 3. Carpet Cushion: 6 -inch- square Sample. TENANT IMPROVEMENT ��t1:rviacu Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09680 - 2 Tenant Improvement CARPET CNA Architecture - 1137 4. Carpet Seam: 6 -inch Sample. 5. Mitered Carpet Border Seam: 12 -inch- square Sample. Show carpet pattem alignment. D. Product Schedule: Use same room and product designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. z _ E. Maintenance Data: For carpet to include in maintenance manuals specified in Division 1. w Include the following: D 1. Methods for maintaining carpet, including cleaning and stain - removal products and .J o procedures and manufacturer's recommended maintenance schedule. cn o 2. Precautions for cleaning materials and methods that could be detrimental to carpet. w = _11_ 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE CO u_ w A. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who is certified by the Floor Covering 2 Installation Board or who can demonstrate compliance with its certification program 5 Li. a requirements. = d B. Product Options: Products and manufacturers named in Part 2 establish requirements for Z z i_ product quality in terms of appearance, construction, and performance. Other manufacturers' z products comparable in quality to named products and complying with requirements may be O considered. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product Requirements." w D o C. Mockups: Before installing carpet, install mockups for each type of carpet installation required p cn to demonstrate aesthetic effects and qualities of materials and execution. Install mockups to a H comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: w w 1. Install mockups in the location and of the size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by h H Architect. u. O 2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be iii z installed. U 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. p 2 F- 4. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work. z 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the completed Work. 6. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undamaged at time of Substantial Completion. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 5, "Storage and Handling." 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.1, "Site Conditions; Temperature and Humidity." B. Environmental Limitations: Do not install carpet until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and ambient temperature and humidity conditions are maintained at the levels indicated for Project when occupied for its intended use. 10/03/00 • TENANT IMPROVEMENT r rya LEA Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09680 - 3 Tenant Improvement CARPET CNA Architecture -1137 1.6 WARRANTY A. Carpet Warranty: Written warranty, signed by carpet manufacturer agreeing to replace carpet z that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified warranty period. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet due to unusual traffic, failure of substrate, 1 w vandalism, or abuse. Failures include, but are not limited to, more than 10 percent Toss of face ec 2 fiber, edge raveling, snags, runs, and delamination. 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. o o B. Carpet Cushion Warranty: Written warranty, signed by carpet cushion manufacturer agreeing to w = replace carpet cushion that does not comply with requirements or that fails within specified rn warranty period. Warranty does not include deterioration or failure of carpet cushion due to w 0 unusual traffic, failure of substrate, vandalism, or abuse. Failure includes, but is not limited to, permanent indentation or compression. 5 1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion. See carpet schedule at u - end of Part 3 of this Section. = a E- w 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS z F.. I- O A. Furnish extra materials described below, before installation begins, that match products w w uj installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. v 1. Carpet: Full -width rolls equal to 5 percent of amount installed for each type indicated, but o 52 not less than 10 sq. yd. See carpet schedule at end of Part 3 of this Section. w w I- ti O z 2.1 CARPET MATERIALS o z A. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product specified for each designation in the Carpet Schedule at the end of this Section. B. Carpet Schedule designations specify manufacturer, style, color, pattern, size, and related requirements. Where substitutions are necessary, comply with requirements of Section 01630. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.2 INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES A. Trowelable Leveling and Patching Compounds: Latex - modified, hydraulic- cement -based formulation provided by or recommended by the following: 1. Carpet manufacturer. B. Seaming Hot Melt Tape: Roberts 50 -330 Supertape, Orcon CT -3 Super Tape, or other preapproved tape product. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. General: Comply with CRI 104, Section 6.2, "Site Conditions; Floor Preparation," and carpet manufacturer's written installation instructions for preparing substrates indicated to receive carpet installation. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09680 - 4 Tenant Improvement CARPET CNA Architecture - 1137 B. Use trowelable leveling and patching compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to fill cracks, holes, and depressions in substrates. C. Use trowelable leveling compounds, according to manufacturer's written instructions, to feather up to metal tile edge strips to provide flush transition between carpet and stone tile. Feather back from metal edge strip minim 42 inches. D. Broom and vacuum clean substrates to be covered immediately before installing carpet. After cleaning, examine substrates for moisture, alkaline salts, carbonation, or dust. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Stretch -in Installation: Comply with CRI 104, Section 11, "Stretch -in Installation." B. Comply with carpet manufacturer's written recommendations for seam locations and direction of carpet; maintain uniformity of carpet direction and lay of pile. At doorways, center seams under the door in closed position. C. Cut and fit carpet to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures, and built -in furniture including cabinets, pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, and nosings. Bind or seal cut edges as recommended by carpet manufacturer. D. Extend carpet into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, open- bottomed obstructions, removable flanges, alcoves, and similar openings. E. Maintain reference markers, holes, and openings that are in place or marked for future cutting by repeating on finish flooring as marked on subfloor. Use nonpermanent, nonstaining marking device. F. Install pattern parallel to walls and borders. G. Install carpet cushion seams at 90- degree angle with carpet seams. 3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Perform the following operations immediately after installing carpet: 1. Remove excess seam sealer, and other surface blemishes using cleaner recommended by carpet manufacturer. 2. Remove yarns that protrude from carpet surface. 3. Vacuum carpet using commercial machine with face - beater element. B. Protect installed carpet to comply with CRI 104, Section 15, "Protection of Indoor Installations." C. Protect carpet against damage from construction operations and placement of equipment and fixtures during the remainder of construction period. Use protection methods indicated or recommended in writing by carpet manufacturer. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT . 3e4bis ;.3d >......n.,,:.itu>taa..l�u z ~ • w o' J0 O 0 W w • 0 LI_Q 0 d w z = 1- 0 zF- w w U 0 O P- 0 w w 1--� LI O w z O � 0 z Coo 1:^4 Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09680 - 5 Tenant Improvement CARPET CNA Architecture - 1137 3.4 CARPET SCHEDULE A. Carpet Designation - CPT -1: 1. Manufacturer / Color. Lotus Peerless Equinox L25 Libra. 2. Yarn Content: Solution dyed DuPont Antron Lumina 3. Gage: 1/10 -inch 4. Stitch Count: 12.7 S.P.I. 5. Pile Height Tufted: a. High: 0.250 -inch b. Low: 0.094 -inch 6. Yarn Weight Tufted: 28 ounces /square yard 7. Primary Backing: Polypropylene 8. Secondary Backing: Woven Polypropylene 9. Static Control: Less than 3.5 K.V. 10. Soil Resistance: Duratech soil resistance 11. Abrasive Wear Warranty: 10 year limited warranty — no more than 10 percent face yarn Toss by weight guaranteed 12. Edge Ravel Warranty: 10 year limited warranty — direct glue installation method 13. Delamination Warranty: 10 year limited warranty — direct glue installation method 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ • w 0: JU U O u) o J L • = '^ r VJ u_ w • w z � I- O w ~ U � O ( O W S o Li. 8 z W U= 0 z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09820 — 1 Tenant Improvement ACOUSTICAL INSULATION AND BARRIERS CNA Architecture - 1137 OSECTION 09820 -- ACOUSTICAL INSULATION AND BARRIERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMMARY A. Section Includes 1. Sound absorbing batts in partitions. 2. Sealing penetrations through soundwalls. 3. Acoustical sealant. B. Related Sections 1. Section 07920 - Joint Sealers. 2. Section 09260 - Gypsum Board Assemblies: Metal support systems and gypsum board ceiling membranes. 3. Section 09512 — Acoustical Panels Ceiling. 4. Division 15: Mechanical items penetrating sound rated partitions requiring acoustical sealant to perimeter of cutouts. 5. Division 16: Electrical items penetrating sound rated partitions requiring acoustical sealant to perimeter of cutouts. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C 919. 1.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver materials to site in manufacturer's unopened containers and packages, fully identified as to trade name, type, grade, and bearing UL label where required. B. Remove damaged packages found unsuitable for use from the job site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION MATERIALS A. Partition /Floor Sound Attenuation Fiberglass Batts: ASTM C 665, Type 1, unfaced; flame spread /smoke developed 10/10; preformed glass fiber batts, friction fit, 48 inch length. Thickness and R value conforming to the following table: Tvre Actual Thickness (inches) Width A As indicated 16 & 24 inches 2.2 ACOUSTICAL SEALANTS -- CONCEALED A. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed, Nonrated Joints: Manufacturer's standard, nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following: 1. BA -98 - Pecora Corp. 2. Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant - United States Gypsum. 3. Tremco Acoustical Sealant - Tremco Inc. 10/03/ TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Commencement of application shall be deemed as unconditional acceptance by the of the suitability of the surface and acceptance of responsibility for failure of bond between adhesive and substrate. 3.2 INSTALLATION - TYPE A INSULATION A. Install between studs in sound rated partitions indicated by construction assemblies in Drawing. Coordinated installation with other work. B. Install between joists in sound rated floors indicated by construction assemblies. Coordinated installation with other work. C. Ensure insulation fill space between studs continuously from floor to ceiling or floor to structure, over door frames, openings, and around corners. D. Ensure insulation fill space between joists continuously over entire partition wall area. Ensure insulation is packed around cut openings in gypsum wallboard, behind outlet boxes, around plumbing or structural items passing through the assembly or at abutting walls. Pack steel door and steel re -lite frames occurring within partitions with sound attenuation blankets with insulation. 3.3 ACOUSTICAL SEALANT A. Install acoustical sealers to acoustically seal gypsum board where partitions and shaft walls abut fixed building components in accordance with ASTM E 497 and GA -600. Seal full perimeter of cutouts around electrical boxes, ducts, and relief detail at perimeter of partitions. B. Use one bead at single layers of gypsum board each side of partition, and two beads at each double layer of gypsum board each side of partition. C. Seal penetrations of partitions by conduit, pipe, duct work, and rough -in boxes. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 09820 -- 2 ACOUSTICAL INSULATION AND BARRIERS TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w .1 U O 0 , 0 N W J I-- U") w uQ CO • w z = zI- w • w O N O I-- w w LO w z U - — I O ~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 -1 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 09910 - PAINTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of the following: 1. Exposed new and existing interior items and surfaces. 2. Exposed existing interior surfaces affected by demolition or new work. 3. Surface preparation, prime and finish coats specified are in addition to shop - priming and surface treatments specified in other Sections. B. Paint exposed surfaces, except where paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. 1. If the finish schedule or paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether or not colors are designated in 'schedules.' 2. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, the Architect will select from standard colors and finishes available. 3. Where patching and refinishing existing surfaces, extend painting to intersecting change in plane in each direction. 4. Color mark physical hazards, safety equipment locations, and fire and other protective equipment in accordance with OSHA (1910) and ANSI (Z53) color code standards, and as indicated. C. Do not paint the following items or surfaces: 1. Surface or material indicated not to be painted or indicated to remain natural. 2. Prefinished items and materials, including: a. Factory finished components include: Aluminum framed entrances; door hardware; laminate -clad toilet enclosures; metal lockers; toilet accessories; painted mechanical and electrical equipment; light fixtures. b. Floor coverings, acoustical ceilings, and the like. 3. Concealed surfaces in generally inaccessible areas. 4. Finished metal surfaces include: Anodized aluminum; stainless steel; chromium plate; copper; bronze and brass. • 5. Moving parts of operating units. 6. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriter's Laboratories, Factory Mutual, or other code - required labels; do not paint over manufacturer plates for equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature. D. Related Work Provided Under Tenant Improvement Contract 1. Section 06402 — Interior Architectural Woodwork: Wood frames and standing and running trim scheduled for transparent finish. 2. Section 08110 — Steel Doors and Frames: Shop priming pressed steel opening frames. 3. Section 09260 — Gypsum Board Assemblies: Surface preparation for gypsum board. E. Related Work Provided Under shell & Core Contract: 1. Section 06402 — Interior Architectural Woodwork: Wood frames and standing and running trim scheduled for transparent finish. 2. Section 07190 — Water Repellents 3. Section 08110 — Steel Doors and Frames: Shop priming pressed steel opening frames. 4. Section 09260 — Gypsum Board Assemblies: Surface preparation for gypsum board. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z w cc J0 00 U) 0 J U w w J u.Q d w Z = I- 0 ZI- w w O • - 0H W W u- w F- = O I z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 2 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture -1137 5. Section 09960 — High - Performance Coatings: Site finishing of interior and exterior architecturally exposed structural steel. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. "Paint" includes coating systems materials, primers, emulsions, enamels, stains, sealers, and fillers, and other applied materials whether used as prime, intermediate, or finish coats. B. Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section. C. Standard gloss ranges required for the Project include the following: 1. Eggshell: Low sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 2. Satin: Low sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 3. Semi - Gloss: Medium sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 4. Gloss: High sheen finish with a gloss range greater than 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Project Data: 1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross - reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification. 2. Manufacturer's published technical data, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use. C. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide three samples 8 inches by 10 inches of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. 1. Label each sample as to material and location. 2. Furnish additional samples until sheen, color, and texture is accepted by reviewing authority. 3. Retain accepted samples for reference. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by same manufacturer as the finish coats. B. Coordination of Work: 1. Review sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. 2. Notify Architect of problems anticipated using materials specified. C. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best quality trade sale type paint material of various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable. 1. Proprietary names used to designate colors or materials are not intended to imply that products named are required or to exclude use of equal products of other manufacturers. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT taxi <L h z • w 0_ J U O 0 = W F— U) u_ w 2 J L.L. � d = w z I - I- O z F- w • w O • N O H w 1- - U.. w z U (r) 1= _ O ~ z ri Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 3 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture -1137 2. Products that comply with performance standards of specified materials, yet differ in composition, may be considered for use. Furnish material data and manufacturer's certificate of performance for proposed substitutions. z D. Field Samples: Before proceeding with work under this Section, finish one complete space or designated item of each color scheme required. 1- w 1. Show selected colors, sheens, finish textures, materials, and workmanship. re 2. Accepted sample spaces or items will serve as standards for similar work throughout the J Project. 0 0 co o 1.5 DELIVERY AND STORAGE J 1 A. Deliver materials to job site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers w o bearing manufacturer's name and label with trade name and manufacturer's instructions. .i cc Zi B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well ventilated area at minimum c- ambient temperature of 45 degrees F (7 degrees C). Protect from freezing. Keep storage area = cy neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. 1— _ zi_ 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS z 0 A. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, at D o temperatures Tess than 5 degrees F (3 degrees C) above dew point, or to damp or wet 0 (.0 surfaces. o F- L1.1 1.7 EXTRA MATERIALS i v u 8 A. Furnish properly sealed container for each type of finish coat of each color taken from batch . i z U R. I B. Quantities: Furnish to Owner an amount approximately equal to two percent of each type, O 1- mix furnished for work. z color, and sheen of paint used in the Work, subject to the following limitations: 1. Maximum: 5 gallons. 2. Minimum, Typical Colors: Two 1 -quart cans. 3. Minimum, Accent Colors: One 1 -quart can. C. Label each container with manufacturer's name and brand, color name and number, generic classification, and room locations where applied. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified paints are products of Sherwin- Williams Company (S -W), Cleveland, Ohio, except where otherwise indicated, and are specified as the established standard of quality. B. Design Requirements: Specified proprietary products have been selected on the basis of the following required characteristics: sheen; solvent type; vehicle type; VOC content; solids content. C. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01600. With Substitution Request Form, include manufacturer's product data sheets and certified test reports substantiating required physical characteristics are equal or closely comparable to those of the specified products. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT .�...... Ato Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 4 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture - 1137 2.2 MATERIALS A. Interior Coatings: Not necessarily every coating used. 1. Flat One -Coat Overhead Finish: Tnemec Series 15 Uni -Bond. 2. Flat Latex Interior Finish: ProMar 200 Latex Flat Wall Paint. 3. Eggshell Latex Interior Finish: HealthSpec Low Odor Interior Latex Eg -Shel Enamel. 4. Satin Latex Interior Finish: EverClean Interior Latex Satin, A97 5. Semi -Gloss Interior Acrylic Enamel: EverClean Interior Latex Semi - Gloss, A98 series 6. Semi -Gloss Interior Alkyd Enamel: ProMar 200 Alkyd Semi -Gloss Enamel. 7. Synthetic Gloss Enamel: Industrial Enamel. 8. Water -Based Epoxy Coating: Water Based Catalyzed Epoxy, Semi - Gloss, B70 -200 series 9. Clear Catalyzed Vinyl Wood Finish: AWI Finish System TR -5, composed of S64 Series Wiping Stain; T67F3 Vinyl Sealer 24 percent (reduced 1:6); D70T1 Natural Filler; T67F3 Vinyl Sealer 24 percent; T77F47 Series Super Kemvar M, Satin. 10. Block Filler: Heavy Duty Block Filler. 11. Latex Wall Primer: ProMar Classic Interior Latex Wall Primer. 12. Interior Alkyd Undercoater: ProMar 200 Alkyd Enamel Undercoater. 13. Metal Primer: DTM Acrylic Primer /Finish. 14. Galvanized Metal Primer: Galvite Paint. 15. Vinyl Wash Primer: Industrial Wash Primer (Mil Spec DOD -P- 15328). 16. Zinc Chromate Primer: Zinc Chromate Primer. B. Accessory Materials: Commercial quality linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, mineral spirits, and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve specified finishes. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for compliance with requirements. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. B. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and items in place that are not to be painted, or provide protection prior to surface preparation and painting. 1. Remove items if necessary for complete painting of the items and adjacent surfaces. 2. Following completion of painting, reinstall items removed using workmen skilled in trades involved. C. Clean surfaces before applying paint or surface treatments. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces. D. Surface Preparation - General: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition. 1. Notify Architect in writing of problems anticipated using specified finish coat material with substrates primed by others. 2. Remove all surface contamination by washing with an appropriate cleaner, rinse thoroughly, and allow to dry. 3. Scrape and sand existing peeled or checked paint to a sound surface. 4. Sand glossy surfaces dull. 5. Seal stains from water, smoke, ink, pencil, grease, and the like using an appropriate sealer compatible with subsequent finish. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT N.0 nwc4c> lug:.t.wa Lt:d', sf Ja.n lau7 ,;,V, 14N' >jDi..,..c.�l xi.iy7a.,eLr.4.. dk`<edb.awf;:;; z ~ w 2 -J 00 a i w J = (./) w o I I O - OH W W 0 O ..z w U = O 1— z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 5 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture - 1137 E. Gypsum Drywall Surfaces: Ensure that gypsum drywall work is made good by responsible workers prior to proceeding with painting.. 1. Fill cracks and nail holes with patching paste /spackle and sand smooth. 2. Remove sand, dust, dirt, and other foreign matter. F. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, or other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper as required. 1. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth, and dust off. 2. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. 3. Seal tops, bottoms, and cut -outs of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealer immediately upon delivery. G. Ferrous Metal: Clean non - galvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop - coated. 1. Remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances. 2. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC). 3. Touch up shop - applied prime coats that have been damaged, and bare areas. Wire - brush, clean with solvents and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. H. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with non - petroleum based solvents so that surface is free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated from coil stock, by mechanical methods. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions. 1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain before using. 2. Use only thinners approved by manufacturer, and only within recommended limits. 3.2 APPLICATION A. Apply paint in accordance with manufacturer's directions and under ambient and surface conditions recommended for coating. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film. 1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in "schedules.” 2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used. 3. Number of coats and film thickness required is same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured. Sand between applications where required to produce a smooth, even surface. 4. Apply additional coats when undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. 5. Term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in items are in place. Extend coatings in these areas to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection. a. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces. b. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop - primed. B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first -coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable, and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 6 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture - 1137 C. Minimum Coating Thickness: 1. Apply each material at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. a. Scheduled dry film thicknesses (DFT) and spreading rates are those published by the specified coating manufacturer. b. Verify current recommendations of manufacturer of actual coatings to be used and apply at rates to achieve comparable thicknesses. 2. Provide total dry film thickness of entire system as recommended by coating manufacturer. 3. Apply additional coats when undercoats or other conditions show through the final coat, until the cured film is of uniform coating finish, color and appearance. D. Texture: Light stippled texture, minimum texture required to achieve a uniform finish, except where gloss sheen required. E. Prime Coats: Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat as recommended by manufacturer to material required to be painted or finished, and has not been prime coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in the first coat to assure a finish coat with no burn - through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. F. Brush Application: Brush -out and work brush coats into surfaces in an even film. Eliminate cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Draw neat glass lines and color breaks. G. Mechanical Applications: Use mechanical methods for paint application when permitted by manufacturer's recommendations, governing ordinances, and trade union regulations. 1. Wherever spray application is used, apply each coat to provide equivalent hiding of brush - applied coats. 2. Do not double -back with spray equipment building -up film thickness of two coats in one pass, unless recommended by manufacturer. H. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not in compliance with specified requirements. 3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Owner reserves right to engage services of independent testing laboratory to sample paint material being used. Samples of material delivered to project will be taken, identified, sealed, and certified in presence of Contractor. 1. Testing laboratory will perform appropriate tests as required by Owner. 2. If tests show material being used does not comply with specified requirements, Contractor may be directed to stop painting and remove non - complying paint, pay for testing, repaint surfaces coated with rejected paint, and remove rejected paint from previously painted surfaces, if, upon repainting with specified paint, two coatings are noncompatible. 3.4 CLEANING A. At end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from site. B. Upon completion of painting, clean glass and paint- spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing, scraping, or other proper methods using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT �� eewNtana: %wss' • • :.a aauusur r. �a'� >.lYra x11 a aw a> i;;a' z ~ • w O 0 CO • LLJ J = H • u_ w 2 J IL.j w I— _ z � I- 0 z I- w 0 16 O F- uJ • w � - 11- 16 w z U C° — 16 z r Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 7 9 9Y. Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture - 1137 PI C. Protect work of other trades, whether to be painted or not, against damage from painting. i Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect. r4 D. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly - painted finishes. Remove temporary protective Z wrappings provided by others for protection of their work, after completion of painting = operations. t— w CC = ai E. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or D defaced painted surfaces. o o 3.5 INTERIOR PAINT SYSTEMS J i A. Titles and Code numbers used are from the Architectural Specification Manual, latest edition, p Chapter 6 Finishing Schedule — Interior, Premium Grade unless otherwise noted. Refer to the w Architectural Specification Manual, Chapter 7 and 11, for manufacturer's product lists with g 5 Code number and product names that are comparable products to the named products u- specified in Part 2 Article 2.2 — Materials. = D I__w B. PS1 — FlatNvaterborne Finish: ? H 1. Gypsum Drywall System (Ceilings, Soffits only): — 0 a. Code Interior 3 -B: Apply 2 Coats waterborne flat finish. w w C. PS2 - Eggshell/Waterborne Finish: v 1. Wood scheduled for opaque finish — shop /factory primed and unprimed. o f- a. Code Interior 1 -B: Apply 2 Coats waterborne eggshell finish. w — 2. Gypsum Drywall System (Walls): H 0 a Code Interior 3 -B: Apply 2 Coats waterborne eggshell finish. ,� ►— 3. Concrete Masonry Units (Filled Finish): — z a. Code Interior 6 -A: Block filler; 1 coat waterbome primer sealer; 1 coat waterborne iu eggshell finish. H 1 4. Zinc Coated Metal: 0 a. Code Interior 12 -A: Apply 2 Coats waterborne eggshell finish. Z D. PS3 - Eggshell /Solvent Base Finish: 1. Wood scheduled for opaque finish — shop /factory primed and unprimed. a. Code Interior 1 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base eggshell finish. 2. Gypsum Drywall System (Walls): a. Code Interior 3 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base eggshell finish. 3. Exposed Ferrous Metal: a. Code Interior 11 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base eggshell finish. (Subject to coating compatibility, repriming of items delivered shop primed is not required.) 4. Zinc Coated Metal: a. Code Interior 12 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base eggshell finish. E. PS4 - Semi - Gloss /Solvent Base Finish: 1. Wood scheduled for opaque finish — shop /factory primed and unprimed. a. Code Interior 1 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base semi -gloss finish. 2. Gypsum Drywall System (Walls): a. Code Interior 3 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base semi -gloss finish. 3. Exposed Ferrous Metal: a. Code Interior 11 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base semi -gloss finish. (Subject to coating compatibility, repriming of items delivered shop primed is not required.) 4. Zinc Coated Metal: a. Code Interior 12 -A: Apply 2 Coats solvent base semi -gloss finish. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 8 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture - 1137 F. PS5 - Gloss Industrial Enamel Finish: 1. Ferrous Metal (stair stringers, ladders, handrails): a. First Coat: Rust - Inhibitive Metal Primer at 3.0 mils DFT. (Subject to coating compatibility, repriming of items delivered shop primed is not required.) b. Second Coat: Synthetic Gloss Enamel at 2.0 mils DFT. z c. Third Coat: Synthetic Gloss Enamel at 2.0 mils DFT. H z cc G. PS6 - Clear Catalyzed Vinyl (AWI Finish System TR -5): 1. Transparent Finish Architectural Woodwork: o a. Color Coat: Wiping Stain and shading, color as selected by Architect. (On closed r, o grain woods, apply after washcoat.) w b. Washcoat: Catalyzed Vinyl Sealer 24- percent (reduced 1:6). w H c. Filler: Natural Filler. (Omit where not wanted.) U) u _ d. Vinyl Sealer: Catalyzed Vinyl Sealer 24- percent. w o e. Two Finish Coats: Clear Catalyzed Vinyl, Satin Gloss. 2 u_Q H. PS7 - Clear Synthetic Oil (AWI Finish System TR -0): Not used u) J _° I. PS8 - Epoxy Finish - Proprietary: E- w z *Note: Architect may specify Gloss finish (65 units © 60 °) in lieu of Semi -Gloss (25 units © 60 °) 1— 0 1. Gypsum Board - Epoxy Finish: 2 Coats w w a. First Coat: Pro -Mar 200 Interior Latex Wall Primer at 1.1 mils DFT. v o 0 Second Coat: Water -Based Epoxy Coating, semi- gloss, at 2.5 -3.0 mils DFT. c. Third Coat: Water -Based Epoxy Coating, semi - gloss, at 2.5 -3.0 mils DFT. o f- 2. Ferrous Metal - Epoxy Finish: Three coats a. First Coat: Metal Primer at 2.5 mils DFT. (Subject to coating compatibility, _ repriming of items delivered shop primed is not required.) 1— b. Second Coat: Water -Based Epoxy Coating, semi - gloss, at 2.5 -3.0 mils DFT. — z c. Third Coat: Water -Based Epoxy Coating, semi - gloss, at 2.5 -3.0 mils DFT. w U= O J. PS9 - Hi -Gloss Urethane Enamel: Not used K. PS10 — Flat Floor Stripping and Marking: Not used 3.6 SCHEDULES A. Interior Paint Schedule: Surfaces Paint System Gypsum Board - Ceilings, Soffits PS1 Gypsum Board - Walls Typical UON PS2 Gypsum Board - Washrooms, Locker Rooms PS8 Wood - Transparent Finish (Site finished) PS6 Concrete, CMU PS2 Metals - Stair Stringers, Ladders, Handrails PS5 Metals - Other Metal Fabrication Items PS4 B. Colors and Manufacturer's Catalog Numbers:: Paint colors will be selected by the Architect. Color schedule will be provided by the Architect in due time. Do not start work prior to receiving color schedule. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z pro Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09910 - 9 Tenant Improvement PAINTS CNA Architecture - 1137 C. For tenant improvement bidding purposes, color schedule will be generally as follows: 1. Maximum 6 colors for interior partitions. 2. One same color for partitions /walls within same room. 3. Hollow steel doors and frames contrasting colors and different from walls. 4. Steel frames — with wood doors for transparent finish — different color from walls. 5. Allow approximately 25 percent of interior painted wall surfaces for deep color tones. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT • Iw Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 1 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS SECTION 09960 - HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: Application of special coating systems to items and surfaces scheduled, including surface preparation, prime coats and topcoats. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 05130 — Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel: Shop preparation and priming of architecturally exposed structural steel. 2. Section 05500 — Metal Fabrications: Metal Stairs, Pipe and Tube Railings. 3. Section 07190 — Water Repellants 4. Section 07195 — Concrete Floor Sealers: Hardener /sealer and stain treatments for exposed interior concrete slabs. 5. Section 09910 — Paints: General painting. C. Types of special coating systems for Exterior Use: 1. Aliphatic acrylic, high -build polyurethane coatings (semi - gloss). 2. Appropriate intermediate tie -coats and primers. D. Types of special coating systems for Interior Use: 1. Aliphatic acrylic, high -build polyurethane coatings (semi - gloss). 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's technical information, including basic materials analysis and application instructions, for each coating material specified. Include manufacturer's recommendations for mixing, thinning and curing. 1. List each material and cross - reference the specific coating and finish system and application. 2. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number, product trade name, and general classification. C. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate. 1. Provide stepped samples defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Resubmit samples as requested until required sheen, color and texture are achieved. 2. Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each finish sample. Label each sample as to location and application. 3. Submit samples on following substrates for Architect's review of color and texture only: a. Concrete: Provide two 4 -inch square samples for each type of color and finish; define prime and finish coats. b. Galvanized Metal: Provide two 5 -inch by 7 -inch samples of flat metal surfaces and two 8 -inch long samples of solid metal for each type of color and finish. c. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 8 -inch long samples of solid metal for each type of color and finish. D. Certificates: Coating manufacturer's certified test reports confirming compliance with performance requirements specified under Article 2.3. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT z • w cc 2 J U 0 0 U) a u) W J 1- U) u_ w 2 IL.j co a = w z I- 0 w U • D O N O I- WW • 0 u- O . Z w U= O I- z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 2 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Applicator: Firm experienced in application of required coatings and approved by manufacturer for their application. B. Single Source Responsibility: Provide products for each specified function and finish system from one source and of a single manufacturer. C. Material Quality: Provide the best quality grade of the various coatings as regularly manufactured by acceptable coating manufacturers. Materials not displaying manufacturer's identification as a best -grade product will not be acceptable. D. Coordination of Work: 1. Review specification sections in which other coatings are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. 2. Upon request, furnish information on characteristics of specified finish materials, to ensure that compatible prime coats are used. 3. Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the coatings systems specified. E. Manufacturer Assistance: Obtain review of proposed coating systems by manufacturer, and ensure that manufacturer's authorized representative is available to advise applicator on proper application techniques and procedures. 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, new, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label and the following information: 1. Name or title of material. 2. Manufacturer's name, stock number and date of manufacture. 3. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents. 4. Thinning instructions. 5. Application instructions. 6. Color name and number. 7. Handling instructions and precautions. B. Store materials in protected, well ventilated area at an ambient temperature between 45 degrees F (7 degrees C) and 110 degrees F (43 degrees C). 1. Maintain containers used in storage of coatings in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Keep storage area neat and orderly; remove oily rags and waste daily. C. Take necessary precautionary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and applying the coatings. 1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. Apply coatings only when the temperatures of surfaces to be coated and of surrounding air are above 50 degrees F and not above 100 degrees F, unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's printed instructions. B. Do not apply coatings in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent, or at temperatures Tess than 5 degrees F above the dew point, or to damp or wet surfaces unless otherwise permitted by manufacturer's printed instructions. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 3 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS C. Allow wet surfaces to dry thoroughly and attain the temperature and conditions specified before proceeding with or continuing the coating operation. D. Work may continue during inclement weather only if areas and surfaces to be coated are enclosed and the temperature within the area can be maintained within limits specified by the manufacturer during application and drying periods. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified coatings are products of Tnemec Company, Inc., North Kansas City, Missouri, (Tnemec) or Carboline Company, Inc., St. Louis, Missouri, (Carboline) and are specified as a standard of quality. B. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be substituted upon approval by Architect of manufacturer's product data and certified test reports showing that substitute products equal or exceed performance of specified products. C. Subject to compliance with requirements, products of the following listed manufacturers may be considered for substitution: 1. Porter International (Porter) 2. Sherwin- Williams 3. Valspar Corporation (Valspar) D. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01600. 2.2 COATING MATERIALS A. Finish Coats: 1. Aliphatic Acrylic, High -Build Polyurethane Finish: a. Semi - Gloss: Carboline Carbothane 833 or Tnemec, Series 75 Endura - Shield IV. B. Primers: 1. Zinc -rich Primer: Carboline Carbozinc 859 or 90 -97 Tneme -Zinc. 2. Epoxy Coating: Carboline Carboguard 890 or Series 69 Hi -Build Epoxoline. 2.3 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS A. Semi -Gloss Aliphatic Acrylic High -Build Polyurethane Coating: 1. Description: High - solids, high - build, fast -drying finish suitable as Tong -term protective finish for color and gloss retention on prolonged exterior exposure. 2. Finish: Semi - gloss. 3. Solids by Volume: ;80). 72% plus /minus 2.0 percent. 4. Performance Criteria: 07/07/00 Criteria Method Abrasion Adhesion Humidity ASTM D 4060, CS -17 Wheel, 1,000 grams load ASTM D 3359, Method B (Crosshatch Adhesion) ASTM D 4585 (Condensing Humidity) Result No more than 60.5 mg average Toss after 1,000 cycles Not Tess than rating of 5, average of three tests No blistering, cracking or delamination of film after 600 hours exposure BUILDING PERMIT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 4 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS Salt Spray ASTM B 117 No blistering, cracking, rusting (Fog) or delamination of film. No more than z 1/16 inch rust creepage at scribe and no i H more than 2 percent rusting at edges w after 1,000 hours exposure _I U B. Zinc -Rich Primer: ° o 1. Description: Two - component, moisture - curing zinc -rich primer or epoxy zinc rich primer. u) w 2. Solids by Volume: 63.0 plus /minus 2.0 percent. w s 3. Performance Criteria: L Criteria Method Result w O 2 � Adhesion ASTM D 4541 Not less than 800 psi pull, average of three trials ASTM D 3359, Method B No less than rating of 5, u average of three tests = ~ w 1 zI__ Salt Spray ASTM B 117 No blistering, cracking, 1 ._ O (Fog) softening, or delamination of film after w 1- 3,000 hours exposure 2 0 D0 PART 3 - EXECUTION 0 D 0 1- 3.1 EXAMINATION = 0 I- � O _ A. Examine substrates and conditions under which coatings will be applied for compliance with z LLi requirements on applying coatings. N 1. Surfaces to receive coatings must be thoroughly dry before coatings are applied. 2. Do not proceed with coating application until unsatisfactory conditions have been O ~ corrected. z 3. Start of application will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces within particular area. B. Coordinating Work: Review sections in which other coatings are provided to ensure compatibility of the total systems for various substrates. 1. On request, furnish information on the characteristics of specified finish materials to ensure compatible primers. 2. Notify the Architect of problems anticipated using the coatings specified over substrates primed by others. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. General: 1. Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures, and similar items already in place that are not to be coated, or provide surface - applied protection prior to surface preparation and coating. a. Remove these items if necessary to completely coat the items and adjacent surfaces. b. Following completion of coating operations in each space or area, have removed items reinstalled by workmen skilled in the trades involved. 2. Cleaning: Before applying coatings or other surface treatment, clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. a. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. b. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces. 07/07 /00 BUILDING PERMIT fa rum Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 5 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS B. Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated according to the manufacturer's instructions for the particular substrate conditions, and as specified. 1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers, or remove and reprime. 2. Notify the Architect in writing of anticipated problems using coatings specified with substrates primed or furnished by others. C. Ferrous Metal: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop- coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council. 1. Blast clean steel surfaces as recommended by the coating system manufacturer and according to the requirements of SSPC Specification SSPC -SP 6. 2. Treat bare and sandblasted or pickled -clean metal with a metal treatment wash coat prior to priming. 3. Touch up shop applied prime coats that have been damaged and bare areas. Wire - brush, solvent clean, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat. D. Galvanized Metal Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces according to the manufacturer's instructions for the type of service and application required. 1. Remove contaminants and protective mill coating by SSPC -SP1 solvent cleaning or steam cleaning. 2. Remove rust by hand or power brushing per SSPC -SP2 or SP3, taking care not to damage or remove galvanizing. 3.3 MATERIAL PREPARATION A. Carefully mix and prepare materials according to the coating manufacturer's directions. B. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of coatings according to the manufacturer's directions. C. Stir materials before applying to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain the coating material before using. D. Use only type of thinners approved by the coating material manufacturer and only within recommended limits. E. Material Life: 1. Do not use materials beyond manufacturer's recommended shelf life. 2. Discard and do not use mixed materials beyond manufacturer's recommended pot life. F. Tinting: Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identifying each coat where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat. 3.4 APPLICATION A. General: 1. Do not apply coatings over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to forming a durable coating film. 2. Coating colors, surfaces treatments and finishes are indicated in the Schedules. 3. Provide finish coats compatible with the primers used. 4. The number of coats and film thickness required is the same regardless of the application method. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT z o!� 00 co o co U.1 J w IL CO • d F..w Z I- 0 Z LU U 0 O (1) O I— w w u. O .. Z w U = O ~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 6 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS 5. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. 6. Where sanding is required, according to the manufacturer's directions, sand between z applications to produce an even, smooth surface. i z � w B. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built -in fixtures, covers, D grilles, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas as required to _1 0 maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection. u) o 1. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed cn w surfaces. -J L_ 2. Coat the back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged u) L. items to match exposed surfaces. w o 3. Q C. Scheduling Coating: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or u otherwise prepared for coating as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent = w surface deterioration. Z i 1. Allow sufficient drying time between successive coats. 2. Except where directed otherwise in manufacturer's instructions, do not recoat until the z o coating has dried so it feels firm and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate ill thumb pressure. D o 3. Do not recoat until applying another coat does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose 0 adhesion. o r— a w D. Application Procedures: Apply coatings by brush, roller, spray, squeegee, or other applicators 1 according to manufacturer's directions. ll. z 1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied. ui 2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high -pile sheep's wool as recommended 0 by the manufacturer for the material and texture required. P r- 3. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the z manufacturer for the material and texture required. E. Minimum Coating Thickness: 1. Apply each material no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. a. Scheduled dry film thicknesses (DFT) and spreading rates are those published by the specified coating manufacturer. b. Verify current recommendations of manufacturer of actual coatings to be used and apply at rates to achieve comparable thicknesses. 2. Provide total dry film thickness of entire system as recommended by coating manufacturer. 3. When undercoats or other conditions show through the final coat, apply additional coats until the cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to edges, corners, crevices, welds, exposed fasteners, and similar surfaces to ensure that they receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces. F. Prime Coats: 1. Before application of finish coats, apply a prime coat to material required to be coated or finished, and which has not been prime coated by others. 2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been shop primed and touch -up painted. 3. Recoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas In the first coat, to assure a finish coat with no burn - through or other defects due to insufficient sealing. G. Brush Application: Brush out and work brush coats into surfaces in an even film. 1. Eliminate cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. 07 /07 /00 BUILDING PERMIT :f1 kE1N3tCvYd ria Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 7 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS 2. Neatly draw glass lines and color breaks. 3. Apply primers and first coats by brush unless the manufacturer's instructions permit use of mechanical applicators. H. Mechanical Applications: Use mechanical methods to apply coating when permitted by the manufacturer's recommendations and governing regulations. 1. Wherever spray application is used, apply each coat to provide the equivalent hiding of brush - applied coats. 2. Do not double -back with spray equipment building up film thickness of two coats in one pass, unless recommended by the manufacturer. 1. Cut edges clean and sharp where work joins other materials or colors. J. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Make finish coats smooth, uniform in color, and free of brush marks, laps, runs, dry spray, overspray, and skipped or missed areas. 3.5 INSPECTION A. Request inspection and acceptance of each coat before applying succeeding coats. B. Remove, and refinish or recoat work not complying with specified requirements. 3.6 CLEANING A. Clean -Up: At the end of each work day, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from the site. B. Remove paint spatters from glass, fixtures, and adjoining surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping or other proper methods, using care not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces. 3.7 PROTECTION A. Protect work of other trades, whether to be coated or not, against damage from coating. 1. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating as acceptable to Architect. 2. Leave in an undamaged condition. B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. C. After completion of coating operations, remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others for protection of their work. D. At completion of construction activities, touch up and restore damaged or defaced surfaces. 07/07/00 BUILDING PERMIT z w 6 00 u) o CO W J = H � LL w uQ = • a 1 _ w Z = 1— 0 Z I— W • w U u) O - 0 I— ww I— H ll." O w z U = O z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 09960 - 8 CNA Architecture - 1137 HIGH PERFORMANCE ARCHITECTURAL COATINGS 3.8 COATING SYSTEMS (CS) A. CS1 - Gloss Aliphatic Acrylic, High -Build Polyurethane Coating: Not used. B. CS2 - Semi -Gloss Aliphatic Acrylic, High -Build Polyurethane Finish: 1. Exterior /Interior Steel (bare metal): First Coat: Zinc -rich primer at 2.5 to 3.5 mils dry film thickness (DFT). Second Coat: Aliphatic acrylic, high -build polyurethane at 3.0 to 5.0 mils DFT. 2. Exterior /Interior Steel (shop primed using zinc -rich primer): First Coat: Epoxy coating at 3.0 to 5.0 mils DFT. Second Coat: Aliphatic acrylic, high -build polyurethane at 3.0 to 5.0 mils DFT. 3. Exterior /Interior Steel (shop primed using standard primer; or previously painted): First Coat: 100% solids penetrating epoxy at 1.5 to 2.0 mils DFT. Second Coat: Aliphatic acrylic, high -build polyurethane at 3.0 to 5.0 mils DFT. 4 Galvanized Steel, Nonferrous Metal: First Coat: 100% solids penetrating epoxy at 1.5 to 2.0 mils DFT. Second Coat: Aliphatic acrylic, high -build polyurethane at 3.0 to 5.0 mils DFT. CS3 - Epoxy Finish: Not used. COATING SCHEDULES 07/07/00 Exterior Surfaces to Receive Coating Systems: Item Coating System Exposed exterior structural steel framing CS2 Exposed exterior architectural structural steel CS2 Interior Surfaces to Receive Coating Systems: Item Coating System Exposed interior structural steel framing - CS2 Exposed exterior architectural structural steel CS2 END OF SECTION BUILDING PERMIT 04:6 .0 z ~ w o!L O 0 u) J = H U) u_ w LLQ ±" a ▪ w z = z1- w • w U O ( O H w w I— LL O .z w U = O F z r Bat I ffwfail Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvements CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 1 - GENERAL z 1.1 DESCRIPTION A. Stainless steel spikes to prevent birds from landing and roosting on indicated surfaces. w 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE U O co o A. Obtain all technical installation from the manufacturer. w B. Utilize labor or manufacturers authorized Installers who are knowledgeable in product w 0 installations. 2 1.3 SUBMITTALS u d A. Submit all descriptive information from the manufacturer including samples, catalogs, 1 _ installation instructions and other descriptive material. z HO 1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING W uj A. Protect products from damage before, during and after the installation. 0 o ff wW i- • 0 u. O 2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER z U cf) A. Manufacturer: Basis of design are products by BIRD•B•GONE, Inc., which are specified as the standard of quality and design for this Project. z PART 2- PRODUCTS 10/03/00 BIRD•B•GONE, Inc. 24362 Via Madrugada Mission Viejo, CA 92692 USA Phone 800/392 -6915; Tel. (949) 472 -3122 - Fax (949) 472 -3116 e -mail: nobirds @birdbgone.com www.birdbgone.com C. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. D. Model Designation: 1. BIRD•B•GONE BIRD SPIKE 2000 5 -inch widths. 2. Material: Stainless steel. 10290 -1 BIRD CONTROL B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, other manufacturers offering bird control products similar in appearance and which are judged by the Architect to be equivalent to those specified may be considered for acceptance for the Work. TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvements CNA Architecture -1137 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examine the installation area, and note any detrimental or hazardous work conditions. B. Do not proceed with installation until conditions are corrected. 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surface should be thoroughly cleaned and free of bird droppings, nesting materials, rust, peeling paint or other debris. Remove any materials that may hinder the effectiveness or damage bird control products. Remove loose parts on the structure. INSTALLATION Install bird spike products in accordance with the manufacturer's installation brochures and technical guides. Install covering the entire depth of the surface, not just the perimeter. Completely close all openings. 3.4 INSPECTION Visually inspect bird spike for signs of poor installation, including loose screws, bolts, fasteners, wires or unremoved debris Immediately correct and repair as necessary. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION 10290 - 2 BIRD CONTROL TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture Group -1137 SECTION 10440 - INTERIOR SIGNS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Interior room identification panel signs. 2. Handicapped accessibility signs. 3. Safety signage, except elevator fire use warning. B. Types of Signs Included: 1. Panel signs. 2. Dimensional letters and numbers. C. Related Sections: 1. Dvision 16 — Electrical: Illuminated exit signs. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Include details of construction relative to materials, dimensions of components, profiles, and finishes. C. Shop Drawings: Where fabrication details vary from those indicated, submit fabrication and erection drawings. D. Samples for Initial Selection: 1. Cast Acrylic Sheet: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of actual sections of materials including full range of colors available. 2. Metal Sheet: Samples of each finish type and color, on 4 -inch squares of sheet, showing full range of colors available. E. Samples for Verification Purposes: Full size sample panel, 3 by 10 inches or 6 by 6 inches or larger, for each material, color, texture, and pattern required. 1. Panel Signs: Include on each panel a representative sample of graphic image process required, showing graphic style, letters, numbers, and other graphic devices. 2. Dimensional Letters: Provide full -size representative samples of each dimensional letter type required, showing letter style, color, and material finish and method of attachment. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Sign Fabricator Qualifications: Firm experienced in producting signs similar to those indicated for this Project, with a record of successful in- service performance and sufficient production capacity to produce sign units required without causing delay in the Work. B. Single Source Responsibility: Provide signs of each form and graphics process from one source by a single manufacturer. C. Disability Compliance: Provide panel signage conforming to requirements of The Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (ADA). 10/03/00 10440 - 1 INTERIOR SIGNS TENANT IMPROVEMENT z ~ w 6 or _1 U 00 U o � w J = H � w w 0 N � • a = i- ai z � I- 0 Z i- w U • � O T. O 1- w w i- • 0 L I O ..z w U = O ~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture Group - 1137 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS 2.2 PANEL SIGNS 10 /03 /00 10440 - 2 INTERIOR SIGNS A. Acrylic Sheet: Cast (not extruded or continuous cast) methyl methacrylate monomer plastic sheet, in sizes and thicknesses indicated, with a minimum flexural strength of 16,000 psi when tested according to ASTM D 790, with a minimum allowable continuous service temperature of 176 degrees F (80 degrees C), and of colored opaque acrylic sheet in colors and finishes as selected from manufacturer's standards. B. Metal: Magnesium or other standard sign material used for chemical etching to create raised characters, graphics, and Braille dots, in finishes and color combinations as selected from manufacturer's standards. (Product similar to Chemcast by Advance Corporation, St. Paul, MN - phone 800 - 328 - 9451.) C. Fasteners: Use concealed fasteners from metals that are not corrosive to the sign material and mounting surface. D. Anchors and Inserts: Use nonferrous metal or hot - dipped galvanized anchors and inserts for exterior installations and elsewhere as required for corrosion resistance. 1. Use toothed steel or lead expansion bolt devices for drilled -in -place anchors. 2. Fumish inserts as required, to be set into concrete or masonry work. E. Colored Coatings: Use colored coatings, including inks and paints for copy and background colors, that are recommended by sheet manufacturers (acrylic or metal as applicable) for optimum adherence to sheet surface and are nonfading for the application intended. A. Panels: 1. Construction: One - piece, with background, characters, graphics, and Braille dots integral to the panel. 2. Material: Provide signs fabricated of one of the following: a. Acrylic plastic sheet. b. Chemically etched metal. 3. Style: Unframed. 4. Edge Condition: Beveled or eased, as standard with manufacturer. 5. Corner Condition: Corners rounded to radius of between 0.250 and 0.375 inch. 6. Sizes: Provide signage of appropriate sizes for symbols and copy, coordinated for uniform appearance. a. Pictograph: 6 by 6 inches. b. Fire Rescue Refuge (Pictograph with Copy): 7 inches wide by 10 inches high. c. Other Pictograph with Copy: 6 by 8 inches. d. Copy: Manufacturer's standard widths to suit one -line or two -line copy with Braille markings. B. Graphic Content and Style: Provide sign copy that complies with requirements indicated for size, style, spacing, content, position, material, finishes, and colors of letters, numbers, and other graphic devices. 1. Character Proportions: a. Width -to- Height Ratio: Between 3:5 and 1:1. b. Stroke Width -to- Height Ratio: Between 1:5 and 1:10. 2. Character Height: Except where otherwise required by ADA guidelines, provide letters and numbers 0.750 inch high. 3. Character Style: Sans serif (Helvetica or Optima), upper case. 4. Tactile: TENANT IMPROVEMENT z • w Ce J U O 0 N co w J 0) LL w H O O H W W - U O w z U ( 12 H= O ~ z 4 t1 gra ,T. Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture Group -1137 2.3 FABRICATION PART 3 - EXECUTION 10440 - 3 INTERIOR SIGNS a. Letters and Pictographs: Raised 0.0313 inch. b. Braille Characters: Grade 2 Brailled strip below visual characters. 5. Finish: Eggshell, matte, or other nonglare finish. 6. Contrast: Light characters and symbols on dark background, in colors to be selected. (For purposes of initial pricing, assume Off -White copy on Navy Blue ground.) C. Raised Copy: Produce precisely formed characters with square cut edges free from burrs and cut marks. A. Comply with requirements indicated for materials, thicknesses, finishes, colors, designs, shapes, sizes, and details of construction. B. Provide smooth, even, level sign panel surfaces, constructed to remain flat under installed conditions within a tolerance of plus or minus 0.039 inch measured diagonally. 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Locate sign units and accessories where indicated, using mounting methods of type described and in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. B. Install signs level, plumb, and at height indicated, with sign surfaces free from distortion or other defects in appearance. C. Mounting Locations: Ensure each mounting location is such that a person may approach within 3 inches of signage without encountering protruding objects or standing within the swing of a door. 1. Room Identification: On wall approximately 3 inches from latch side of door. (Where there is no wall space to latch side of door, place on nearest adjacent wall. 2. Interior Area Identification: On wall adjacent to equipment or specialized area. D. Mounting Height: 60 inches above finished floor to centerline of sign. E. Wall Mounted Panel Signs - Mounting Methods: 1. Vinyl Tape Mounting: Use double -sided foam tape to mount signs to smooth, nonporous surfaces only; do not use this method for vinyl- covered or rough surfaces. 2. Silicone Adhesive Mounting: Use liquid silicone adhesive recommended by sign manufacturer to attach sign units to irregular, porous, or vinyl- covered surfaces. Use double -sided vinyl tape where recommended by sign manufacturer to hold sign in place until adhesive has fully cured. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture Group - 1137 3.2 SCHEDULE A. Mount following special combination pictograph /message signs within area, where indicated: SIGN SYMBOUCOPY LOCATION (DOOR NUMBER) (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) Stair 1, 2 Floor FIRE RESCUE REFUGE AREA 2 - EAST (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) Stair 4, 2 " Floor FIRE RESCUE REFUGE AREA 2 - SOUTH 10/03/00 (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) 10440 - 4 INTERIOR SIGNS Outside Vendor /Lounge (South Deck) Outside Deck (Southwest Dock) Northwest Dock Mount following combination pictograph /room name signs adjacent to latch side of door: SIGN SYMBOUCOPY LOCATION (DOOR NUMBER) (MAN SYMBOL) (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) MEN 118, 168, 211A, 243 (MAN SYMBOL) MEN LOCKER ROOM 242 (WOMAN SYMBOL) (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) WOMEN 117, 171, 210, 240A (WOMAN SYMBOL) WOMEN LOCKER ROOM 240B (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) RESTROOMS 176, 181, 182 C. Mount following room name signs adjacent to latch side of door: ELECTRICAL 169 JANITOR 119, 211B LUNCH ROOM 165B, 224A TRAINING 223A STORAGE 175, 223 STAIRS S1 B, SIC, S4B, S4C D. Mount following exterior pictograph signs adjacent to entrance doors: SIGN SYMBOL (INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY) 101 TENANT IMPROVEMENT :... iiiaYZ... NS. tA� :e.,•I_.....�.u..e.i„i.�«�k... z • w o' er D O 0 u) 0 J I- w 0 2 J z � I-0 z w U • O O D- O I— w w • 0 u. .z w U= O z r VAS 10/03/00 Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture Group - 1137 END OF SECTION 10440 - 5 INTERIOR SIGNS TENANT IMPROVEMENT r F4 n+ Fatigue Technology, Inc. 10500 -1 Tenant Improvement LOCKERS CNA Architecture - 1137 SECTION 10500 - LOCKERS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Metal personal clothing lockers. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Locker Types: 1. Double tier, half - height units. Base: Closed. C. Latch Types: Positive latch, three -point or two- point. D. Locks: Padlock hasp. 1 :3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Include color card for selection, maintenance data, and installation instructions. Shop Drawings: Verify dimensions affecting locker installation; include installation details, bases, trim, accessories, and numbering sequence information. D. Samples: 1. Color Selection: Manufacturer's full range of standard finish samples. 2. Verification Samples: Samples in manufacture's standard sizes, but not less than 6 inches square, of each different color required. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Single Source Responsibility: Obtain locker units and accessories from one manufacturer. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Do not deliver lockers until spaces to receive them are clean, dry, and ready for locker installation. B. Protect lockers from damage during delivery, handling, storage, and installation. 1 0 /03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z w o JU 0 (/) cn J = F— U) w u) ▪ w z � 1— 0 z F- w w O • P- 0 1— w w u .z w U= 0 z Fatigue Technology, Inc. 10500 - 2 Tenant Improvement LOCKERS CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements: 1. Interior Steel Equipment Company 2. List Industries, Inc. 3. Lyon Metal Products, Inc. 4. Medart, Inc. 5. Republic Storage Systems Co., Inc. B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 LOCKERS A. Construction: Square, rigid, without warp, exposed edges safe to touch. Frame welded together; other joints welded, riveted, or bolted as standard with manufacturer with no bolts or rivets exposed on front of doors and frames. Welds ground flush. B. Size: 12 inch wide by 18 inch depth by 36 inch height. C. Frames: Steel 16 -gage channels or 12 -gage angles, with continuous stop /strike formed on vertical members. D. Doors: Provide 180 degree opening, one -piece doors formed of 16 -gage sheet steel, flanged at all edges, constructed to prevent springing when opening or closing. 1. Ventilation: Provide stamped, louvered vents in door face, as follows: 2. Double -tier Lockers: Minimum three - louver openings, top and bottom of each tier. E. Wardrobe Lockers Body: Fabricate back, sides, top, and bottom of 24 -gage sheet steel, with double- flanged connections extending full height at back and sides, flanged edges at top and bottom. Form exposed ends of nonrecessed lockers of 16 -gage steel. F. Separators: Provide horizontal dividers of not Tess than 16 gage sheet steel between doors of multiple -tier lockers to ensure rigidity. G. Hinges: Steel, full loop, five knuckle, tight pin, welded to frame, screwed to door. Provide two hinges per door 42 inches and under and three hinges for doors over 42 inches high. H. Recessed Handle and Latch: Pry- resistanf latch, housing forming recess for latch lifter and locking devices, and non - protruding latch lifter with eye and strike for padlock. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A. Trim: 1. Closed Base: Individual snap -in front bases (front and back) and bolt -on end bases. 2. Enclosed Base: Steel 14 -gage, recessed continuous "Z" type, finished to match lockers. 3. Slip Joint Filler: Two -piece adjustable fillers to close space between lockers and wall conditions at ends and head. 4. Sloping Top Hoods: 24 -gage sheet steel, flange edges, finish to match lockers. B. Equipment: One double -prong ceiling hook and not fewer than two single prong wall hooks per locker. C. Number Plates: Manufacturer's standard, nonferrous metal, with black etched numbers not Tess than 3/8 inch high. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT ria y -Y Fatigue Technology, Inc. 10500 - 3 Tenant Improvement LOCKERS CNA Architecture -1137 D. Touch -up Paint: Provide one can of touch -up paint for each color selected. z E. Padlock: Furnished by others. ►_— z ill re 2 2.4 METAL FINISHES J v 0 A. Finish Material: Manufacturer's standard baked enamel primer over phosphate treated metal, ° followed by thermosetting topcoat. w 2 B. Colors: w o 1. Interior: Manufacturers standard interior color for exterior color selected. 2 2. Exterior: To be selected from manufacturer's full range of standard colors and gloss. n u. Q Co d PART 3 - EXECUTION 1 _ z F- 3.1 INSTALLATION z O w Lij A. Install lockers plumb, level, rigid in compliance with manufacturer's instructions. D 0 U� B. Anchor lockers to wall framing and floor unless otherwise indicated. o 1- w w C. Attach number plates in sequence after lockers are securely in place. H v 1. Begin numbering with upper locker at end of bank nearest room door. w 0 2. Number each bank of lockers in sequence as follows: z a. Room 241: Numbers 1 through 8. v w b. Room 242: Numbers 1 through 10. P H 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust door latches by moving latch hook to ensure door is engaging latch keeper properly. B. Touch up marred surfaces. Use only materials and procedures recommended or furnished by locker manufacturer. C. Replace units which cannot be restored to factory finished appearance. 10/03/00 1. Attach to door with matching fasteners. 2. Number consecutively from '1' up. END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT z Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture Group - 1137 SECTION 10650 - OPERABLE PARTITIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Folding partition assembly. 2. Overhead track and suspension assembly. 3. Perimeter seals. 4. Hardware, fittings, accessories, and anchorages. Related Sections: 1. Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications: Steel hanger rod assembly from structure, above ceiling. 2. Section 06100 - Rough Carpentry: Wood support header and baffle panels. 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Partition Type: Accordion folding partition, top supported with oeprable floor seals. B. Construction: All- steel. C. Operation: Manual, flat panels hinged inpairs. D. Performance Requirements: 1. Acoustical: STC 52 minimum. 2. Fire Rating: Not rated. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Include large scale details, anchorages, and location template for items supported by or anchored to permanent construction. C. Samples: Full range of samples for color and texture selection. D. Certificates: Written certification that products conform to specified performance requirements. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Specified units are products of Modernfold and are specified as a standard of quality and design intent. B. Subject to compliance with design and performance requirements, provide products by one of the following: 1. Advanced Equipment Corp. 2. Hufcor 3. Modernford 10/03/00 10650 - 1 OPERABLE PARTITIONS TENANT IMRPOVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture Group - 1137 4. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNIT 10650 - 2 OPERABLE PARTITIONS A. Accordian Folding Partition: 1. Model: Modernfold Acousti -seal 932 Operable wall, paired panels. 2. Sound Transmission Class: As specified under System Description, tested in an independent acoustical laboratory in accordance with ASTM E 90 test procedure. 3. Panels: Nominal 3.25- inches thick, vinyl (minimum 15 ounce per lineal yaard) clad cold rolled steel, inner surface covered with fibrous insulation. 4. Hinges: Full- length steel. 5. Hardware: Handle, latch. B. Sound Seals: 1. Vertical interlocking sound seals between panels, in each panel edge, tongue and groove. 2. Horizontal Top Seal: Low - friction continuous contact multifinger extruded vinyl sweeps. 3. Horizontal Bottom Floor Seal: Automatic operable seals providing nominal 1 -inch operating clearance with operating range of plus /minum 0.50 -inch; automatically drop as panels are positioned. C. Suspenison System: Modernfold #14 suspension system: 1. Track: Minimum 7 gage roll - formed steel. a. Supprot track by adjustable steel hanger brackets connected to structural steel support by pairs of 0.50 -inch diameter threaded rods 2. Soffit Track: Exposed, removable, steel; attach to track bracket with concealed fasteners; prime paint. 3. Tolleys: Steel, 4 -wheel ballbearing. D. Finish: Panel and hinge color as selected by Architect from manufacturer's current color line. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's recommended installation procedures. B. Drill and tap as necessary and securely anchor track and accessories in accurate location. C. Install track in lengths as long as practicable, with flush hairline joints. D. Install STC rated units so that seals are in contact with entire perimeter when unit closed formed light -tight barrier. Make adjustments or changes necessary to meet STC field test requirements. END OF SECTION 10/03/00 TENANT IMRPOVEMENT 1 ■ Fatigue Technology, Inc. 10810 -1 CNA Architecture -1137 TOILET ACCESSORIES SECTION 10810 - TOILET ACCESSORIES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Toilet and washroom accessories other than those supplied with toilet compartments. 2. Accessory attachment hardware. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 07920 - Joint Sealants: Elastomeric sealant. 2. Section 09260 — Gypsum Baord Assemblies: Placement of backing plate reinforcement. 3. Section 10160 - Metal Toilet Compartments: Compartment fittings and hardware. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data and installation instructions. C. Samples: Submit full -size samples of each toilet accessory item proposed for consideration of its quality and design characteristics by the Architect as a substitution for the item specified. Acceptable samples will be returned and may be used in the Work. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Provide toilet room accessories complying with ADA and ANSI handicapped requirements. B. Seal around fixtures to comply with UBC 807.1.2. C. Inserts and Anchorages: Furnish accessory manufacturer's standard inserts and anchoring devices that must be set in concrete or built into masonry. PART2- PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER A. Manufacturer: Basis of design are products by Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc., which are specified as the standard of quality and design for this Project. B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, other manufacturers offering toilet accessories similar in appearance and which are judged by the Architect to be equivalent to those specified may be considered for acceptance for the Work. C. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 22 gage minimum, unless otherwise indicated. B. Sheet Steel: Cold- rolled, commercial quality, ASTM A 366, 20 gage (0.040 inch) minimum, unless otherwise indicated. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for applied finish. C. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A 527, G60. D. Chromium Plating: Nickel and chromium electro- deposited on base metal, ASTM B 456, Type SC 2. E. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A 153, hot -dip galvanized after fabrication. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 10810 - 2 CNA Architecture - 1137 TOILET ACCESSORIES F. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit or of galvanized steel where concealed. G. Sealant: One -part mildew- resistant silicone sealant as specified in Section 07900 (elastomeric sealant Type ES6). z 2.3 FABRICATION w 0: A. Stamped names or labels on exposed faces of toilet and bath accessory units are not 6 permitted. Unobtrusive labels indicating manufacturer and model number are required on o o surface not exposed to view. u) 0 B. Wherever locks are required for particular type of accessory, provide same keying throughout project. Furnish two keys for each lock, properly identified. u_ w0 2.4 MANUFACTURED UNITS 2 A. GB - Grab Bar: Straight bar; 1.50 -inch diameter, 18 gage stainless steel; concealed mounting with set screws � d 1. GB1: Toilet compartment, one each required. Bobrick B -6806 x 42 and B -6806 x 36. 1— _ z I . B. GB2 - Grab Bar: Horizontal two -wall bar for shower stall; 1.50 -inch diameter, 18 gage stainless F- 0 steel, concealed mounting with snap - flange cover. Bobrick B- 68616. z F- LL! C. MIR/S - Mirror with Shelf: Theft resistant channel frame mirror with one -piece integral shelf; 6mm select float glass, stainless steel trim with satin finish; 5 -inch shelf projection. Bobrick o o B -166 2436. [size as indicated.] o � D. M /BH - Mop & Broom Holder: Bobrick B -223 x 36, except where other length indicated. E. PTD /R - Paper Towel Dispenser and Waste Receptacle: Recess mounted, rough opening 16.375 by 54.50 inches by minimum 4 inches deep; locate wall opening to mount unit with top z co 61.25 inches (1556 mm) above floor. Dispenser designed to accept 600 C -fold or 800 multi -fold v towels; arc - contoured stainless steel door and cabinet, all- welded construction with no mitered F- corners; 16- gallon capacity waste receptacle; door hung with full length stainless steel piano 0 hinge, secured with tumbler lock. Bobrick B- 43944. F. RH - Robe Hook: Bobrick B -2116. G. SCD - Toilet Seat Cover Dispenser: Recessed, 15.188 inches wide by 10.75 inches high by 2.563 inches deep, dispensing 500 - seat covers. Bobrick B -301. H. SD1 - Soap Dispenser: Deck mounted, short shank (1 -inch maximum deck thickness), 4 -inch spout length, liquid soap; solid brass piston, spout, and cover with chromium plating; 16 ounce refillable plastic soap container. Bobrick B -8221. I. SD2 - Soap Dispenser: Wall mounted (surface) soap dispenser; one - piece, seamless stainless steel arc - contoured front; valve projection 3.313 inches (84 mm). Bobrick B -4112. J. SNR1 - Sanitary (Feminine) Napkin Receptacle /Disposal: Recess mount, seamless stainless steel with piano hinged bottom panel for disposal service; cover equipped with corrosion - resistant steel bar handle and full length piano hinge; cover weighted or equipped with spring device for tight closing against container: Bobrick B -353. K. SNR2 - Sanitary (Feminine) Napkin Receptacle /Disposal - Partition Mount: Two - compartment unit; arc - contoured stainless steel door each face, bottom hinged, self - closing. Bobrick B -354. L. SNV - Sanitary (Feminine) Napkin/Tampon Vendor: Recess mount, arc - contoured one -piece seamless face, stainless steel; free operation, pull knobs; door fabricated from not less than 0.050 inch thick stainless steel with returned edges for rigidity and hung with full length stainless steel piano hinge, secured with a tumbler lock; conforms to ADA barrier -free washroom guidelines. Bobrick B -3500. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology, Inc. 10810 - 3 CNA Architecture - 1137 TOILET ACCESSORIES M. TPH - Toilet Paper Holder: Surface mounted, over -under multiroll dispenser fabricated to accommodate and dispense two standard core tissue rolls up to 5.25 -inch (133 mm) diameter; stainless steel, satin finish; one -piece seamless construction, arc - contoured face; door bottom hung with continuous piano hinge and secured with tumbler lock; spare roll automatically accessible to patron after first roll is empty. Bobrick B -2888. N. SHS - Shower Seat (Handicapped): L- shaped folding shower seat, frame and mounting brackets of type 304 stainless steel; handed to mount on wall as indicated. Bobrick B -5181 (one each). O. SHW /R - Shower Curtain Rod: Seamless stainless steel tubing, minimum 0.035 inch thick, 1 -inch outside diameter; concealed mounting; furnished with stainless steel shower curtain hooks in sufficient quantity for installation of shower curtain provided by others. Bobrick B -207 w/ 204 -1. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Install toilet accessory units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by manufacturer of unit. Install units plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. C. Install grab bars to withstand a downward Toad of at least 300 Ibf (1.335 kN), complying with ASTM F 446. D. Seal around fixtures on or within walls to protect structural elements from moisture. E. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws. 3.2 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation. B. Verify that mechanisms function smoothly. C. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces after removing protective coatings. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT Yand Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 SECTION 12485 - ENTRANCE MATS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Recessed vestibule walk -off mat. 2. Recessed outside /inside scraper 12485 -1 ENTRANCE MATS B. Related Sections: 1. Section 03300 - Cast -In -Place Concrete: Placement of concrete slab with recess for of mats. 2. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's current catalog data and installation instructions. C. Samples for Verification: 12 -inch- square sections of floor mats. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 ENTRANCE VESTIBULE MAT A. Walk -off Mat: Optimum indoor /outdoor. Distributed by Landry's Commercial Floor Covering Inc, tel 206 - 622 -5163, fac 206 - 622 -5841. 1. Face Fiber; 100 percent solution dyed polypropylene. 2. Backing: Non -skid rubber. 3. Total Weight: 85 ounces. 4. Width: 12 feet. 5. Mounting: Recessed. 6. Flooring Radiant Panel: ASTM 648, Class 7. Steriner Tunnel Test: ASTM E84, Class B. 8. Treat with antimictrobial for fungus, mold, mildew resistance. 9. Warranty: a. 5 year abrasive warranty. b. 3 year fade warranty B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 OUTSIDE /INSIDE SCRAPER A. Scraper: Quill -Tuft 11 outside /inside scraper, 3/8 -inch, tan color, with Saf -edge, 72- inches wide by length as indicated. Distibuted by T &A supply Company, tel 206 - 282 -3770. 1. Mounting: Recessed. B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT U r..:as: z w Ce 00 (/) LIJ J F- w 2 u . co =d IT w z x z0 w • w U u) O - O H W W U.. .. z w U = 0 H- z Fatigue Technology, Inc. Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 2.3 FABRICATION 12485 - 2 ENTRANCE MATS A. Shop fabricate to greatest extent possible. B. Provide single unit for each mat installation, but not exceeding manufacturer's recommended maximum size for mat removal and cleaning. w PART 3 - EXECUTION _j o 0 3.1 INSTALLATION w LLJ Form slab as required to accommodate recessed entry vestibule mat and scrper mat. w O B. Install mats in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. g 5 Install mats with top flush with adjacent finished flooring and concrete paving. • d w ~ 2 ? r END OF SECTION z O w uj U ° O - C1 w • w 1— 4 -10 w O ▪ ff 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Z Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 SECTION 12495 - WINDOW SHADES z PART 1 - GENERAL ~ w 1.1 SUMMARY w j -1 U A. Section Includes: 0 o 1. Sunscreen roller shades. 2. Blackout roller shades w _ 3. Operating controls and accessories. co u_ w B. Related Sections: 2 1. Section 08920 — Glazed Aluminum Curtain Wall. g a 2. Section 09260 — Gypsum Board Assemblies: Suspended gypsum board ceilings. co D 3. Division 16 sections for electrical service and connections for motorized shade = cl operation. _ zi_ 1.2 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION z O w A. Shade fabric: Fire resistant, openness factor as specified and required by orientation and D o glazing. o 1. Single sunscreen shadeband with specified weave. o F.. w w B. Blackout Fabric: Fire resistant, complete opaqueness. H "- C. Electric Operation with the following features: w z 1. Group switching. 0 2. 5 position /aligned switching. F. Y D. Mounting: Overhead Pocket - mounted. 1. Single fascia: One -piece extruded aluminum. 2. Extruded aluminum hembar with vinyl light seal. 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. Comply with requirements of Section 01330. B. Product Data: 1. Manufacturer's current technical specifications and installation instructions. 2. Indicate deviations from specified requirements and reasons for them. 12495 -1 WINDOW SHADES C. Samples - Shade Material: 1. Color Not Scheduled: Manufacturer's standard colors for selection by Architect. 2. Color Scheduled: Samples for verification purposes of each type, color, texture, and pattem required. D. Shop Drawings: Indicate mounting conditions and clearance requirements not covered in product data. 1. For electrically operated units, include detailed wiring diagrams and schematics. 10/03 /00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT z Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. Deliver shades wrapped and crated in manner to prevent damage to components or marring of surfaces. B. Store in a clean, dry area, laid flat and blocked off of ground, to prevent sagging, twisting, or warping. 1.5 WARRANTY A. Warranties shall be in addition to, and not limitation of, other rights the Owner may have under Contract Documents. B. Furnish executed copies of manufacturer's warraties for the following: 1. Motors and electrical accessories 2. Shadecloth, with provision that it will not deteriorate, sag, or warp and will remain fit for use for full warranty period. C. Warranty Periods: 1. Motors and electrical accessories: Five years. 2. Shadecloth: Ten years. 3. Blackout Cloth: Ten years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. Manufacturer: MechoShade Systems, Inc. Long Island City, New York 11101, USA. 1. Sunshades: Mechoshade 111 chain drive. 2. Blackout Shades: ElectroShaden electrically operated units. B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 MATERIALS A. Shade cloth: Fed. Spec. CCC -C -521 E for fire retardency, NFPA 701 Small -Scale and /or NFPA 701 Large -Scale requirements. Anti - microbial without topical treatment. NY State Fire -Gas Toxicity Text: LC50 22.5 g. ASTM E- 84 -90: Flame Spread 17, Smoke Density Index 118, Shade cloth seconds or shade cloth manufactured using reprocessed materials are not acceptable. 1. EuroVeilTm 5300 group, sunscreen, dense basket weave, 5% openness factor. a. Color: 5313 Bronze. B. Blackout Cloth: ThermoVeil AN Blackout Group. 1. Color: 0731 Black. 2.3 ELECTROSHADE MOTORIZED SYSTEM 12495 - 2 WINDOW SHADES A. The motor shall be tubular asynchronous and concealed inside an extruded aluminum tube with asymmetrical channels to which the shade and the mounting spline are affixed. Internal limit switches shall be readily removable without having to remove the motor or the shade -tube assembly. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT tlst,r..u i:Vl+ :;v„ s�.,...w,... „.n la.r. .gi, .Sr.S.:1,u�e..�r, i:..a; ,;1 z w o' —J U 00 0 0) J • = I- 0) w w u _ • d � z = H0 Z F- LU w U O O N O I- w w .z w O ~ z Fatigue Technology, Inc Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 2.4 MANUAL SHADE SYSTEM A. Pre - engineered unit with one -piece molded sprockets and linear disk brake opposed to a flat steel backing plate and concealed variable adjustment mechanism. 1. Shade Mechanism: Adjustable from 100 percent friction (static mode) with infinite positions to 15 percent friction (dynamic mode) with only preselected positions. 2. Operator: Side mounted gear and sprocket mechanism located within drive -end bracket. 3. Shadecloth: Removable, with snap -on and snap -off mounting spline without having to remove the shade tube. 2.5 CONTROL SYSTEM A. Shade Cloth: B. Blackout Cloth: Manufacturer's standard system customized to project requirements. Multi- zone shade controls and operations as specified. 12495 - 3 WINDOW SHADES A. Mounting: Window head, between jambs. 1. Manual Shade System: Mechoshade III slimline bracket offset drive, snap -loc fascia. 2. ElectroShade Motorized System: Electroshade III (Mechoshade III wide bracket), snap- Ioc fascia. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Take field measurements prior to fabrication to ensure fit. 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Install materials and systems in accordance with manufacturer's instructions for type of mountings and operations required. B. Install in proper relation to adjacent construction and to uniform appearance. 3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING A. Test and adjust each shade for proper operation. B. • Restore damaged finishes to like -new condition. C. Clean and protect work from damage during subsequent construction operations. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture -1137 SECTION 14422 - INCLINED WHEELCHAIR LIFTS 14422 - 1 INCLINED WHEELCHAIR LIFTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Platform lift for straight stairway. B. Wall mounted C- channel support rail. C. Folding platform for compact storage. D. Touch activated controls. E. Key controlled operation. 1.2 SUBMITTALS Comply with requirements of Section 01330. Product Data: Manufacturer's current technical specifications and installation instructions. C. Shop Drawings: 1. Detail drawings showing complete layout of platform lift equipment, mounting diagrams, and location of machinery and apparatus. 2. Wiring diagrams. D. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing full range of standard colors available for factory applied finishes. E. Samples for Verification: Each type of metal finish required, prepared on 150 mm square metal samples of same thickness and alloy indicated for final unit. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: Engage experienced Installer who is approved by the manufacturer and who has successfully completed installation of wheelchair lifts similar in mechanics, design, and performance to that indicated for this project. B. Comply with ANSI Standard A17.1 and with requirements of applicable building code authorities or fire marshal. 1.4 WARRANTIES A. Provide written warranties executed by the manufacturer under their Five -Year Extended Warranty Program. B. Warranties specified above shall not deprive Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents. 10/03/00 TENANT IMPROVEMENT Fatigue Technology Tenant Improvement CNA Architecture - 1137 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS B. Substitutions: Comply with requirements of Section 01630. 2.2 MANUFACTURED UNIT 14422 - 2 INCLINED WHEELCHAIR LIFTS A. Acceptable Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products manufactured by one of the following: 1. American Stair -Glide (Carrier -Lift) 2. Garaventa (Canada) Ltd. (Refer All -State Elevator Co., Tacoma, WA) A. Model: Garaventa Stair -Lift Xpress 11. 1. Platform: Nominal 30 by 48 inches, with non -slip surface on decks and ramps, power ramp, safety arms, and automatic power fold. 2. Rated Load: Minimum 450 pounds, with 5X safety factor. 3. Speed: 13 feet per minute. 4. Rail: Steel, offset C- channel, 15.7 by 2.4 inches. 5. Motor: 1 HP, 208 VAC, 3 phase. 6. Controls: 24 volt, key switch. 7. Stair Rise: Approximately 40 inches. 2.3 FINISHES A. Metal: Baked powder enamel. B. Color: Selected from manufacturer's standard optional colors. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. B. Install equipment in final locations after finishes have been completed in area. C. Securely anchor machinery and apparatus to structure with concealed fasteners where possible. Verify that clearances are adequate to properly operate and service equipment. 3.2 ADUSTING A. Test equipment to assure proper operation of equipment in each aspect or phase. B. Demonstrate operation and maintenance to personnel designated by Owner. Allow minimum of four hours for instruction. 10/03/00 END OF SECTION TENANT IMPROVEMENT J..n�.f fa!ati;2 Ink z ~ • w o: _10 co co cow J = I-- � w w 2 LL Q co ❑ ▪ d � z = zI- U • ❑ O (12 ❑ H w I-- - Li- w z U� O ~ z Garaventa Stair- Innovative engineering and design have made Garaventa the industry leader in accessibility solutions. The Garaventa Stair -Lift is the most versatile, highest quality product of its kind, with more safety features than any other inclined platform lift. Endorsed by designers, architects and facility planners, Garaventa Stair -Lifts are installed in thousands of locations around the world. • omp Ian araven a air- ifts meet or exceed international technical standards including ASME A17.1, ASME A18.1, CSN /CSA- B355 -94 and CE. Model Xpress II M +U.. for straight stairways • Reliable Drive System - Garaventa Stair -Lifts use Mains Power - the primary source of electricity found in all buildings. This means the Stair -Lift can run at full capacity 24 hours a day. trong and Durable - Garaventa Stair -Lifts are built Xpress II is ideal for straight stairways. When fast delivery time is a primary concern, the XPRESS II is the solution to your accessibility challenge. Built with the quality and reliability you expect from Garaventa, this attractively finished lift is designed for straight stairways. It is safe, reliable and code compliant. The Xpress II can be installed on your site (indoors or outdoors) with little or no structural modifications, often within days of order placement. • Easy to Use - The Garaventa Stair - Lift's One Touch Control System is designed for people with limited dexterity. This ensures the utmost in user independence. • Space Saving Design - Garaventa is able to offer one of the narrowest folded platforms on the market. Advanced Safety Features - Include an audio - visual pedestrian alert, under platform sensing plate, bi- directional ramp sensors and an integrated fire alarm service. The call station automatically unfolds the platform and ramps. Platform stores in folded position to keep stairway clear. The Xpress II with optional powered safety arms. � OPY CORRE4TION I TR# Standard Features • One -touch controls, designed for people with limited dexterity • Under platform sensing plate and bi- directional ramp sensors • Emergency manual lowering system • Ready lamp safety indicator • Key controlled operation • Soft start and stop • Power -fold platform and ramps • Platform folds to a narrow profile for maximum stairway clearance • Standard outdoor weather - proofing package on rails and platform • Choice of two platform sizes • Passenger grabrail Optional Features • Auxiliary power system • Integrated fire alarm system • Powered safety arms • Painted stainless steel towers for outdoor applications • Folding seat • Audio - visual pedestrian alert • Side -load ramp for installations with small lower landings • Keyless operation • Attendant hand control • Platform folds automatically if left unattended at landing • z ~ w 0 0 co J = w g Q I- w Z = I- 0 Z ~ U � O - OH wW 1- 0 I I O .z w U = O ~ z Xpress II Design and Planning Guide Revised September 22, 2000 Codes and Standards Design Hot Line: 1- 800 - 663 -6556 or 1 +(604) 594 -0422 Elevator Codes and Standards Garaventa Stair -Lifts fully comply with both Canadian, American and International standards such as CSA -B355 Lifts for Persons with Physical Disabilities or ASME A18.1 standards. Given that standards are interpreted differently from one jurisdiction to another, the latest copy of local standards should always be the final reference. Key Design References from CSA and ASME Standards Capacity: Maximum one person. A seat may be provided to accommodate a non - wheelchair passenger. Maximum rated load is 225kg/495Ibs. Key Operation: Many jurisdictions in Canada require that a public platform lift be key operated, even though it is not formally specified as a CSA standard. In the United States, key operation is a required in the ASME standard. Note: However, many local jursicitions do not require keys. Independent Operation: Either a passenger or an attendant can operate Garaventa Stair -Lifts. In jurisdictions that only permit attendant - operated platform lifts, it may be necessary to include attendant call switches at all call stations, and to deactivate the platform operating controls. Emergency Signal: An emergency signal may be required if the lift is to be operated without an attendant, or if the lift is not highly visible to other building occupants. Pedestrian Alert: Neither CSA nor ASME standards require an audio - visual alert warning pedestrians that the lift is in operation. However, it is a requirement in many local jurisdictions and is highly recommended by Garaventa, especially for high traffic stairwells. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Garaventa Stair -Lifts meet all the requirements of the ADA when the lift is licensed for independent operation. (Note: A minimum platform size of 1220x760 mm /4 30" is required. If this size is technically infeasible, a smaller platform may be used.) size dbfreop - 26 - Architectural Accessibility Standards There are federal, provincial and state laws regarding building codes and standards for architectural accessibility. Platform lifts meet all these requirements, particularly in existing buildings, and have been installed throughout North America. However, caution should be used if planning to use a platform lift in a new building, as there are some jurisdictions that do not permit the use of platform lifts as an integral part of the design. If unsure, consult your Garaventa dealer or local Accessibility Board. © Garaventa (Canada) Ltd. Printed in Canada • Stair -Lift Xpress II Model Codes and Standards www.garaventa.ca Building Codes and Standards Platform lifts often fall under the jurisdiction of building code authorities and /or the fire commissioner's office. It is advisable to consult with them at an early stage in the planning process so that the lift can be properly configured. Note: Should the Garaventa Stair -Lift be a concern to the building code or fire authorities, ask your local Garaventa dealer about other emergency evacuation devices and fire service features. Licensing Procedure The licensing of platform lifts for use in public buildings is virtually identical to the procedure for elevators. It requires the registration of plans and specifications with elevator safety authorities and a field inspection upon installation. In some jurisdictions, a building description and lift rationale must also be submitted.Your local Garaventa dealer will coordinate all aspects of licensing. Reference Sources CSA -B355 Canadian Standards Association, Standards Division 178 Rexdale Boulevard, Rexdale (Toronto), Ontario, Canada M9W 1 R3 ASME A18.1 ASME Order Department 22 Law Drive, Box 2900 Fairfield, New Jersey 07007 -2900 1- 800 -843 -2763 Xpress II Design and Planning Guide - 27 - Revised September 22, 2000 © Garaventa (Canada) Ltd. Printed in Canada J o u.. w 0 Js z �` Z o '. 0 0 N 1. P w` u. E - 0 iz ` .0~ z i. ASME A17.1 -1996 2000.10d Motor Reversal Protection. Where a non- instantaneous reversible motor is used, a protective circuit or device shall be provided to prevent the motor from continuing in the same direction if the reversing control is activated. 2000.10e Phase Reversal and Failure Protection. If a polyphase alternating current power supply is used, phase reversal and failure protection shall be pro- vided in accordance with Rule 210.6. 2000.10f Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency stop switch conforming to Rule 210.2(e) shall be provided in the car. 2000.10g Slack -Rope and Slack -Chain Devices for Winding Drum and Roller- Chain -Type Driving Ma- chines. Winding drum driving machines with rope suspension shall be provided with a slack -rope device of the manually reset type that will remove power from the motor and brake if the car is obstructed in its descent and the suspension ropes slacken. Lifts with roller chain suspension means shall be provided with a slack -chain device which will remove power from the motor and brake if the car is ob- structed in its descent and the suspension means slacken. This device is not required to be of the manually reset type if the chain sprockets are guarded to prevent the chain from becoming disengaged from the sprockets. 2000.10h Release and Application of Driving -Ma- chine Brake. Driving- machine brakes shall not be electrically released until power has been applied to the driving- machine motor. All power feed lines to the brake shall be opened and the brake shall apply automatically when: (a) any operating device in Rule 2000.10a or 2000.10b is in the stop position; (b) any electrical protective device functions. 2000.101 Electrical Equipment and Wiring (1) All electrical equipment and wiring shall con- form to the requirements of ANSI /NFPA 70. (2) Electrical equipment shall be certified to the requirements of CSA 844.1 /ASME A17.5. (95b1 Rule 2000.11 Emergency Signals (a) If the lift is installed in an area not visible to personnel at all times, emergency signaling devices shall be provided in accordance with the require- ments of Rule 211.1(a)(1) or Rule 211.1(a)(2). (b) Standby power shall be provided in accordance with Rule 211.1(a)(3). 1961 Rule 2000.12 Code Data Plate A Code data plate conforming to the requirements of Section 215 shall be provided. 285 2000.10d -Rule 2001.2 SECTION 2001 INCLINED WHEELCHAIR LIFTS Rule 2001.1 Runways 2001.1a Means of Egress. Lifts shall be installed so that the means of egress is maintained as required by the authority having jurisdiction. 2001.1b Clearances. Clearances between the plat- form and adjacent surfaces shall not be less than 3 /4 in. (19 mm). At no point in its travel shall the edge of the platform facing the upper landing be more than 24 in. (610 mm) above a step or landing as measured vertically. 2001.1c Pipes in Runway Vicinity. Pipes conveying steam, gas, or liquid which, if discharged into the runway, would endanger life or health shall not be permitted. 2001.1d Pits and Ramps. A pit, floor ramp, or retractable, platform- mounted ramp shall be pro- vided. (1) When a pit is provided, it shall be protected as required by the authority having jurisdiction. (2) The slope shall be in accordance with the re- quirements for ramps in ANSI A117.1. Retractable ramps shall be in accordance with Rule 2001.6. 2001.1e Structural Support. The structure on which the equipment is installed shall be capable of safely supporting the loads imposed. 2001.1f Electrical Equipment and Wiring (1) The installation of electrical equipment and wiring shall conform to the requirements of ANSI! NFPA 70. (2) Electrical equipment shall be certified to the requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5. Rule 2001.2 Guide Rails and Tracks (a) Platform guide rails shall be of metal construc- tion. Steel construction shall conform to the require- ments of Rule 200.2a. Metals other than steel shall conform to the requirements of Rule 200.2b. Guide - rail surfaces shall conform to the requirements of Rule 200.6. (b) The top and bottom ends of each run of guide rails shall be so located in relation to the extreme positions of travel of the platform that the platform guiding members cannot travel beyond the ends of the guide rails. (c) The stresses and deflections in the guide rails and their brackets shall conform to the requirements of Rules 200.5a and 200.5b. (d) The factor of safety used in the design of guide rails shall be not less than 5, based on the rated load. (e) The supporting tracks or guide rails shall be W+ J U 0O N W 0 La, t O '. Z } IF-0 W Lu 0 0 O U 0 F—' W WI U4 liJ Z U c; 0 Rule 2001.2 -Rule 2001.5 securely anchored to the stairs, floor surface, or side wall. Rule 2001.3 Driving Means and Sheaves The driving means shall be one of the following: (a) winding drum (b) traction (c) rope sprocket (d) chain sprocket (e) screw (f) rack and pinion (g) direct - plunger hydraulic (h) roped - hydraulic (1) lever hydraulic 2001.3a General Requirements (1) The factors of safety, based on the static load (the rated load plus the weight of the car, ropes, counterweights, etc.), to be used in the design of driving machines and sheaves shall not be less than: (a) 8 for steel, bronze, or other metals having an elongation of at least 14% in a length of 2 in. (51 mm); (b) 10 for cast iron or other metals having an elongation of less than 14% in a length of 2 in. (51 mm). (2) Set -screw fastenings shall not be used in lieu of keys or pins if the connection is subject to torque or tension. (3) Friction gearing, clutch mechanisms, or cou- plings shall not be used to connect the driving ma- chine drum or sheave to the main driving mechanism. (4) Worm gearing having cast iron teeth shall not be used in the driving machine. (5) Driving - machine chains and sprockets shall be of steel and shall conform in design and dimensions to the requirements of ANSI B29.1. 196) (6) Winding drums, traction sheaves, overhead sheaves, and deflecting sheaves shall conform to the requirements of Rules 208.2a and 208,2c, and have a pitch diameter of not less than 30 times the diameter of the suspension ropes, except that where 8 x 19 steel rope or 7 x 19 steel aircraft cable is used, the pitch diameter of the drums and sheaves may be reduced to 21 times the diameter of the rope or cable. 2001.3b Hydraulic Driving Machines. Direct - plunger hydraulic d riving machines, where used, shall conform to the requirements of Section 302. Roped - hydraulic machines shall conform to the requirements of Section 302 except for Rules 302.1a, 302.2, 302.3c, and 302.3g. 286 ASME A17.1 - 1996 2001.3c Screw Machines. Screw machines, where used, shall conform to Section 1804. NOTE (Rule 2001.3c): Rated speed shall not exceed 30 ft! min (0.15 m /s). Overspeed shall not exceed 75 ft /min (0.38 m /s). 2001.3d Location of Power Unit and Alignment and Guarding of Sheaves and Sprockets. The power unit may be mounted on the car or placed at a remote location. If remotely located, all intervening sheaves or sprockets shall be so placed that the rope or chain travels in the proper alignment. All sheaves and sprockets shall be enclosed or guarded. 2001.3e Indirect -Drive Machines. Indirect -drive ma (961 chines utilizing V -belt drives, tooth drive belts, or drive chains, shall conform to the requirements of Rules 208.9b, 208.9c, and 208.9d, except that the requirements of Rule 208.9c may be omitted if a self - locking drive meeting the requirements of Rule 2001.4(b) is provided. If multiple belts or chains are provided, they shall be preloaded and matched for length in sets. Rule 2001.4 Driving- Machine Brakes (a) Driving machines, except hydraulic, shall be 1961 equipped with electrically released spring applied brakes directly attached to the driving means through a continuous shaft, mechanical coupling, or toothed gearing. A single ground or short circuit, a counter- voltage or a motor -field discharge shall not prevent the brake magnet from allowing the brake to set when the operating device is placed in the stop position. (b) A machine brake is not required if a self-locking drive utilizing a lead screw, worm, or other positive gearing which will stop and hold the platform with the rated load within 4 in. (102 mm) of down travel after the power is removed is provided. Rule 2001.5 Suspension and Support Means (a) Suspension and support means shall be one of the following: . (1) steel or iron wire rope (2) steel aircraft cable (3) roller chain (4) direct - plunger hydraulic (5) roped - hydraulic (6) rack and pinion (7) screw (b) Steel tapes or welded link chains shall not be used as suspension means. (c) Where wire ropes are used, the diameter shall not be less than 1 /4 in. (6.4 mm). 1- U V O u) O .. LL W W W O ': g J( a 0 O Z H O 2 1 V p o W W5 1 — tL 6 c.) Z ASME A17.1 -1996 2001.5a Factors of Safety. The suspension and support means shall have a factor of safety of not less than 7 based on the tension in the rope, cable, chain, or forces exerted on the hydraulic cylinder, screw drive, or rack and pinion when raising the rated load. When the platform and counterweight are suspended by steel ropes and the driving means between • the machine and the counterweight is an endless roller -type chain, the factor of safety of such chain shall be not less than 8, based on the rated load. 2001.5b Arc of Contact of Suspension Means on Sheaves and Sprockets. The arc of contact of a wire rope on a traction sheave shall be sufficient to produce adequate traction under all load conditions. The arc of contact of a chain on a driving sprocket shall be not less than 140 deg. 2001.5c Spare Rope Turns on Winding Drums. All wire ropes of winding drum machines shall have not less than one full turn of the rope on the drum when the car or counterweight has reached its limit of possible overtravel. 2001.5d Securing Suspension Ropes to Winding Drums. The drum ends of wire ropes shall be secured by clamps on the inside of the drum of winding drum machines or by one of the methods specified in Rule 212.6 for' fastening wire ropes. 2001.5e Lengthening, Splicing, Repairing, or Replacing Suspension Means. Suspension wire ropes shall not be lengthened or repaired by splicing. Bro- ken or worn suspension chains shall not be repaired. If one rope or chain of a set is worn or damaged and requires replacement, the entire set of ropes or chains shall be replaced. If a chain or sprocket is replaced due to wear, all chains and sprockets shall be replaced. 2001.5f Fastening of Rope Suspension Means to Platform. The platform ends of wire ropes shall be fastened in a return loop by properly made individual tapered babbitted sockets or by properly attached fittings as recommended by wire rope manufacturers. Clamps of the U -bolt type shall not be used. Tapered babbitted rope sockets and the method of babbitting shall conform to the requirements of Rules 212.9d and 212.9f. The diameter of the hole in the small end of the socket shall not exceed the nominal diameter of the rope by more than 3 /32 in. (2.4 mm). 2001.5g Guarding. All moving suspension means shall be guarded against accidental contact. Suspen- sion means which operate within a guide or track and travel at the same speed and in the same direction as the platform shall be considered suitably, guarded. 287 Rule 2001.6 Cars and Platforms 2001,5a- 2001.6c 2001.6a Construction (1) The car or platform frame shall be of metal construction and have a factor of safety of not less than 5 based on rated load. The platform shall be of metal or wood construction with a nonskid surface. Construction shall conform to the requirements of Rules 204.1b and 204.1c. (2) The inside net platform area shall not exceed 12 ft (1.11 m (3) Metals having an elongation of less than 20% in a length of 2 in. (51 mm) shall not be used in the construction of any member of the car frame or platform. (4) Glass, where used, shall conform to Rule 204.1h. 2001.6b Platform Truck and Guides. The platform shall be securely anchored to a truck which supports it. The truck shall be retained in a track or on a guide -rail assembly. 2001.6c Platform Guarding. Platform guarding shall be in accordance with Rule 2001.6c(1), or in accordance with Rule 2001.6c(2) where approved by the authority having jurisdiction and where attendant operation is provided in accordance with Rule 2001.10b. (1) The platform shall be equipped with a self - closing door at least 42 in. (1067 mm) high on the sides of access to the lower landing. The door shall be of solid construction and provided with a combination mechanical lock and electric contact and shall only be operable within 2 in. (51 mm) of the lower landing. It may permit the platform to move if the door or gate is in the closed position, but not locked, provided the device will stop the platform if the door or gate fails to lock before the platform has moved more than 2 in. (51 mm) away from the landing. The platform side guards on the sides not used for access or exit "shall be of smooth construction to a height of 42 in. (1067 mm) above the platform with no openings, other than those necessary for operation. Openings necessary for operation shall reject a ball 1/2 in. (13 mm) in diameter. A grab rail extending the full length of either side guard shall be provided at a height of 36 in. (914 mm). The ruhning clearance between the side guards and any adjacent surface shall be not less than 2 in. (51 mm). (2) Guards of at least 6 in. (153 mm) high shall be provided on the sides of the platform not used for access. A retractable metal guard at least 6 in. (153 mm) high shall be provided on the lower access end of the platform to prevent the wheelchair from rolling off that end of the platform. It shall be automat- ically actuated by the movement from the lower landing or manually activated and shall remain in 194a1 W s �aa � WF` V 0 C W = u. W O !. 2 u. z I— ILI Z I— O Z 1- O' O I—, LLI W HU , lL O • Z 0 �;. 2001.6c -Rule 2001.9 its elevated position until the platform returns to the lower landing. It shall be provided with an •electric contact which will stop the movement of the platform within 6 in. (152 mm) of travel away from the lower landing if the guard has failed to rise to its guarding position. Means shall be provided to prevent the wheel- chair from rolling off the platform at the upper access end. When in use, the incline of the ramp shall not be greater than: (a) 1 in 6 for heights up to 2 in. (64 mm); (b) 1 in 8 for heights greater than 2 in. (64 mm) and less than 3 in. (76 mm); (c) . 1 in 12 for heights 3 in. (76 mm) or greater. A hand grip shall be provided at a height of not less than 36 in. (914 mm) from the platform. 2001.6d Seats. A lift may be provided with a fold- ing seat and seat belt to accommodate a person not in a wheelchair. 2001.6e Obstruction Devices. The upward and downward facing edges of the platform and the entire underside shall be equipped with obstruction devices. The obstruction devices shall stop the lift from travel- ing in•the direction of the obstruction within a dis- tance of 2 in. (51 mm) if the 'obstruction exerts a force of 4 Ibf (17.8 N) or more. The lift may operate in the direction away from the obstruction. The underside obstruction device shall stop the lift only when the lift is obstructed while traveling in the down direction.' Rule 2001.7 Capacity, Load, Speed, and Angle of Inclination 2001.7a Limitations of Capacity, Load, and Speed. The capacity shall be one person. The rated load shall be not less than 450 Ib (204 kg) and not greater than 750 Ib (340 kg). The lift shall be capable of sustaining and lowering a load as specified in Rule 207.1. The rated speed measured along the incline shall not exceed 30 ft/min (0.15 m /s). 2001.7b Limitation of Angle. No lift shall be in- stalled to operate on a greater incline than 45 deg as measured on the mean. 2001.7c Capacity Plate. A capacity plate stating the capacity and rated load shall be furnished by the manufacturer and fastened in a conspicuous place on the lift. Letters and numbers used shall be not less than 1 /4 in. (6.4 mm) in height. 2001.7d Data Plates. A data plate shall be provided by the manufacturer and securely fastened in a con- spicuous place. The plate shall state the rated speed, rated load, weight of car, suspension or support means, date of manufacture, and manufacturer's 288 ASME A17.1 -1996 name. Letters and numerals shall be not less than t /4 in. (6.4 mm) in height. 2001.7e Passenger Restriction Sign. A passenger 1961 restriction sign shall be provided at each landing and on the platform and shall be securely fastened in a conspicuous place. The sign shall state "PHYSI• CALLY DISABLED PERSONS ONLY. NO FREIGHT" in letters not less than 1/4 in. (6.4 mm) high and shall include the international symbol for physically dis• abled persons. See Appendix J, Fig. J -1. Rule 2001.8 Safeties and Speed Governors All platforms shall be provided with a safety, except platforms of direct - plunger hydraulic lifts. The safety shall be actuated by the action of a speed governor or by the breakage or slackening of the suspension or support means. Where actuation is by a governor, the safety shall be set at a maximum speed of 75 ft/min (0.38 m /s). Where actuation is by breakage or slackening of the suspension or support means, the safety shall be set without delay, and independent of the speed governor, if provided. Safety parts shall conform to the requirements of Rule 205.12, except that, where provided, the rope used as a connection from the safety to the governor rope shall be not less than 1 /8 in. (3.2 mm) in diameter. Governor ropes, where provided, shall conform to me requirements of Rule 206.5a except that the diameter shall be not less than 1 / 4 in. (6.4 mm). The application and release of safeties shall con• form to the requirements of Rules 205.9a, 205.9b, and 205.9c. Rule 2001.9 Terminal Stopping Devices (a) Terminal stopping devices shall conform to the requirements of Rule 209.1. (b) Upper and lower terminal stopping devices !961 operated by the car shall be provided, and shall be set to stop the car within a tolerance of 1 / 2 in. 113 mm) of the upper and lower terminal landings under rated loading to zero loading conditions. (c) Upper and lower final terminal stopping devices operated by the car to remove power from the motor and the brake shall be provided, except as specified in Rule 2001.9(g). They shall be set to stop the car after it travels past the normal terminal stopping device and before striking an obstruction. A slack - rope device conforming to the requirements of Rule 210.2(a) may be used as the lower final terminal stopping device. (d) Final terminal stopping devices shall conform to the requirements of Rules 209.3a(1) and (31. (e) If the driving machine is of the winding drum or sprocket and chain suspension type, a final terminal stopping device operated by the driving machine shall also be provided. ASME A17.1 -1996 TO The final terminal stopping device shall con- form to the requirements of Rule 209.3d. (g) Final terminal stopping devices are not required for direct - plunger hydraulic driving machines. Lower final terminal stopping devices are not required where the limitations of the machine or runway limit the travel of the car (e.g., a platform at rest on the bottom terminal landing). Rule 2001.10 Operating Devices and Control Equipment 1961 2001.10a Key Operation. Operation of the platform from the upper or lower landing and from the plat - form -shall be controlled by a key. The key- operated control shall be operated by a cylinder -type lock having a five -pin or five -disk combination with the key removable only from the "OFF" position. A key - operated switch shall be provided at each station which will allow a control switch at that station to become effective only when the key is in the "ON" position. "UP" and "DOWN" control switches at all stations shall be by means of a continuous - pressure device. Controls shall be in accordance with the requirements of CABO /ANSI A117.1. Controls shall be located within forward or side reach of the passen- ger as defined in CABO /ANSI A117.1, Section 4.2.6. Operating devices shall be designed so that both the "UP" and "DOWN" circuits cannot be operated at the same time. 2001.10b Attendant Operation (1) Where applicable, and where approved by the authority having jurisdiction, the lift may be atten- dant- operated. The attendant shall he summoned by means of clearly labeled attendant call stations placed at each landing. (2) The attendant shall operate the lift by means of a continuous - pressure switch located in a control box on the free end of a detachable, flexible cord not more than 5 ft (1524 mm) in length. A manually reset emergency stop switch shall also be provided in the control box. (3) No controls, other than an emergency stop switch, shall be provided on the lift. (4) Where the equipment operates on a straight flight of stairs, and where the platform is within sight during its entire travel, provisions may be made for the attendant to operate the unit from the top or bottom of the stairs. 2001.10c Control and Operating Circuit Require- ments. The design and installation of the control and operating circuits shall conform to the following. (1) Control systems which depend on the comple- tion or maintenance of an electric circuit shall not be used for: (a) interruption of the power and application of the machine brake at terminal landings; • 289 Rule 2001.9 -Rule 2001.11 (b) stopping the machine when the safety ap- plies. (2) If springs are used to actuate switches, con- tactors, or relays to break the circuit to stop the lift at the terminal landing, they shall be of the restrained compression type. (3) The failure of any single magnetically operated switch, relay, or contactor to release in the intended manner, or the occurrence of a single accidental ground shall not permit the car to start if the runway door or platform door or gate is not in the closed position. It shall not permit the platform to move more than 2 in. (51 mm) away from a floor with the entrance door unlocked. 2001.10d Motor Reversal Protection. Where a non - instantaneous reversible motor is used, a protective circuit or device shall be provided to prevent the motor from continuing in the same direction if the reversing control is activated. 2001.10e Phase Reversal and Failure Protection. If a polyphase alternating current power supply is used, phase reversal and failure protection shall be pro- vided in accordance with Rule 210.6. 2001.10f Emergency Stop Switch. An emergency 1961 stop switch conforming to the requirements of Rule 210.2(e) shall be located within forward and side reach of the passenger whether sitting in a wheelchair or sitting on the folding seat in accordance with CABO /ANSI A117.1, Sections 4.2.5 and 4.2.6. 2001.109 Electrical Equipment and Wiring (1) All electrical equipment and wiring shall con- form to the requirements of ANSI /NFPA 70. (2) Electrical equipment shall be certified to the requirements of CSA B44.1 /ASME A17.5. 2001.10h Release and Application of Driving -Ma- chine Brake. Driving - machine brakes shall not be electrically released until power has been applied to the driving- machine motor. All power feed lines to the brake shall be opened and the brake shall apply automatically when: (a) any operating device in Rule 2001.10a or 2001.10b is in the stop position; (b) any electrical protective device functions. Rule 2001.11 Emergency Signal If the lift is installed in an area not visible to personnel at all times, emergency signaling devices shall be provided in accordance with the require- ments of Rule 211.1(a)(1) or 211.1(a)(2), except that the requirements for emergency power shall not apply. Arm W ' _ U O; Uo? Wr U. W } 0 } , g J : _ ` Z l-- 1-0 Z F - ! uj Q ` c o 01 W l!J O w U 01..[ Rule 2001,12 -Rule 2002.5 1961 Rule 2001.12 Code Data Plate A Code data plate conforming to the requirements of Section 215 shall be provided. SECTION 2002 • INCLINED STAIRWAY CHAIRLIFTS Rule 2002.1 Runways (a) Lifts shall•be installed so that means of egress is maintained as required by the authority having jurisdiction. (b) The structure on which the equipment is in- stalled shall be capable of safely supporting the loads imposed. • (c) The installation of electrical equipment and • wiring shall conform to the requirements of ANSI/ NFPA 70. (d) Electrical equipment shall be certified to the . requirements of CSA B44.1/ASME A17.5. Rule 2002.2 Guide Rails and Tracks The supporting tracks or guide rails shall be se- curely anchored to the stairs, floor surface, or side wall. The factor of safety used in the design of the guide rails and tracks shall be not less than 5 based on the rated load. Rule 2002.3 Driving Means and Sheaves The driving means shall he one of the following: (a) winding drum (b) traction (c) rope sprocket (d) chair sprocket (e) screw (f) rack and pinion (g) direct- plunger hydraulic (h) roped - hydraulic (i) lever hydraulic 2002.3a General Requirements (1) The factor of safety used in the design of the sprockets and sheaves shall be not less than 5 based on the rated load: (2) Driving- machine chains and sprockets shall be of steel and shall conform in design and dimensions to the requirements of ANSI 829.1. 1961 (3) Winding dr,ums, traction sheaves, overhead sheaves, and deflecting sheaves shall conform to the requirements of Rules 208.2a and 208.2c, and have a pitch diameter of not Tess than 30 times the diameter of the suspension ropes, except that where 8 x 19 steel rope or 7 x 19 steel aircraft cable is used the 290 ASME M7.1 - 1996 pitch diameter of the drums and sheaves may be reduced to 21 times the diameter of the rope or cable. 2002.3b Hydraulic Driving Machines: Direct• plunger hydraulic driving machines, where used, shall conform to the requirements of Section 302. Roped - hydraulic machines shall conform to the requirements of Section 302, except for Rules 302.1a, 302.2, 302.3c, and 302.3g. 2002.3c Screw Machines. Screw machines, where used, shall conform to the requirements of Section 1804. NOTE (Rule 2002.3c): Rated speed shall not exceed 30 ft/ min (0.15 m /s). Overspeed shall not exceed 75 ft/min (0.38 m /s). 2002.3d Location of Power Unit and Alignment and Guarding of Sheaves. The power unit may be mounted on the carriage or placed at a remote location. If remotely located, all sheaves or sprockets shall be placed so that the rope or chain travels in proper alignment. All sheaves and sprockets shall be enclosed or guarded. 2002.3e Indirect -Drive Machines. Indirect -drive ma- 1961 chines, utilizing V -belt drives, tooth drive belts, or drive chains, shall conform to the requirements of Rules 208.9b, 208.9c, and 208,9d, except that the requirements of Rule 208.9c may be omitted if a self - locking drive meeting the requirements of Rule 2002.4(b) is provided. If multiple belts or chains are provided, they shall be preloaded and matched for length in sets. Rule 2002.4 Driving- Machine Brakes (a) A driving- machine brake directly attached to 1961 the driving means through a continuous shaft, me- chanical coupling, or toothed gearing of the electri• tally released spring applied type shall be provided, except on lifts with hydraulic driving machines. (b) A machine brake is not required if a self - locking drive utilizing a lead screw, worm, or other positive gearing which will.stop and hold the carriage with the rated load within 4 in. (102 mm) of down travel after the power is removed is provided. Rule. 2002.5 Suspension and Support Means Suspension and support means shall be one of the following: (a) steel or iron wire rope (b) steel aircraft cable (c) roller chain (d) direct - plunger hydraulic (e) roped - hydraulic (f) rack and pinion (g) screw PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP ACTIVITY' NUMBER: D2000- 329 DATE: 4-11-01 PROJECT NAME: FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY SITE ADDRESS: 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter it X Revision # 1 AFTER Permit Is Issued DEPART Buildiri'T3ivision '{Z Public 4 Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Incomplete ( Not Applicable n Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: -74 Please Route Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) DUE DATE 5 5- 10-2001 Approved Approved with Conditions 7 Not Approved (attach comments) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: MillloU IE.DOC srrl Fire Prevention Structural n Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 4 -12 -2001 No further Review Required PERMIT COORD COPY n n 0 0 w =: J1.0 L uj _ w H = z � z► 0 ; 0 co 0 F- WW I U I , , r w z i U = Revision' No.. Date Received Date Issued I Staff :•. Initials Staff • Initials ' Date Issu • • . • ' ***Staff Initials Date Received 0,-I1 -0 i2-‘2.(i , ( — z.,■ I J-T • --c-c 1 C ? °/ 1 1) 0.43 ( v1-,2• tAAJ Lki L4 C Summary of Revision: Received By: -........, Summary of Revision: Received By: ... .�O-ia, Revision No. Date I Staff Received Initials Date Issued I Staff :•. Initials 1 1 1 Summary of Revision: • Date Received • •- Received By: - Revision No. ' ' Date Date Staff Initials Issued' Received I I I Staff Initials 1 1 1 1 Summary of Revision: Date Received . Staff I Initials I Date Issued I Staff Initials Received By: • Date Staff Received 1 Initials Date - Issued Staff I Initials 1 1 Summary of Revision: Revision No. I Date Received . Staff I Initials I Date Issued I Staff Initials Summary of Revision: Received Bv: Revision No. Date Staff Received 1 Initials Date - Issued Staff I Initials 1 1 Summary of Revision: Received By: Inin en nrin.,• • ROJECT NAME: .-€. ,k - PERMIT NO:. 2.-e . - 3 Zj Site Address: -. • -- Original Issue Date: REVISION LOG ase prix (please print) (please print) (please print) ACTIVITY NUMBER: D2000 -329 DATE: 12 -06 -2000 PROJECT NAME: FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY SITE ADDRESS: 401 ANDOVER PK E SUITE NO: Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # XX Response to Correction Letter # 1 Revision # After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Bu i cir Division 1j a1 /Z.1,02 Public Works DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete Q Incomplete n Not Applicable Comments: TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route f REVIEWER'S INITIALS: Approved PERMIT COORD Cotpy . PLAN REVIEW /ROUTI SLIP Waaoun.DOC SPPI CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Fire Prevention Structural Structural Review Required APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved with Conditions n Planning Division Permit Coordinator n It DUE DATE: 12 -07 -2000 No further Review Required n DATE: DUE DATE 1- 4-2000 Not Approved (attach comments) u REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: DUE DATE Approved n Approved with Conditions Not Approved (attach comments) n REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: ACTIVITY NUMBER: D2000 -329 DATE: 10 -3 -2000 PROJECT NAME: FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY SITE ADDRESS: 401 ANDOVER PK E SUITE NO XX Original Plan Submittal Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # Revision # ` After Permit Is Issued DEPARTMENTS: Building Division Nc al lb -54, Public Works 15C ifish PERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW /ROUTING SLIP l'nt Fire Prevention &DC to - q 7 Structural DETERMINATION OF COMPLETENESS: (Tues., Thurs.) Complete n Comments: Incomplete Planning Division Permit Coordinator DUE DATE: 10-5-2000 Not Applicable ri A..' TUES /THURS ROUTING: Please Route In Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: (ten days) Approved ❑ Approved with Conditions REVIEWER'S INITIALS: CORRECTION DETERMINATION: Approved Approved with Conditions n PRRIRIRAOC REVIEWER'S INITIALS: I is U No further Review Required Not Approved (attach comments) n DATE: DUE DATE 11 -2 -2000 Not Approved (attach comments) ri DATE: DUE DATE DATE: z 0o coo ww J W 0 }': g u.< mow .. z o0 LLI D U 0 O N w z p _': O z AdAt Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: I A--) 1 Plan Check/Permit Number: 1�0 XO— 32g Response to Incomplete Letter # El Response to Correction Letter # Revision # 4- after Permit is Issued Project Name: {A1 ` f Project Address: tP'- ' Contact Person: ■ \ 1J I Phone Number: 4*G (fee 5 Summary of Revision: _ 11� S -t70' -1C* ` 24 ' & L v(z) - r',t . RAatio4 ©F 1 `t oP City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite .100 Tukwila, WA 93133 (206)431 -3670 Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including daj of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: 'p- Entered in Sierra on / _ / — O / 08/30/00 • City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. 0 Response to Incomplete Letter # ® Response to Correction Letter # 1 0 Revision # after Permit is Issued Project Name: FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY Project Address: 401 Andover Park East Contact Person: Jeff Jeffers Plan Check/Permit Number: D2000 -329 Summary of Revision: Phone Number: RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA DEC 0 6 2000 PERMIT CENTER Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date o revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: Entered in Sierra on 1240' 0' CD 12/01/00 City of Tukwila Department of Community Development - Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 (206)431 -3670 Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, fax, etc. Date: 10 • C I • 00 Plan Check/Permit Number: D2000 -329 Response to Incomplete Letter # Response to Correction Letter # ❑ Revision # after Permit is Issued Project Name: FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC Project Address: 401 Andover Park East Contact Person: Jeff Jeffers Summary of Revision: ATTAsCI4 c.CD- 4 e-o't E=sof I � U it I OF m--1e- 111 /I — �s 1 • A•til -2267 . _ l._1 Phone Number' • r C_folCfTtj 1tQki VtE4 Sheet Number(s): "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision �I Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: K.'! /l RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA � OCT 1 0 2000 Entered in Sierra on 10 -10 -CO PERMIT CENTER n+ nYn.nrAtWIAk +'Y u tititVI RAInte ARtrk.- mrryetnviowt wr.,m..w.+ ?. ro, ry„,., n .,...x,»e.rww�ermw,»mr:«..,,m,. 10/06/00 z W J U Uo w w 1 w g Q • CO d 1- w I- o; • Z ILJ U Ci• io U; W W, az irl z City of Tukwila Fire Department Fire Department Review Control #D2000 -329 (512) October 9, 2000 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Thomas R Keefe, Fire Chief Re: Fatigue Technology - 401 Andover Park East Dear Sir: The attached set of building plans have been reviewed by The Fire Prevention Bureau and are acceptable with the following concerns: 1. The total number of fire extinguishers required for your establishment is calculated at one extinguisher for each 3000 sq. ft. of area. The extinguisher(s) should be of the "All Purpose" (2A, 10B:C) dry chemical type. Travel distance to any fire extinguisher must be 75' or less. (NFPA 10, 3 -1.1) Portable fire extinguishers shall be securely installed on the hanger or in the bracket supplied, placed in cabinets or wall recesses. The hanger or bracket shall be securely and properly anchored to the mounting surface in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. The extinguisher shall be installed so that the top of the extinguisher is not more than 5 feet above the floor and the clearance between the bottom of the extinguisher and the floor shall not be less than 4 inches. Extinguishers shall be located so as to be in plain view (if at all possible), or if not in plain view, they shall be identified with a sign stating, "Fire Extinguisher ", with an arrow pointing to the unit. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.3) (UFC Standard 10 -1) Clear access to fire extinguishers is required at all times. They may not be hidden or obstructed. (NFPA 10, 1 -6.5) uisrr.:_ u..: 3.i+.,`wwti.'4 +ccu�:itwa.ii.i'rm ii %OA1WPMkd �. a, "•r�ftilhwMf ..+ul +iu�Nl� ••r. . Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206 -575 -4439 ,0 0 N0' w O 1 -0, Z 11J w: U O N `' ;O Z tii o. z City of Tukwila Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Fire Department Thomas R Keefe, Fire Chief Page number 2 2. No point in a sprinklered building may be more than 250 feet from an exit, measured along the path of travel. (UBC 1004.2.5.2.2) Exit doors shall be openable from the inside without the use of a key or any special knowledge or effort. Exit doors shall not be locked, chained, bolted, barred, latched or otherwise rendered unusable. All locking devices shall be of an approved type. (UFC 1207.3) Obstructions, including storage, shall not be placed in the required width of an exit, except projections as permitted by the Building Code. Exits shall not be obstructed in any manner and shall remain free of any material or matter where its presence would obstruct or render the exit hazardous. (UFC 1203) Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle is engaged from inside the tenant space. (UFC 1207.3) Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements of the Uniform Fire Code. (UFC 1207 -1212) Internally illuminated exit signs shall have both bulbs working at all times. (UBC 1003.2.8.4) Aisles leading to required exits shall be provided from all portions of buildings. Aisles located within an accessible route of travel shall also comply with the Building Code requirements for accessibility. (UFC 1204.1) Exits shall be illuminated any time the building is occupied with light having an intensity of not less than 1 foot candle at floor level. Fixtures required for exit illumination shall be supplied from separate sources of power for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-575-4404 • Fax: 206-575-4439 City of Tukwila Page number 3 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief exiting system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. (UBC 1003.2.9, 1003.2.9.2) Exits shall not pass through kitchens, storerooms, restrooms, closets or spaces used for similar purposes. (UBC 1004.2.2) The power supply for means of egress illumination shall normally be provided by the premises' electrical supply. In the event of it's failure, illumination shall be automatically provided from an emergency system for Group I, Divisions 1.1 and 1.2 occupancies and for all other occupancies where the means of egress system serves an occupant load of 100 or more. Such emergency systems shall be installed in accordance with the electrical code. (UBC 1003.9.2) Combustible material shall not be stored in exits or exit enclosures. (UFC 1103.3.2.3) Exit doors shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1207. Exit doors shall be maintained in an operable condition. Doors installed as part of required fire assemblies shall be maintained in accordance with Section 1112.2. (UFC 1207.1) 3. All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval of drawings prior to installation or modification. New sprinkler systems and all modifications to sprinkler systems involving more than 50 heads shall have the written approval of the W.S.R.B., Factory Mutual, Industrial Risk Insurers, Kemper or any other representative designated and /or recognized by the City of Tukwila, prior to submittal to the Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No sprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance #1901) Sprinkler protection shall be extended to all areas where required, including all enclosed areas, below Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206 -575 -4404 • Fax: 206-575-4439 w . U: 00; W' J W O. IL Q z 0 ;; LU C.) N • 0 I- wuj u. O N 0 � Z City of Tukwila Fire Department Thomas P. Keefe, Fire Chief Page number 4 Steven M. Mullet, Mayor obstructions and under overhangs greater than four feet wide. (NFPA 13 -4- 5.5.3.1) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinances #1900 and #1901) 4. An approved manual fire alarm system is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of the Americans with Disabilities' act, chapter 51 -20 WAC (Chapter 31 Accessibility), N.F.P.A. 72 and the City of Tukwila Ordinance #1900. All new fire alarm systems or modifications to existing systems shall have the written approval of The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. No work shall commence until a fire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #1900) (UFC 1001.3) Call the Tukwila Fire Department at 575 -4407 for approval of any system shut down. Have job site address, name and the Tukwila Fire Department Job Number available to confirm shut down approval. (City Ordinance #1900) Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (UFC 10.503) (City Ordinances #1900 and #1901) 5. All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of The National Electrical Code. (NFPA 70) 6. Required fire resistive construction, including occupancy separations, area separation walls, exterior walls due to location on property, fire resistive requirements based on type of construction, draft stop partitions and roof coverings shall be maintained as specified in the Building Code and Fire Code and shall be properly repaired, restored or replaced when damaged, altered, breached, penetrated, removed or improperly iu :w. :.t:a: Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206- 575.4404 • Fax: 206 -575 -4439 City of Tukwila Page number 5 installed. (UFC 1111.1) Your street address must be conspicuously posted on the building and shall be plainly visible and legible from the street. (UFC 901.4.4) This review limited to speculative tenant space only - special fire permits may be necessary depending on detailed description of intended use. Any overlooked hazardous condition and /or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval of such condition or violation. Yours truly, /v The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau cc: TFD file ncd Steven M. Mullet, Mayor Fire Department Thomas R Keefe, Fire Chief Headquarters Station: 444 Andover Park East • Tukwila, Washington 98188 • Phone: 206-575-4404 • Fax: 206-575-4439 I 425 843 9248; 08/23/2:21PM;Jaffax #800;Page 2/2 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES REGISTERED AS PROVIDED BY LAW AS CONST CONT GENERAL EXP. DATE C601 . NCCARBC000JD 04/01/2001 EFFECTIVE:DATE s704/04/2000 MCCARTHY BUILDING CO INC 1341 N ROCK HILL RD ST LOUIS MO 63124 NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, County of King Residing at Bellevue My commission expires: 09/01/00 Dcwch And Display Certificate • • , , • .., "4.4 L./ . • L. L....! .1; a 2,1; ' PM : A • NOTE: SHEET NUMBERS SHOW\ IN BOLD TYPE IN THE SHEET INDEX AND STA- T WIN "L" ARE PART OF THIS SUBMITTAL. THOSE SHEET NUMBERS SHOWN IN LIGHTER TYPE ARE FROM 1HE PREVIOUS SHELL AND CORE SUBvIITTAL. JE TECHNO ,( GY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHING ON PERMIT SUBMITTAL FORT PACKAGE OCTOBER 2, 2000 T.I. PACKAGE SUBMITTAL THIS SUBMITTAL IS FOR THE TENANT IMI'R,NEMENI OF THE EXISTING SHELL AND CORE PERMITTED DRAWINGS. THE INTENT OF THIS DRAWING PACKAGE IS NON FEARING WALES SHOWN. FINISHES FOR SELECTED WADS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS, REMAINING OPENINCS AND HARDWPI , MISC. INTERIOR DETAILS. C0 1:111r. . ON 4 SEPPOA PERMIT RED FOR: - LH.NTCAL _0 , R :CAL s f5iu yla V . -A5 PIPING Ci`Y OFt TUKWiLA '_DING CIVI:,ION� ikfa ARCHITECTURE Arlan E. Collins Marls L. Woerman, ALA Principal Architects 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax RECEIVED crry pc "!K '1A DF h �uuo :FERMI I GENIE!, DRAWING INDEX ARCHITECTURAL STRUCTURAL .� I LANDSCAPE CIVIL REV # SHEET NO. REV I t DATE 0RANINF NAME SHEET NO REV t L t DATE DRAW NAME SHEET NO. REV t Q t DATE MINK NAME SHEET N0. U ! DATE ORAN4N; NA►E T1.1 T 1 . Al .1 Al .3 Al .3 A2.1 A2.1.1 A2.1.2 A2.2 A2.3 : ' -4 TA2 5a T_A2.5 T_A2.7 T_A 2.8 A3 1 A3 2 A.', T_A3.4 T_A3.5 A4. 1 A4.1 1 A4. 1.2 A4.1.3 A4.2 A4.3 A4 4 A4 5 A4 6 A4. 1 A4.8 A4. 1 1 7 3 A4 1 , A. %'`.? :' ' A5.4 A5.5 A5.6 A6. 1 !• T_A6.3 T_A6.4 A / 1 A/ - ? A7.; A,i, 1 A AL4.3 A8 4 AY• _, T_A9.1 - - 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 - - - - - - - - - - - - 4 - - - - - 8/ 8/1 00 8/14/DO 8 /14/00 8/i4/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14/X 8/14/01 8 '4'lF; 4 12/5/00 ` 12/5/00 12/5/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 9/11/00 - - 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14 /;7O 8 /14,'00 0/14/00 8/14,'(X 8/14/0!1 8/14.'60 8/11 '6I) 8 /14/00 12 5/00 t n 8 /14/(X) 8/14/00 P, /la /00 8/14/00 - 8/14/00 8/14/00 - - 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 8/14/00 8 /14/00 - COVER SHEET & DRAPING INDEX AHHHILVATtiIS & GRAPHIC STANDARDS CODE & 'ONIK [NFORMATICA 9TE P IN SITE UL 'AA = S91IAla1._ r!ECiRICAL S;IE PLAN FIRST FLOOR P AN EOUIPMIN Pt AN EWIPMINI ' I SECOND 1100 PLAN ROOF PLAN ENL4t;ih "`' 1 , OOR PLAN ar.: E ^: „0,,,,,. AREA 1 K T.I. PLANS FIRST VLOOR T.I. PLANS SECOND ELOOR T.I. ENLARGED PANS WALL TYPES DOOR / PNMG ;CNFD'JIF '' OU , II., . Ti DOOR j OPENING SCHEDULE FINISH SCHEDULE E TERIOR ELEVATIONS EXTERIOR LL{VATIONS I XTERIOR El NATIONS EXTERIOR [IEVATK)NS NOT USED EIUILDING SFCtIONS Dal DU SECTIONS Roll DING SECTIONS Wk. " {CTION'• In; I SECTIONS M'4i; . ELLVa' •ON J r c IEYATIONS / SECTIONS 11,1 ,,iii, 1.LEvAiiONS j SECTIONS [WARM) IOLLT PLAN & ELEVATIONS ENIARGI:O 10111T PLAN & ELEVATIONS (KAKI - INTER , R 0: ! r41lON ; T.I. - Kx1 ETE VATIONS T.I. - INIFRIOH ELEVATIONS 1.1. - INTERK)R ELEVATIONS FIRST FLOUR PETIT r TED CFI' INC PI AN SECOND Fli'UP Pf',I :li't HI! INC, I'IAN T.I. REFLECTED CLUNG PLAN 1st FLOOR T.I. REFLECTED CEILING PUN Ind FLOOR VERTICAL CIRCO :ARON VIROCA{ CIRCULATION VERTICA' GR,GLAII0N . SHELL. & CUR( DETAILS SHITI & COR1 TM SHELL & CORE DI DI1N15 10ILIY TAIDCf `i1E,lION CTNKWAY SICOON N 10000 SHFI 1. & CORI DI Ai S T.I. DETALS i . . N . . . . . . ^NNNMM V V sf In to &tD V) Vl N N N N N N N N N N U N ,n �L[ V� - - - - - 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/1/00 07/7/00 01/1/00 0//7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/0(1 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 3 0 0 _ z a a ,zm aaa o� 5555g55155,0% Mg J J J - 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 07/7/00 tANDSCAPF RAN EANDSGAPE SCHI DUE, NOTES & DETALS V7RIGATION PUN If1RrAtIDN DUALS & SCHEOtlIE - - 888588 m��mm C:VER SHi : ,RADINr: k ',11 TRW DRAINAGE ?AN 1 W T k EHSI PLAN CON`ii R;1CD C1)Ok NOES S &DETAILS CON : `v;TK)N :11.`; AILS D 1000 - ... ,32,47/ • r a; 1 ` r � r Y ,...., s copy ci :,._.0 p. :fed. --------_,c---- eY � � � . E ---- � jz /` Date Fern; No. REVISIONS S3 C ` 'S -- l BE A'A'E TO • - = C¢= A' -. '< 1.1ITHQUT P712 - C 'IL' ..i[.A CUILDINC Dr - 411i.:./ WY 1 ti 41 F ...VI F -v , ■ v Ft NOTE: SHEET NUMBERS SHOW\ IN BOLD TYPE IN THE SHEET INDEX AND STA- T WIN "L" ARE PART OF THIS SUBMITTAL. THOSE SHEET NUMBERS SHOWN IN LIGHTER TYPE ARE FROM 1HE PREVIOUS SHELL AND CORE SUBvIITTAL. JE TECHNO ,( GY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHING ON PERMIT SUBMITTAL FORT PACKAGE OCTOBER 2, 2000 T.I. PACKAGE SUBMITTAL THIS SUBMITTAL IS FOR THE TENANT IMI'R,NEMENI OF THE EXISTING SHELL AND CORE PERMITTED DRAWINGS. THE INTENT OF THIS DRAWING PACKAGE IS NON FEARING WALES SHOWN. FINISHES FOR SELECTED WADS, FLOORS, AND CEILINGS, REMAINING OPENINCS AND HARDWPI , MISC. INTERIOR DETAILS. C0 1:111r. . ON 4 SEPPOA PERMIT RED FOR: - LH.NTCAL _0 , R :CAL s f5iu yla V . -A5 PIPING Ci`Y OFt TUKWiLA '_DING CIVI:,ION� ikfa ARCHITECTURE Arlan E. Collins Marls L. Woerman, ALA Principal Architects 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax RECEIVED crry pc "!K '1A DF h �uuo :FERMI I GENIE!, AREA OF EVACUATION ASSISTANCE r ER6 N M ME PLACE CALL TO CFERAT AV VtAIT IN THIS • AREA 1 FOR EVAGUNION ASSISTANCE 11011E Fig:0;0E IL.1/41NATION a 9E46 1 EV' SoN 1.)ANAT104 IS ttaiFIST, ASEESTNCE 5666 T/ GOI 5'51130 Y44,-;_-WaNTED HA!iff-IT C 1 RESCUE ASSISTANCE AREA f6A- 10425 104Z-04 r+FTE. PvC P_AS`i,S SiGK PUTH &LE LETTER(, RESCUE ASSISTANCE SIGNS / 10425-05 SECOND FLOOR KEY PLAN NORTH / FIRST FLOOR KEY PLAN 20' St e t6 -A2 2 Aft I — t 1 01._AGE AT CENTERLINE OF iALL AT HEIGHTS SHOWN IN DEAiLS MOM 1 3 *2 7 f- STAIR — 16 '*- 4 22,0' C1 - Tizotme tiorsiAc-)E 'NAT LL= ILL VIREGT LD4AE" cl+Ate Ocalpikt4Ts Aw..A5 •Emer_itcf-i EVAc4-1.acr-014 ARCHITECTURE E 777 108tii NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arlan E. Collins Mark L. Woman, AIA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON woo-55i /2\ 12/5/00 PLAN CHECK RESPONSE R E,rs P 11' TO REV's No. Date Item Revisions / 174 -Ai OF , U IOWA 0 0 PERMIT GEN rui Project No. 1137.00 Date 9/1/99 g OW Drawn By v 1 0 \ Title Ti. KEY PLANS Sheet NoT A 2.5 a • _A --r– - , -- =i -N 1 ■ 1 1: .r 15' -O SALES 204 T± r OFFIGE 205 _ NA;- "? '9 203 I _h 0°EN OFF!CE AREA ANY PAR iTIQN5, RAILS COUNTERS AND SIMILAR SPACE DIVIDERS SHALL NOT EXCEED 6-0" Arr (UDC 1004.3.3.3) • C MIS 23 OF PAI At = j7FFJCE 24' / / /i / / / ^% S.O°'r.OF GE / // 2`8 / _1 / 2 < ' B ( A.9 L✓3137 244 f ,/ / 1 ' • �� 2(E s _ 3 _ � GI X263 1 ;r 266 � -- '9 1 26 , 10 --# 5-g � 4' -8a„ - ' ! I C 33" 4 8 25' -4i 15_1 1 200 //OFFICE ? '/ ! j / 26 .� 1 1 _ BA r GOrrEE \ ]. OFF 267 r . T 7 6 A, 5 fi- E E- 30 -4i" I HALL 2-70 O°E4 OFFICE AREA 1 1 A ' °AR 0L RA _ CON' NC 5 M'_AR SPACE S-A__ NO" EXCE:: D 6 -0" A-"= !USG :00 a► 3- - I5' -2;" P'A , OFF Cr 260 Ai f A - AA_ 2 T \?- ' 0 FFCE o /' /j ,.IF / // / i Orr ICE 260 625' \3 �7'GA`E5 MEG-t. EG; A3OVE. T. I. PLANS SECOND FLOOR T/' = 62A P A S. - _ 262 8' 4' 0' 1 :t A � 8' 16' 5 KEY NOTES c l �►1Dd 5 _ RJ1 EYE /AS, ^'°`_ A - = Ex �Ex.'S►£R rt :AWE" 10 10.2 12.1 ' 14 14.1 14.2 TTCA 'Ai. R =G "GtE ARCA - 23 x '{"i -6" 6"t DC/AS A c'* Gam NE CASED J°Ei N6 :NG AG-5 57. _ 5 D." . - -Aa - rRIO 4.E-7.5-Z; 8 O DR .d: NS r0A AiN 4j L E Or EX 146 LOAD N6 2/2.4r, `C �c''�OV✓ SEE 5 -7E .4- 4 T„1P 3 - F Er' h Wk.. 3RAC.0 f b'>n %... DER f 2 C x 2 2 , L , A 5 X 4 'i 3E 3.T "'ED 'OR EVIC7 -A" A 5 3 :!► _E. C0S 3 9 =c..''o o 'A .A _VAG.A"''."N ASS 5 A4_" UNA55 : 5D r L3RAR" 232 J L STOR 233 HAL. 235 — � II 2 PTFA� PLAN -. 5 T.I. WALL LEGEND 4 GRID LINE/ TAG LEGEND NEW GRIDLINE I.D. I {- - - - - - - OFFICE 246 EXIST 506. SRIDLINE I.D. �I o� NU1::,titVA pPR t+\°) EXIST M. GONSTR.C EXIST. CMU WALL CONSTRJ - ION EXIST. G.I.P. CONGR2 E iNkL GONSTRZ - 'ON T STEEL STUD MALL GONSTR,G "ION TI CM) WALL CONSTRUCTION — N) ARCHITECTURE Revisions Project No. Date Drawn By 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arlan E. Collins Mark L. Woerman. ALA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON FILL 1 understand that the Plan Check approvers are sub;ec to errors and omissions and approval of plays does not authorize the violator cf any adopted code or ordnance. Receipt of con - tractors copy of approved plans acknowledged. By ' 4/ Date Permit No ,4\ 2/11/0 A\ 12/5/00 RCP REVISIONS PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 11J DCCR REV's Date Item 1137.00 12 -11 -00 -3 Z9 Title T. I. PLANS SECOND FLOOR Sheet No T-A2.7 ASK -033 RECE' R11 Z01 4 “ -ma <NTE r I . . . 2.000 -is9 I 4 • -I F [ C 5 1 '3 F4 t • 10 ' M.0 t 0 - 12- 0 ,3 -4 MO T s.; E MK-O./S.F. .3C E D.7) MRE. iO -1- • , - - - t 4 f in • N PIT 1 OFT 132- ■32- A. 32- .ALL 107 AARZ-0.6-7. i33 2 4 - 4'-4'' 138 107 IOC pispLAsr 106 64 LAS r:/ ■32 LAE 15 Aim a-2", 7E57 -A5 1.3 2S -o• 182 • 1 - — 5 SA = 2 - Fyi* 6 • t • 1/8" = ti ‘ip , _ i 1 ,-t-, —It ca. ;;_•,,, - -,--- I: L , 12' . 1 CONF ,,--. 174 4' 5' F r4A 1-745‘ 11 11 4-3" " T-4" 3'-4",„ 5' V I i t I . , - so 6 LOSET_ 02 v. H • 0Q N . . , g • : . N ' - •ffs - sr-11 - .62 - to 5 `1" u. , 1-3 ra, 3 4 4- 14 — #, T. I. PLANS FIRST FLOOR yONIC. 160 16 -6' < 16' 1:0 i65 ] ()% 1656' 1 1 6 7 8 9 10 10.2 — - 14 —\\ 14.1 14.2 um ','9 1 [ MEI ME T AKA , 138 4 I 4 ISSA / 2\ 16' 8' 0 KEY NOTES 0 <4> CVCIAELE &ACC kJ,. ricotiSrC -ow me MALE EIT. Me: " A - F.X A CAVE - rcE DC745P.P5.+ER A AA-- 9QX/sr Y... 2x .2 SR °AVEC WA A AERC =DC% A 5 x 4 5 5 0 °E'; '2 NC A 2% A.St 55A 'Arc. 7 EV.V....A > Atr.L.A - 23' x 0',6" CrarM-`E <E> C/A5M OPEN. 4 . 6; INC- 5 -1::, 7 k'N7 r,A • NK '9,NTAN EX S S 0A ti6 "XX. SE 5,..= A 'E 1305 i T.I. WALL LEGEND UNASS C7 \FL' PSO.2.,;.;7:0■., .55 GRID LINE/ TAG LEGEND C • EXIST BLDG. GRIDLINE NEW GROLINE ID. 2 4 - - - 7. 14 5 PARTIAL FIRST FLOOR PLAN Alk NCC EXIST KA__ GONSTRZ EXIST. CMU A._ 0MSTLI0N ExI5T. G.I.P. CONCRETE AALL CONS TI STEEL 571.0 YNAL.L C0N5TRZ ON TI CIA/ ALL CONSTRUCTION A R C H I T E C T U R E Revisions Drawn By 777 108th NE *400 :Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arlan E. Collins Mark L. Woerman_ ALA. Principal Architects FATIGUE 'I INC. 401 /6 PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 12/5/00 2/11/0 A , 11 /1 /00 1st FLOOR PLAN REV's DOGR Sj,LEDULE REV's No. Date Item wpRoy r,pR 1 3 1010 __Project No. 1137.00 Date 12-11-00 RCP REVISIONS PLAN CHECK RESPONSE 2. D 329 Title T. I. PLANS FIRST FLOOR Sheet No T - A 2 . 6 ASK-026 r I> vice sz „. k CENTER rasnimpoonrc....1 • • a 1 4 Jr ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN IM' et -0 VT OFY/COFFn 248 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN IMs• = 4 T-3 1 .17 1 2 6 ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN IM' = ..■■■•■■• IKITChEN 164 1 1 3'-6• Ir 1 ,-•! ' —0--- 112° Is: RR 16 rt ■•■ ( ENLARGED FLOOR PLAN ) = D2.050- s29 A R C H I T E C T U R E FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON 12/5/00 Revisions Project No. Date Drawn By 777 108th NE 1400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arlan E. Collins Mark L. Woerman, ALA Principal Architects PLAN CHECK RESPONSE A , inn 1st FLOOR PLAN REV's -, (liEDULE REV's No. Date Item TI ENLARGED PLANS Sheet No T-A2 8 crry"n DE h 113700 9/1/99 BA5E e NAL FR A6 SCAED RIO* FR S. ALAM' • PBRIPE"E R .O/NT .BARER TOP 1 Ben*OF! OCERECE GONG OEM I' ro'E v isa& reet U6LLAT10N (' x 24' TYPE x SHAFT Ll_ 4' 0-0 STUD I LAM MY TYPE x MB A`TA 1432 a/ '' TYPE 5 DRYYMLL SCR/ 36 • '2'0C M 511D5 • RATER ' TM 5 , 24' OC 5e' 'Y x 618 S!1iP FA6TB® TO STUD TYPE 5 5006 24' OC 5/8' TYPE X6013 STRJP5 FA617382 TO 5TID 11/2' = 1'-0' DRIVEN FASTETER5. 2-O 1 3• MAX FROM END OF RUHBR 3' = MINERAL 4001 SARNO TOP MET DEGKI* 5/8' TYPE 'X' 6M3 CLIP TO FIRE- RATTED PINS 5/8' TYPE 'X' &u cv P7 5' = I' -0' 3 . : I I/2' = 2 -+±OUR S1 j 1 HR SHAFT WALL /35 -39 STC CONTROL JT- NONCOMBUSTIBLE F4 PERIMETER FURRING TYPE IR' =1'-0' 9RE RAT N5 PROPRETARY L15 GYP co &A F11 E41006 F r-- J FIRE -RATED PARTITION TO METAL DECK TERMINATION OMT MINERAL MOOD SAFIN6 AT TOME-RATED PARTITI0115 PARTITION TERMINATION N011R 2 HON WED - xTERMI DM6 DRNEN FASTENERS 0 2' -0 OC a 3' MAX. FROM END OF RUNNER 1I/2 O* BOT OF DECKINS FR SNIT EA SIDE 2 I/2' DEEP ; SLOTTE, TOP RUNNER FIRE -RATE PARTITION PARALLEL TO FETAL DEG: OMIT MINERAL MOOD SAFIN6 AT NOTFIRE -RATE) PA1RT1T10N5 PARTITION TERMINATION 6YP5UM BOARD IN ONE OR TM0 LAYERS SEE PTN TYPE SGFEDUL E METAL STUDS SCHEDULED ASE A5 14-651-03113-1, 3/20140 -�5?L MINERAL MOOL SAFINS FETAL DEW* I V2' 9044 16 606E 6ALV FLUTE (IMRE FR SNIT EA SIDE 2 VT DEEP SLOTTED TOP RIMIER I LAYER GYP BD. EA SIDE • I- HR 2 LAYERS GYP EV EA. SIDE • 2-+R PARTITION TYPE AS 2 LAYERS 5/8' TYPE 'x' Gee ACOUSTICAL SNIT • NONRATED PTN I FR 5NT 0 FIRE -RATED PIN FIRE -RATED ACOUSTICAL PARTITION-TO-FLOOR TERMINATION SEALINS of RELIEF DETAIL AT PARTITION PERIMETER PARTITION TERMINATION SE DETAIL X/AXx FOR TYP INTERFFAGE/ TERMINATION DETAILS • STRICT ACOUSTICAL 5NT BOTH SIDES • 3 I/2' TYPE 'A' SAJND ATTER BLANKET •ti 5TG 50-54) 2 LAYERS 5/8' TYPE X 6V8 BOTH SIDES; DOW TO MGT 3 1/2' TYPE 13' MET 511D5 • 7 -0' OC, TYP UON 8445E 1 MALL FINISH AS SCHEDULED FOOR AS SGFEDULED AGOU5T1cAL 94T BOTH -xTE RM3DY45 - xTER15DM5 P1 P3 5' - - ABO'MF 1 1/2' = P-0' I I/2' = I I/2' = i' -0' AG SNf\ A CIETIC.AL SNIT BOTH SIDES PARTITION WALL TYPE Ism 1 11/2' = I' -0' 11/2' =I' -0' TAPED 1 9011.. RAM FOC.AT10N TREATMENT 3 VT TYPE 'A SOIW • '1 V.■ ATTEN BLNKET . . ' 1 I' -2' FIXT CAE 510E I FIXTURE BOTH 50E5 TYPE i I8ERMAL BAT' 11131 111 SEPAAVE WPM RETARDER Oda 5.8' 6f*B *PLED MIER SEPARATE 'IMP rcaoraer comic OWE FACE OF DraltOR ML PAIR Il2 Gi.EAR AR SPACE 31/2' TYPE$hETsnips • 7-0' X BABE 1 MALL FMS+ AS SGHEDLLPD SEE PETAL X/AXX FOR TYF IfTERFFACE/ TERMINATION DETAILS • STRICT AG415T1cAL SNT BOTH •® 3 1/2' TYPE 'A' ATTEN E.NIOT • LP ISTG 45 5/8' TYPE x 6M8 BOTH 510f5; EXTE30 TO STRICT 3 V2' TYPE 13' MET STUDS • 7-0' X, TYP UO 4 BASE 1 VIAL_ FINISH AS SCHEMED EOM A5 SG+EILED 6A FILE ll -1200 - xYfTfl SEE DETAIL -AAXX FOR TYP INTERFACE/TERMINATION DETAILS • STRUCTURE BRAC.IN6 0 5TRIIGT ETHER DIAGONAL OR VETtT • 4' -0' OC • • STRIKE 5IDE OF JAM, FASTEN BRACE THRU GL6 INTO PTN TOP RIMER GL6 A568E1Y BASE 1 MALL FINISH AS SO®ILED PARTITION WALL TYPE 5/8' TYPE 'X 6113 ON 3 I/2' TYPE B' MET STUDS • 7-0'00; EXTEND STIRS TO STRICT, TYP LION SEE DETAIL - /AXX FOR TYP INTERFACE/TERMINATION DETAILS 0 STRICT FR SNT EA SIDE 2 I/2' TYPE 'A' 5010 ATTEN ELAN ET a (5TG 50-54) 2 LAYERS TYPE 'X 613 BOTH SIDES E7 EV BOTH 51DES TO STMT, ATTACH BASE LAYER w/ I' TYPE 5 SCREE) 1 24' OC, FACE LAY ATTACHED w/ 15/8' TYPE 5 SGRD'6 •12'0C, 5TA66ER FACE LAYER JOINTS 24' FROM BASE LAYER JOINTS 3 1/2' TYPE 13' MET STUDS • 7 -0' OG TO STRICT TYP LION FR 5NT 2 HR RATED WALL TYPE 6MB OR STUD BRACE e 4'-0 MAX -x f T-F4 6A FILE IVF -1200 - xisiT -P3 &A FILE •YP -1548 - 41T-P5 SEE DETAIL - /AX.X FOR TYP INTERFACE/TERMINATION • STRICT EXTBO 511125 1 5/8' TYPE 'X' 613 TO STRUCTURE 5/8' TYPE X TYPE G' MTL 5TUD5 I'-4' OC TYPICAL UON BASE/44.1 FINISH AS SCIW 9.R FINISH A6 WED PROVIDE 5/8' PR 0R MU AS 510E5 • BACKER FOR CERAMIC Kell PARTITION WALL TYPE Icil PLUMBING CHASE 6A FILE 1 - 41T-P7 •x MT-GI )I ES PEIRTAAS6 TO river i1 NAALL • TIM* 'YPg5 L SPES.AA. OR ►Cx!" vit GO•P!1O6 ARE OVICAVD BY 9L116CRP TO 11E PAR" PALL OR F'JRRI16 'A6 F2 F3 SFACRP' A ACQ5TCAL 9611.ATO1 • SEALANT SEIE RP' T: DERMAL 061.1LATIGIN • VAPOR RETARDER IE STUD FIV'm IF 01mf3I 'NM TYPICAL ARE ROTE 4I SAD 6A5E F OTHER T•104, TYPICAL ',SEE NOTE 11) 5'LD SPAGI6 F OT1ER -6 Ak TYPICAL 1 i S86GRPT f$ ABOff., PARTITOI Mir OR FAR#15 TYPE P=PAF" TTION F =RRRIti6, S , CACN ASE NALL 2 SEE DETAIL X/AXX FOR F'RE DAMPER DUCT PETE TROUGH FIRE - RATED PARTITIONS ASEEKLES . 3. SMALL SGAtP RAN PCKAT101& - 1 HR FIRE -RAT'S PARTITION /SEXY 2 +R F -RATED PARTITION ASSEPELY FRE -RATED 3H/1FT MALL 4. METAL STUDS AIRS TYPIGNIY 3 V2 DES' VON 61'P .11 BOARD 15 TYPICALLY 5/8' T U( T" PE 7C UON. 5. PROVIDE MATER RSISTANT 6Y BOARD IN MA5ROA46, TOILET ROCK, ND 444TORS CLOSETS, NO OTTER SIMILAR MET AREAS LION. 6. PROVIDE FIRE RATED SEALANT AT 1EN2 OF PARTITION OF PRE-RATED MALLS A5 FEGUIRED FOR THE TESTED A66841.Y. 1. PROVIDE FIRE -4ATEC SEALANT AT FIRE -ELITE PARTTfl 6 *ERE PARTITON JAMB COMM INTERFACE Iwn4 VIS MILAR MATERIALS OR MIS FIRE TAP! AT INTERFACE OF MATERIALS 15 NOT PRACTICAL. 8. MERE A PARTITION MUST CORY MITH BOTH FIRE RATiNS AND ACOUSTICAL REGUIRE34E3NTS, PROVIDE F1RE -RATED SEALANT IN RACE OF ACOUSTICAL SEALANT MERE FIRE - RATER) SEALANTS ARE R52,i . 4. PROVO LEVEL 1 FIN151+ RARE TAP1N6) ABOVE 5iS CE LEIIi 6 *EFT A FIRE RE15TANCE RATED PARTITION EXT13405 ABOVE GD1.116. 10. KEN l : OR SOUND RAT11455 ARE NECESSARY T 6YPSLM BOARD REQUIRED FOR RATTN6 Si4AL1 BE BRO16HT 701'N TO THE FLOOR EIEHiND FIXTURES) 50 THAT CONSTRUCTION ILL EAUL THAT OF TESTED SY5TE34. IL INDICATED 5T1D 5PAGN6 ARE 14 INDICATED STIR 6A6E5 ARE MINIM'S. 12. VERIFY PARTITION THCKJESS FOR VERNAL I14G.U510I5, 51.G+4 A5 PLU431N6, FOR CORRECT INSTALLATION OF PAWLS, BOXES, ACCESSORIES. VERIFY M1T14 ARCHITECT. 13. 'A.J6N' MEANS TO ACCURATELY LOCATE F1N1943W FACES IN SAME PLATE. STUD FRAMN6 TYPES I. TYPE 'A' STUDS: A DEPTH: 1 5 2 V2', 3 1/2', ATV 6' AS INDICATE B. EASE 25 606E C. FLANGE I 1/4'. 2. TYPE 13' 51105: A DEPTH: 3 1/2' AND 6' AS INDICATE. 5. 606E 22 606E (TYPICAL UON G. FLANGE: 1 1/4'. 3. TYPE 'G' STUDS: A DEPTH: 3 V2' N® 6' AS INDICATED. B. 6A6E: 20 SASE G. FLANGE: 11/4'. PLAN VIBM J 1 1/2' = I'-0' FURRING 1 I /2' = b wcc =rr O SMALL. PLAN INDICATION FURRING SMALL PLAN INDICATION SD I GE3LIM A593-ELY Fil----- COW OR C14 5UE15TRATE 242 TYPE 'A' PET STUDS • 2' -0' X r,.0 -xMTf3 A Revisions Project No. Date Drawn By Sheet No. 2/24/00 C N 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax 8/14/00 7/7/00 No. Date A ARCHITECTURE Arlan E. Cobs Mark L. Boorman, AEA Principal architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON RECEIVED CITY OF 'UKW IL PERMfT RESPONSE SUBMITTAL PERMIT SUBMITTAL Item 1137.00 9/1/99 BMW Title WALL TYPES A3.1 DOOR / OPENING SCHEDULE 107 fi PR 3'- x T-4f 1 3 /I' S ME C - - it►' 3 - - j - - X117 - 107 108 $ TH X HDGHT i 1NCIOESS Note ' 108 PR 3'.4, x T4 i 3/4 51,10 TYPE A - - _ Nt1 3 - - T - - Fr. 7 - - 110A i F 1 4'4 x T4 1 3/4 . i* TYPE D - - IItR 1 - - - - 1019 - 1101 1108 F 1 3'4 x T4 1 3/4 HI TYPE 0 - - MTL 1 - - - - Ir19 - - 1108 OMIT MOP PLATE 1100 F 3'4 x T4 1 3 4 w TYPE 0 - - MTL 1 - - - - , 1018 - 110C - 1100 C 10'4 x 12'4 - COL FCTY - - - - - 1 - _ _ 207A 1100 - x - 110E - 10' 4 x - - - - - - - - MTL 6 - - 213A F 80fd10MED LIGHT 110E SCwo 1301 C 10'4 x 12'4 1 - COL Ecru - - - - - - - - 11112 - 1301 MTL 1308 F 3'4 r T-V 1 3/4 - Nil ca TYPE D FCTY - - - - MC - 11 - - - -- - - - HW18 1 308 130C C 10'4 x 1T-0' -- H2 - •300 1300 F 3•4 x T4 1 3/4 HI TYPE 0 - - MIL 1 - - - - L HIi18 - 130D HW9 11W9 HW9 HW9 - 131A RH PR 3'4 x 7'4 1 1 3/4 3/4 f HI w ME D TYPE D TIC - - - WTI MIL 3 0 3 1 . - - - - - - - - - - - 1 •17 *18 ■ - - 131A 131B 4' -0' x - 131B F 4'4 x T4 SG-A 132A RH PR 3'-0l x 7'4 1 1 3/4 3/4 w F TYPE D TYPE D IE - - - MR WTI - H1117 — - 132A - 1328 F 3'4 x T-0' _ - - - - 0i8 - 1328 - 154A EXIST - x - BORROWED LIGHT - - - - - - -' TYPE D FR - MTL •5 - 154A - 1548 MST - x - - - - - - - - - - - - Hwy - 1548 - 154C F 3•-C x T4 1 1 1 3/4 3/4 3/4 Hi S WD SCWD TYPE D TYPE C TYPE C - - - - - - MR MTh MTL 1 3 3 - - - 1 - - - - - - - I - - 118 i1117 f W17 - - 154C 160C 161 - 160C Ni PR 3'4 PR 3'-0' x T-0' x T4 - 161 FF OMiT MOP PLATE 162 ' F ' 3'4 x 7'4 1 1 1 1 1 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4 1 3/4 SCUD SRW 1 SRWD SCW SRWD TYPE C TYPE C TYPE D TYPE C TYPE C - SG-A SG-A TG SG-A - T - - - - WD wD wD WD . MTL 1 1 1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - P21 - HW24 - HW24 - 117 ! - HW24 - 162 163A 1638 1658 F 163A FG 3'-0' x 7'4 - 1638 FG 3'4 x T4 - 1658 PR 3'-0' x '4 HW9 174A ! FG 3'-0' x ;'-O' 174A - 1748 - 3' -10' x - SG -A - , - - - - MTL 5 - - - - - BORROWED LIGHT 1748 F 182 F 3'4 7 -0' 1 3/4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTL 1 _ - - - - HW7 - 182 8' -0' - 3'4 x 7'-0" - 1 3/4' - SCWD - TYPE C SG -A - DOOR / OPENING SCHEDULE REV D00R FINE RUNG FIE RATNG LABEL Note 8 HM S E T Note 9 ROM ICS (•) ti: . te • _ t DOOR OR O P E N I N G y INN. DOOR OR OPENING N 0 . TYPE ST2E C O I 6 T Note 2 FACING & FINISH Note 3 GLASS Note 4 UNDER CUT W T Note 5 TYPE DUALS $ TH X HDGHT i 1NCIOESS Note ' ' : e 6 K N E A D Su Note 7 SECOND FLOOR PLAN - T.I. PACKAGE 205A I F 3'-0' x T-O• 1 3/4 ( SCWD TYPE C - - MPL 1 - - - - FIM9 OMiT MOP PLATE 205A 2058 - 8'-cr x - - SG -A BDR_ROWE:. LIGHT 2058 206A F 3'-0" x T-0 1 3/4 SCwD TYPE C - - MR 1 - - - 1 i iw9 OMIT MOP PLATE 206 2068 - 8' -0' x - - - - SG -A - - -- - - - - - BORROWED UGHT 2068 207A F 3' -O' x 7'4 1 3/4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - HW9 OMIT MOP PLATE 207A 2078 - - x - - - - SG -A - - - - - - - - ' BORROWED UGHT 20713 213A F 3'4 x 7-0' 1 3/4 SCwo TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - MN8 OMIT MOP RATE 213A 2138 F 3'4 x T-0' 1 3/4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - f 8 OMIT MOP PLATE 213E x 1 3 4 SCWD TYPE A - - MTL ! 1 - - - - HW9 - 232 232 F 3'4 x 7'-i 233A F 3'-0' x T-0' 1 3/4' 1 3/4' 1 3/4' 1 3/4 - SC* SCWD SCWD SCWD - TYPE A TYPE A TYPE A TYPE A - - - - - SG -A - - - - - MTL MTL MTL MiL MTL 1 1 1 1 5 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - HW9 11W9 HW9 HW9 - - - - - BORROWED LIGHT 233 233 234 235 236 2336 F 3'4 7'-0' 3'4 x 7'-0 3' -0 x 7'-cr 234 F 235 F 236A - 4' -0' x - I 2368 - 4' -0' x - - - - SG-A - MTL 5 - - - - - BORROWED UGHT 236B 236C - 19'4 x - - - - SG -A - MTL 6 & 7 - - - - - BORROWED LIGHT 236C 237A F 3' -O' x 7'--0 1 3 4' HM TYPE D FR - MTL 1 - - - 60 MIN 1M13 - 237A 2376 - 4'4 x 3' -6' - - - FR - MTL 5 - - - 60 MIN - - 2378 -_- N N N - F - 4'4 x 3' -6 3'4 x 7'-O - 1 3 4 - - SCWD - TYPE C FR - - - MTL MTL ri - - - } - 60 MIN - - 237C - - - - HW9 OMiT MOP PLATE 246A 8' -0' x - - - SG -A - MTL - - - - - BORROWED LIGHT 2468 247A F 3'4 x 7' -0" 1 3 4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - HW9 OMiW MOP RATE 247A 247B - 8'-0' x - - - - SG -A - MR 6 - - - - HW9 BORROWED LIGHT 247B 249A F 3' -0' 7' -0' 1 3 4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - HW9 OMiT MOP PLATE 246A 2498 - F 8' -0' - 3'4 x 7'-0" - 1 3/4' - SCWD - TYPE C SG -A - - - MTL MTh 6 1 - - - - - - HW9 BORROWED UGHT 01MT MOP PLATE 246B 260 260 261A F 3' -i x T -0' SCWD TYPE C - - MiL 1 - - - - HW9 OMIT MOP PLATE 261A 2618 - 4' -6' - - - SG -A - MTL 5 - - BORROWED LIGHT 261B 262A F 3' 1 x 7'-F 1 3/4 SCwD TYPE C - - MiL 1 - - - - HW9 OMiT MOP PLATE 262A 2628 F 3' -0' x 74 1 3/4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - HW9 OMiT MOP PLATE 2628 263A F 3'4 x 7'4 1 3/4 SCWD TYPE C -- - MTL 1 - - - - 11W9 - 263B 263B F 3'-0' x 7'-0' - SCwD TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - HW7 - 266 263C - 4' -6' - - - - SG -A - MTL - - - - - BORROWED UGH' N N 264A D 3'-0' x 7' -0' 1 3/4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTL - - - - HW23 OMIT MOP PLATE 265 BF 5'4 T-O 1 -3 4' 1 3 4 SCWD TYPE C TYPE A - -- - MTL MTL 3 1 - - - - 24 MC BI -FOLD DOOR 265 266 266 F 3'-0' 7 267A F 3'4 x 7'4 - SC D TYPE C - - MTL 1 - - - - HW8 OM[T MOP PLATE 267A 267B N 3' -0' x 7' -d 1 3/4' SCMID TYPE A SG -A - AL - - - - - HW8 OMiT MOP PLATE 267B 268A F 3' -0 x 7'4 6'4 x 7'4 1 -3/4 - SCWD k TYPE C - -- TIG - - AL AL - - - - - - - - - - HW9 HW3 OMIT MOP PLATE - 288A 268B 2686 SG 271A x - -- 271 - 271 B x -- 271 271C x -- 271 271D x 271 272 F 3'4 x 7' -0' 1 3/4 SCMID TYPE C - - MiL 1 - - - - HW9 - 272 273 FG FG PR 3'-0' x 7'4 1 3/4 SCWD TYPE C - - MTh 3 - - - - HW17 - 273 to 0 1 1: a • SINGLE DOUBLE DOOR TYPES F FT FLUSH FRAME TYPES TYPE 1 & 2 c OVERH►_AD COILING G FG FGFG FULL GLASS G G HALF GLASS TYPE 3 & 4 BF EN - FOLD 1, N HARROW UTE D DUTCH REMOVABLE PANEL AND HEAD FRAME G RH HALF GLASS REMOVABLE HEAD AS SCHED TYPE 5 SG SLIDING GLASS AS SCHEDULED TYPE 6 F . EQUAL EQUAL my I 1 mow [ DOOR oR ,. aver TIC Y NEWT NEL SCE ~ee DOOR / OPENING SCHEDULE FICK Ni®i 111 0ESS 00I6T t FILM NHS CUT .4olue 2 'Y +e 3 we 4 aoeg W0� RIVE OEMs 11�E ale IEAO Fri pall NI 1 v StL SET re ' .„_ee a %, ..rc s NTI91Ni6 (1) OCOR OR OPOI6 FNt�T FLOOR FUN - T1 PACKAGE AS SCHEUDLED EQUAL •, EQUAL I EQUAL TYPE 7 • • TYPE 8 • TYPE 9 • CORNER CLOSURE • - SAFETY GLAZING CORNER CLOSURE TYPE 10 NOTES PERfM. TO DOOR OPEJI E 1_ r MEWS a01UNN • - ' SHOWN all SOIEDtLE MATES NONE, NOT APPIJ01 OR MOT OM CrDSC FENIT 6 MEA IJRED Hill TOP OF SUS OR Slsto LOX NERCO DOORS ARE MLIIBERED NTH THE ROOM Mao *4f lifm, SING EXTERIOR DOORS ARE 41113ERED LIN DE ROOM ITTOM WHG ' DIY SONG OUT UNLESS OTHERWISE M01ED. 2 00P COMSTR'JCTIOtt NOTE ALL ODOR CONSTRUCTORS 9I0MI4 NOT NCETORILY USED: AL EXIST HCK` HM HMI NOS SCWG SRWD 3. WING AND FNfSH: NOTE ALL DOOR FACINGS AND lGfS SHOW% NOT NECESSARILY USED: TYPE A TYPE B TYPE C TYPE D EXIST FCTY 4. GLASS (SEE SECTION 08800) NOTE: ALL GLASS TYPES SHOWN NOT NECESSARILY USED: AG IC FP LG WG SG-A TIG NOTE 5. FRAME MATERIALS: k CO CHAN COST MTL PC ALUNIN IM STILE & RAIL w/ CLASS COLNG SLITS, OYQIf it COSir1G HOLLOW CORE WOOD - FLUSH HOLLOW METAL DOOR - FLUSH OR STIE & ROL. C011POSITE CAGE MU" METAL DOOR - FLUSH MUTED CORE HOLLOW METAL DOOR - RUSH STEEL STIFFJIED CORE SOLD CORE WOOD - FWSH SiLE & RAIL WOOD SCWD - SHOP/FACTORY PRIMED FOR OPAQUE RASH N Et1D (SEE SECTION 0821C) SCWD - PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED (SEE SECTION OS215) SCw1' - TRANSPARENT FNISH ON VENEER (SFr SECTION 0821 3) COINED ROUE SIKLiCHER LEYE_ED STE L SHOP PRIMO FOR OPAQUE FNISH N FiELD (SEE SECTION 08110) REPAINT DOSiiNG w /PLANT SYSIFNI [PS4] (PS14] N ACCORDANCE w/ SECTION 09910 SHOP /FACTORY PREFPII9IE,D ANNEALED GLASS - CLEAR FLOAT TE MPERED GLASS - CLEAR ARE- RESISTNE GLASS LEADED GLASS WAITED GLAM. MONOUTHa;, INSULATED SEAL ED GLASS LNiT TEMPERED NSULATEE OASS -CLEAR ((inc 2406.2) iNDENTiFICADJ% CF SAFETY GLAZING: (WINDOW ADJACENT TO DOORS) PERMANENTLY IDENTFY TEMPERED LASS BY MANUFACTURER. ETCH IDENTIFICATION ON GLASS ANO BE VISIBLE WHEN THE UNIT IS GLAZED. NOTE: AL1 FRAME MATERIALS SHOWN NOT NECESSARILY USED kUMINUM CHANNEL STEEL CASED OPENING EXISTING PRESSED METAL FRAME - FULLY WENDED (SEE SECTION 08110) wo00 6. DOOR JAMB DETAILS SHOWN: HEAD DETAILS SIMILAR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. A. NUMBER INDICATES LOCATION OF FRAME DETAIL ON DRAWINGS T -A9.1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 8. CASED OPENINGS 7'4 HIGH UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. PLAN 'COX' WHERE X= OPENING WIDTH 1. SILL = FINISH FLOOR SEPERATION OR THRESHOLD: A. NUMBER INDICATES LOCATION OF SILL DETAIL ON DRAWING T -99.1 8. FIRE RAE LABEL: 20 MN, 6G MIN, 90 MIN, ETC INDICATES FiRE RATING IN MINUTES. 9. HARDWARE GROUPS NUMBER INDICATES HARDWARE SET SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08710. 10. REMARKS: NOTES PERTAINING TO REMARKS COLUMN: NOTE 1. - lywoo 3 a C N A ARCHITECTURE 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arlan E. Caine Maxie L Woeiman,, AIA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PART EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Revisions Project No. Date Drawn Tap Date Item xec,trvto CITY OF 71AWIl4 1137.00 9/1/99 irb 7J DOOR Title OPENING SCHEDULE ...T -A3.4 w F.1.. F 1/8' = 1' -0' I/4' = 1' -0' KITCHEN 164 • F 7 SECTION /ELEVATION THROUGH LOBBY & SALES 1 I /4' = BRIDGE/ GALLERY /STAIR #2/ ENGINEERING ELEVATION KITCHEN 164 D (C.9 I/4' = I' -0' COPY /OFFICE 248 4. 1 I/4' = I' -0' A.9 4. KITCHEN 164 k5 . Z 4X COPY /OFFICE 248 V4' = NO SCALE RESTROOM 182 KITCHEN 164 1/4' = • 2.8 fil 24' 18' bz000 32' RESTROOM 182 NO SCALE • KEY NOTES ope, re sow 6 •crei►tee xisis cre, st rues 0 you �s coNC a:ooR W^.. raxitb o15 ca- sr.. 6 o at DRERiCR ® r_ Pie. ExTERCOR SK ' O STAB TAM rm ROOF • clti AMER BASE • aMLT -LP ROOF 5Y5TEN © 01.4. CO$LIN& DOOR 4693412Y G X BRACING ON O ME R SIDE � O RBATOR MG) CeL OV5I ) V ) 10 &AMAZE DI51 NC) • COOK TOP NC) MICROWAVE CVE/: (NV • 6WB . 6LAZIN6 (5'ORE NONT) . 6LAZ!N6 (CUR WAS . 6LAZTh (ZIPPffR TAIN bASI(ET) • INTERIOR FAUX c,ou. is • (SEE SET. 16 /A4.1; GEi1IN6 • CAD NETS � MOVIES ALUM LIGHT VALANCE 21M65 • OPERABLE PARTITION (SEE VET. 10/1"-A4J, II/T -A4J t 12/f -M.1) O DUCTWORK (SEE •£GI+ANIGAU ® INSULATED GLAZING, 161 TYPICAL GALVANIZED RIBBED METAL SIDING Q 24 6A 6ALV STUDS 1 16' O.G. ® 5/8' GYPSUM LATHE W/ THIN GOAT PLASTER ® VINYL BASE Q WAINSCOT 4 No. Revisions Project No. Date Drawn By Date C N A ARCHITECTURE 777 108th NE *400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arta E. Comm Mark L. Woecman, AIA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Item RECEIVED CITY fu nixwly,y 'EMC' ;ENT7p 1137.00 9/1/99 Title Tl INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet No TA5.4 E r J� ■ �- -- r, e'!4 48" 51" ail 50" 50' w F.1.. F 1/8' = 1' -0' I/4' = 1' -0' KITCHEN 164 • F 7 SECTION /ELEVATION THROUGH LOBBY & SALES 1 I /4' = BRIDGE/ GALLERY /STAIR #2/ ENGINEERING ELEVATION KITCHEN 164 D (C.9 I/4' = I' -0' COPY /OFFICE 248 4. 1 I/4' = I' -0' A.9 4. KITCHEN 164 k5 . Z 4X COPY /OFFICE 248 V4' = NO SCALE RESTROOM 182 KITCHEN 164 1/4' = • 2.8 fil 24' 18' bz000 32' RESTROOM 182 NO SCALE • KEY NOTES ope, re sow 6 •crei►tee xisis cre, st rues 0 you �s coNC a:ooR W^.. raxitb o15 ca- sr.. 6 o at DRERiCR ® r_ Pie. ExTERCOR SK ' O STAB TAM rm ROOF • clti AMER BASE • aMLT -LP ROOF 5Y5TEN © 01.4. CO$LIN& DOOR 4693412Y G X BRACING ON O ME R SIDE � O RBATOR MG) CeL OV5I ) V ) 10 &AMAZE DI51 NC) • COOK TOP NC) MICROWAVE CVE/: (NV • 6WB . 6LAZIN6 (5'ORE NONT) . 6LAZ!N6 (CUR WAS . 6LAZTh (ZIPPffR TAIN bASI(ET) • INTERIOR FAUX c,ou. is • (SEE SET. 16 /A4.1; GEi1IN6 • CAD NETS � MOVIES ALUM LIGHT VALANCE 21M65 • OPERABLE PARTITION (SEE VET. 10/1"-A4J, II/T -A4J t 12/f -M.1) O DUCTWORK (SEE •£GI+ANIGAU ® INSULATED GLAZING, 161 TYPICAL GALVANIZED RIBBED METAL SIDING Q 24 6A 6ALV STUDS 1 16' O.G. ® 5/8' GYPSUM LATHE W/ THIN GOAT PLASTER ® VINYL BASE Q WAINSCOT 4 No. Revisions Project No. Date Drawn By Date C N A ARCHITECTURE 777 108th NE *400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arta E. Comm Mark L. Woecman, AIA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Item RECEIVED CITY fu nixwly,y 'EMC' ;ENT7p 1137.00 9/1/99 Title Tl INTERIOR ELEVATIONS Sheet No TA5.4 i r 1 1/2' = 11-d A4.1 INTERIOR COLUMN DETAIL 1137T11 1 1/4' = 1' -0' I/4' = 1' -0' i CONFERENCE 166 / LUNCH 165 1/4' : OFFICE 262 CONFERENCE 166 • i♦ CONFERENCE 166 / LUNCH 165 c 1 rc BATH 266 V4' = r i* BATH 266 1/4' = 1 BATH 266 1/4' = I'-0' i D - � 29 • OFFICE 262 I/4' = 1' -0' KEY NOTES O cra$ eat > 0 met ,a JOISTS < OF'B4. Sit T IS S % R % T'S COL. 51L &MIER O DtlfRiOR 1Nll EXIST116 FIANYCIEE 506 ® MTL PN43 EXTERIOR 904 % STM6 SEN. MTL ROOF Qc>"J BASE O MR.T -LP WY SYSTEM COIUN5 DOOR ASSB45LY 015 X BRAGN6 ON MICR SIDE REFRIGERATOR (11IG) CfL OVEN 1461 8 DIs NC) O 6114846E D19'CSAL 044) GOOK TOP 1)46) O MICROPIAVE OVEN NG) •6re . 6LAZIN6 (STOR ON') ® &LAZING (C )RTJ,IN NAi.L) 6LAZIN6 (ZIPPUR EASKET, NTERIOR FAUX COLUMNS (SEE DET. lb/M1.!) WER DED 081.1116 CARETS MUD12>x ALL>M L16HT VALANCE x/485 CFERA Z PARTt?1GN (515: DET. lo!t -iw.l, I/T -A4.1 4 121* -Aar) lj DUCT SORK (SEE 1 .NSULAT® GLAZING, 161 TYPICAL 4* GALVANIZED RIBBED MEAL SIDING 4 24 6A 6ALV 5TUDS • 16' O.G. • 5/8' GYPSUM LATHE W/ THIN COAT PLASTER VINYL BASE WAINSCOT C N A ARCHITECTURE FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Revisions Drawn By 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Ar E. Collin Mark L. Waxman, ALA Principal Ardiiteda Project No. Date No. Date Item RECEIVED CRY OF TUKWILA 1137.00 9/1/99 Tide Ti INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 8heetNo. TA5. 5 4 • i r 1 1/2' = 11-d A4.1 INTERIOR COLUMN DETAIL 1137T11 1 1/4' = 1' -0' I/4' = 1' -0' i CONFERENCE 166 / LUNCH 165 1/4' : OFFICE 262 CONFERENCE 166 • i♦ CONFERENCE 166 / LUNCH 165 c 1 rc BATH 266 V4' = r i* BATH 266 1/4' = 1 BATH 266 1/4' = I'-0' i D - � 29 • OFFICE 262 I/4' = 1' -0' KEY NOTES O cra$ eat > 0 met ,a JOISTS < OF'B4. Sit T IS S % R % T'S COL. 51L &MIER O DtlfRiOR 1Nll EXIST116 FIANYCIEE 506 ® MTL PN43 EXTERIOR 904 % STM6 SEN. MTL ROOF Qc>"J BASE O MR.T -LP WY SYSTEM COIUN5 DOOR ASSB45LY 015 X BRAGN6 ON MICR SIDE REFRIGERATOR (11IG) CfL OVEN 1461 8 DIs NC) O 6114846E D19'CSAL 044) GOOK TOP 1)46) O MICROPIAVE OVEN NG) •6re . 6LAZIN6 (STOR ON') ® &LAZING (C )RTJ,IN NAi.L) 6LAZIN6 (ZIPPUR EASKET, NTERIOR FAUX COLUMNS (SEE DET. lb/M1.!) WER DED 081.1116 CARETS MUD12>x ALL>M L16HT VALANCE x/485 CFERA Z PARTt?1GN (515: DET. lo!t -iw.l, I/T -A4.1 4 121* -Aar) lj DUCT SORK (SEE 1 .NSULAT® GLAZING, 161 TYPICAL 4* GALVANIZED RIBBED MEAL SIDING 4 24 6A 6ALV 5TUDS • 16' O.G. • 5/8' GYPSUM LATHE W/ THIN COAT PLASTER VINYL BASE WAINSCOT C N A ARCHITECTURE FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Revisions Drawn By 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Ar E. Collin Mark L. Waxman, ALA Principal Ardiiteda Project No. Date No. Date Item RECEIVED CRY OF TUKWILA 1137.00 9/1/99 Tide Ti INTERIOR ELEVATIONS 8heetNo. TA5. 5 4 L_. s I/4' = I' -0' I /4' = I -0' NOT USED COFFEE 265 I /4' = OFFICE 267 & 268 EG EO OFFICE 267 & 268 Ea E? 1 GALLERY 271 U4' = 114' = OFFICE 267 & 268 I/4' = 1' -0' ENGINEERING /GALLERY ELEVATION METAL PANEL METAL PANEL METAL PANED OFFICE 267 & 268 1/4' = I' -0' • 4 OFFICE 267 & 268 1/4' = I' -0' A imMONIE■hill BOOMMOMMEME...SOMMOMMEM CERAMIC TILE PATTERN "A" I/4' = /4' = 1' -0' KEY NOTES o +® eatb .rem sit, 40. Mei ssn. 1R695 <> ca R.CCIR OVER oRTL DECO* 0 15 ca. % CM EXIJAOR roL. p D051116 MRSICI E IiaS NTJ PMEL DC- OR S *0 STMOS 6 MAN MTL ROOF cwJ vex RASE J T ROOF Sl"STIY O O}+. COILING DOOR /SLY • O • 8 • • 8 8 8 • 0 8 D'LWO-26) X BRACAS ON OTHER SIDE Rl3RJ6ERATOR 04C) DeL OVB4 MC) D51• MC) 6ARJ3A -E DESPOSAI. ;?1G) GOOK TOP Mc) MICROY'MVE OVEN NIG) 6J•6 6LAZJN6 (STOREFRONT) 6LAZIN6 (GURTAN )V,LL GLAZING (ZQEt GASKET) INTERIOR FAUX C.OLUMNS (SEE XT. 16 /AR.1) • CEILING CA NNETS ANCVIZES L16K VALANCE OPER'a.E PARTITION (SEE DET. 10/T-A4.1, I1IT -A9J 1 !2/T -AR.I) AVIIORK (SEE 1 INSULATED 6LAZIN6, 161 TYPICAL GALVANIZED RU88ED METAL SIDING 24 6A 6ALV STUDS A 16' O.G. ® 5 /8' GYPSUM LATHE W/ .r N COAT PLASTER VINYL BASE • WAI NSCOT EINEM ■ ME■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■s■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■ ■■■ ■■■■ ME■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■■■■■- ■■■■■■■■ ■ ■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■■ ■ M■ MIII■■■■■■■ ■■■■ ■■■■■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■■■ ■ M■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ . :.::: :::.4 CERAMIC TILE PATTERN "B" C N ARCHITECTURE 777 108th NE #400 Beaevoe WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax A Atha E. Collins :Mark L. Waxman, AIA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON LA No. Date Item Revisions Project No. Date Drawn By cn OF PERMIT ;ENTER 1137.00 9/1/99 Title Tl NTERIOR ELEVATIONS �.,„� T -A5.6 0- -- O; EXPOSED FLOC) LOfk TRUSSES 71_611 O.G. 1 1 FL 1 . d ilimmums 4-- El E 0 • � 11■■1/■■■ II■■■■ ■ ■N ■■ � ■ ■ ■. i ■■■ ■■■ ■.i. 1■ •■■■■■■11 ■■■■■■ ■■1 I t�1•■■ •■ ■/ 1 MUM 1R■■r■■ ■1 MOM mu IuI 1 i i ' i �� l �i ' � 0. gm op milmessir- 1.0 mi MEI 1 .11 D 1 1 0 OPEN 1/8' = I '-0' 0 0 3 0 / Nor O 0 1 F- 4 ------ REFLECTED CEILING PLAN FIRST FLOOR 2 : • f ■- 1■ ■ ■! • I • '1 I I■■i MIK (... ' ■'I■ I■ ■I I■ 13 ' inns O ■' ■ ■I ■I�i■ IMMO ■.I■■LI ■ ■u■ O CaK B•R6BecY EXIT U6NT DIRECTIONAL ARROW FOR EXIT 516145 8' 4' 0' 2' GENERAL NOTES L 9 R 7PCP 0 9E LOCAIED AT ;4 POW OF 4-0 0 447 SOWED AGOI6 & SRD 50 ttfro 5 caseED 14 A 7-0' x s-0' PAW • 9IA..7 2. 5EE B.ECTR9CAL P.JV6 FCR EXIT U6HT446 3. PATW kY L IMIKA N TO EE PRCHTDE*J PER qT LBC 1009241, TO PROVOE A Mil OF 1 fc AT 9fR6f3CY PA*wNYS CUN#46 =PLO T?$ M '}E APPRDPRME OCQPA ,ES KEYNOTES • LKY_ED 5 1V IDYL WOO DECK O E)q 5Tfar?'. t/IL 5TII$ DECK O SoFfrT 61'6 5U5PBOE0 VP ED CLGSEE ROOM FINS» 5cff3AL.E FOR CaL046 lE6fft O 51EiP930ED cB046 P.f.$$Y 5E DETAIL X/ Xx °OR f3RAGIN6 O IPVERE DE OF STAIRS 5KYL16ffT • WAG D'! 1.1614T FiXT',RE 44) R&T SCREEN UNIT (IiiL.) II OPERAELE WALL A551343LY O 30' X 30' AGC.E5S PAN. O 571)CTJRAL ECM OR TRU55 14 SWPBDED 913 SOf`F' O METAL 50fTIT PITH U6NT F1XTIPE WHERE OC &R5 LEGEND c;zow M'7 8' lb' • 4 ' r f c N ARCH 1 TECTURE 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax A Arlan E. Collins Mark L. Woerman, AIA Ptiricipal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY ENC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST 'TUKWILA, WASHINGTON Revisions No. Date Item Project No. Date Drawn By 2/29/00 • RECEIVE!' M" vnw PERMIT , ^.ENTE" 1137.00 9/1/99 AJS REFLECTED GEEING PLAN Title FIST FLOOR sheet. T—A6. 3 • s • 1 • !I r T • z t -- i . 8:4**: ' I _ _ _ ► ♦ I t , - ft• :� ♦ • ♦ 1St A* Vi■ • v. 4* 40:10 •.�� \ ♦1 . ♦♦ ♦♦ REFLE6TED CEILING PLAN SEC9ND FLOOR 1/16" = 1' I I 4' 0' 2 -- GENERAL NOTES 8' 1 J 16' L roe %Roc ,: r .o 9E �C,ATEr A' .4 0 1J19' OF 4-O • ,c 4 -0' 96930'' ACOt6TY,I4, ab 617D SO TM' HEA^v 5 CZWERE 7 A 2-0' : 2-0' PANEL • 3RD OU' 2 SEE E. 1RCIL.RAMS FOR 9QT U6HT1N6 3_ PATMe L UMATON TO EE PROVIDED FM 47 ta: 10052 TO PROVIDE A r!t OF is A* EM3i6801CY PATFNAY5 12101116 °COPIED TH5 IN 11f APPROMATE OGC PANGIES. KEYNOTES • EXPOSED STRJCTIRAL r10OD DE!Ac • DP09:D 51R.C1URAL 51:E. VEX • SOFFIT 603 O REFUGE, 61P I3D C,L&F$ ROOM FINSH SGFEDUIE FOR CE1.N6 4E16i' % SUSPBOED CHLIN6 A`Eelt. SEE DETAir X/AXX FAR BRAG* O IN7DE OF STAIRS • SKYLI6HT • IiVAG DIFFUSER O U6NT FMK ✓ PRO -ECTOR %RED UNIT MJLJ II OPEXA3 f WALL A`r5an O 30' x ACCESS PAN_ • 5TRUCTURAL SEAM OR T'JS6 • SU PEICED 6v6 SOFFIT • METAL SOFFIT METH L16HT FIXTURE MIRE OCZJ RS LEGEND BVER.6131GY EXIT U6HT —4 DIRECTIONAL ARROW FOR EXIT 516!5 ARCHITECTURE Arlan E. Caine Marls L. Woerman, AIA Primal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY ENC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON No. Date Item Revisions Project No. Date Drawn By C N 777 108th NE 4400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax A OF TUKWILA .'t. nec. 1137.00 9/1/99 ACTED CEUNG PLAN Title SECOND FLOOR Sheet No T -A6.4 4 STAIRWAY DETAIL • = 1'-o' 1137T01 r -1 STAIRWAY DETAIL 1' = 1'4 1137102 2 LAYERS 1/r TYPE X GIRL SECURED TO MINN FLANGES SJCCfSSIK LAYERS. *PLED 11110 HORIZONTAL JTS. STAGGER CORNER EDGES OF EA LAYER. SECURE MST LAYER TO COIUN N/ DOUBLED 0.049 NCH (N0. 18 B.W. GKE) STL VRE TES SPACED 15 O.C. 1 HR FIREPROOF WRAP AT MOST , COLS N %AfEHOUSE • EXIST. COLUMN FIREPROOF ENCLOSURE DETAIL 1 1/2 = r -D' r DEW 16" OM COW BOLLARD UP 3'4 AFF '-- EXISTING 1011 X 45 COW MN 1137107 METAL STUD 1 1/2' X 5/8' REVEAL MOLDING 5/8' GYP BO i 1/2' X 5/8' REVEAL MOLDING PORCELAIN BASE WOOD SPACER As REQUIRED FLOOR AS SCHED. INTERIOR COLUMN DETAIL a- +1S-C Y 9= +1?- 3• = 1'4 1137111 11 I mess at „[ OPERABLE PARTITION DETAIL • = ,'-d r4 7 RIEE S 1EIFY 9/E ant IPRACTIM 24 sva ( OPERABLE PARTITION DETAIL `I GLAZING HEAD DETAIL 3 = 1' -0' —am +aal • UM kW . III I MI A istt8 t 50 Ng 1 a 3 vt sa• s- ' 411111110111 4111e7 A UNN t HIE I • _j 9C $341 RE • >e 31/1 11E9t 91ai BOT. CHORD OF TRUSS STEEL PLATE AT EXTERIOR SIDE SLOTTED CONNECTKNi 1137T03 1137T03A 1137108 PL CLOSURE BOTH SIDES STEEL POCKET DOOR FRAME 00110 -18A STRIKE STEEL POCKET DOOR FRAME 5 = 1'4 08110 -188 TYPICAL FLOOR ANCHOR cRi ONT VIEW 4 3/4 UON AL SILL EXTENSION OPER PART JAMB SET IN ACOUS SEALANT OPERABLE PARTITION 3 = OPERABLE PARTITION JAMB DETAIL 5 =1' -0' MUTE (3 REQUIRED) STEEL OR WOOD STUD ANCHORS STEEL OR WOOC STUD ANCHORS SPOT WELD EACH SIDE FLOOR ANCHOR IN PLAN POCKET JAMB STEEL POCKET DOOR FRAME 1/8' 0 RIVETS 08110 -18C REMOVABLE HEAD ON SECURITY SIDE FOR TRACK ACCESS DURING NSTAL1AT10N & MAINTENANCE HEAD BRACKET WELDED TO JAMB WELDED, GROUND, AND PUTTIED JOINT ON THE PUBLIC SIDE CONT W000 BLOCK 1137T09 RELITE HEAD /SILL 3• = r-o' PAINTABLE SEALANT TYPE 'LS' EA SIDE EXISTING WALL ANCHOR PIPE ANCHOR WELDED TO FRAME RETURNS SEALANT TYPE ES -5 ON BACKER ROD SHOP OR CORRIDOR SIDE 1 15/16' 3' = 1' -0' STANDARD DOOR JAMB 5 = 1'-d 5 3/4' EXISTING • PRECAST - -ATM% /Alt LOCAnc Z Ma SIDE OF FRAM *It 11R5 SEA LMT rtsf 1• EA 900E ROC SIDE — 8 PPE C SNEL 511D RELITE JAMB /MULLION 3' =1'-d SHOP OR HEAD CORRIDOR SIDE DETAIL OF REMOVABLE HEAD JOINT STEEL POCKET DOOR FRAME ACOUSTICAL RELITE 3' = 1' -o' 08110 -180 3' = 1'-0" 08110 -11 ol III\ i� -- Sff PARIMON TAPE 4 1/7' ACOUSTICAL RELITE ' - PA(X w 'COMM BAITS M ACOUSTICAL P')6 & P116 11 A' SUBSCRPT DOOR SILENCERS OR S IPE SEAL FRAME MINOR QpS 4 PER AIM MIL FRAME DOOR As SCHEDULED 08110-03 ANCHOR, INN 3 PER JAMB STL FRAME w/ METAL STOP GLASS, SEE DOOR SCHEDULE DBL METAL STUDS EA SIDE 08110 -05 3/8' LA SEE SECTION 08800 1/4' AG, SEE SECTK1N 08800 PACK IV/ACOUSTICAL BATS ACOUSTICAL BATT INSULATION SEE WALL TYPE OFHCE SIDE 6 1/8' IA SEE SECTION 08800 C N ARCH ITECTCRE 7T7 108th NE *400 Bellevue VA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax A Arta E. Collins Ma& L. Woerman, ALA Principal Architects FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON ENTF No. Date Item Revisions RECEIVED rffry OF TuuWILA 1 9/1 1/4' AG, SEE SECTION 08800 — PACK W /ACOUSTICAL BATTS PAINTABLE SEALANT 'LS' GCS' Title Ti DETAILS OFFICE SIDE 08110 - 11a Project No. Date Drava By 1137.00 9/1/99 _sheet. T—A9.1 • 1w JS SC ,11.2 18��"�{':bl one i _____ ; ,i1i ,u _ -i•.mv-- - -0 - -m J i11 Iii� MNM III 1111 - b ui■ 1IU* !� L]� �� Jel as tR ®.a Air FLOOR 1 = 34 EOOr rRMG. 5.:COND FLOOR CS FLOOR (E.5 b 4' 3 1 11 I r ,11 r j 71 r T 1,11,11,1_,I 1-LTZ- rlTLTS-r i rr T � K J.9 <21 RAMP UP 12 53 I l l i l 1 1 15 DA51 =G _!NE INT: CA ES ININDOA SYSTE." ;BEE!OND,' 15 � Cgt igThEt ti t3.. fi n - r - L11__s = JL- % ( `` u t22 15 glid»gg-ggg@ I I I Tr - -I 12 1 h 1 1 L J 6.4 ( 6 C 3 \' i --- y- �._.�._T - -�_�� - � -- - tom♦ = _ J - J y T V I ' J ? J 1 a 1 - 1 L J HEAVY DASHED LINE INDICATES MASONRY WALL /STEAL GUARDRAIL. SEE ELEVATION A2 (H 1 I i www - - �w�w1�,■�wr�r wwr_� _ilNl Ill= A.9 A l EAST ELEVATION Ile = 1' 1/8' =1' I/8' =1' 10.2 r 1 (6 A. 5 ) 0 ; - EAST ELEVATION r r r _J L_ _JL_ (2 11 -4 - II SOUTH ELEVATION SOUTH ELEVATION � l I 14\ Egggggg 8.3 8 �- _ -1- - J L. � I wwwww nnnni 1.1 111 NM d. REM - 1.I wads w- w wwa S 21 Mi. a.V11a 11 = 1•wwwwwwwwww wwwwwwwwwww■ wwwwwwww ww ....a.- a 1 L ' 8' 4' 0' 8' Al L Ib t�- 11•111111111111 W W Ngta.1 41/W4gi4WW4NW4 II I amc QaiRa =wawW■Ims DAM *A ANA* 7*AMWA *A WA - yw w w881 85/ 140 -. sw■a 5742= lY 42* 4k1 mYnX' A*• 4BPMSAAIW644iwAI■ ir>ii5 �wwSSI4S■pww %aR117e01tA7m OAP =MN O 0 1 ma EMI 1! ream as m• 55 SranmmlaXAW ism 61m1soma WONIWWAW05WN XAW WC= 71*AAm WW WW74AN Wa 7*= SAIMMIS■ ®wf5ai�' 111=150m101m'Imd' 7=7.157V, WA YAM =91A=1m11 SIMIAIIPMEMA1W.■ MANN I■wwwwww =rat= =10= wwwwlMw w _� �wwwar •w2•a�l •�• •1� •w��1 M11 ■ �i,.www■ ■www ■wwwawil S11�a.a11 ■t �¢ w w a *a� il� A85 ) WZI * 2 -A.1 4.> 14 _ ._1 L i MASONRY WALL ELEVATION - 1' i • F.i ( F ,; - r 3 Ib R`'^r4IN'NG WALL a 5 DEWA_.. `7 • Ali -� Ib EDGE PROFILE TYPICAL 1 1 1 1 t 1 1 J 1 E. s amina. m samsmma m a am a s s ssmsamsa mn �iIUii��iiii�Vi�ii�i��i�i�ni O ror=A,74f7.AR4 _ «.. MI/�P70mCk1■a■■■__�1ww 677, 9 , 5 6a61A 65 7 w -- 65 M C *aim me Mg 77 ..._.._.._ F _ W7 �.... .. m1 .. _..., i _... .. r " No OW a emam 47R am cozso tvo) P. PM 8 *7CP egate MF;F6I®W6 A 10* A ;VA RRi AOW FWW4 ea. m *A AI.A Omm PWWARi 50WNOOI get• AXOR 101Wggp • WA OA we = Wee AW 153618 aA SikeA m Al2 WX670p0maADX AASmOPWOaAm6OPIWWAWOW7R mW Om :aa64AOa/a7ao17 IXalad dSab eela �xs�mames> �ew7a1a1mlvaeml7 eoA lrsadwsa7laeme! !NM AWO MI* WA PAM= 4NAWONANA 4479212:122 PP L7R1i iiw�wlrw ww rliiw■ ■wwww ■www01 r■�■ IOW INw ■•w wwww i 8sM MSS 552 teig 8 iiiiiiii � SW � IHSa�SffiR�i mew= mew= !IL wwwwwwwwwaswwwww aH■ - Taal to da768rrasals 8Sk edwearsd11 a rea Hem • Am AI■ 7WR AW WWI W009 •RO RAOAIW OAP WON A7A AW c10:17.4 *AA OWN -- amts Aa/110 47701 .. WWAAO70 AO A*WA amz 770X AAO=MCC AaO WOX SS OS MS a ■ ASA *151 ass&w1gs m■ 110m A'd6IKtl79MA A*S5 a ddm dfda OA= 64.1552 mm , ..... E11 698 %%L. FAA SALIM FR YAMS FAR R704 747M APIA* 74177 AM= '5 wwwww ■iiawwi:■ iali7iial IN ■wwww■ .wwwww www■Mww iw•Iww PI■wwwrwwal■ww•alwa� wwwww IWW Lew MA 5WPw7WNw MS We.4 ' WA Wm /*9 RWV a .4.00.XOWAWO WOaX. A447 mm MX MCC Omam7.0 weam MEI - -- - -- ---- MINIM MOM w ■ w■ww��;wwww ww aEm1Yta 8046d66Sijel1y er Sll eras 66f>36Iasda6 fY81 d,�'d N6f6'tR 7,1.40/4747 777X 7R AWO Ae1 PAM Wm Me 4797,477,4NORAne rAWO 4474 WON 77WCAl47mPA76x1AXOOT47WOi mOR*IXPM= XOXAX0147,7,0787,OOm iiiiiiiii iIIiih iiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii= . WSSAM MS NEM eeR. SmmS 5332 ER Ali- 04 W4555EA SSA w Yid' - MX MOTOR.... AWP' - ' WW1 • AOWWR 0447 .MW5447WWITAWA9W70•47-lAW , ••7*IROW W77 NM ANUS 500• WW. 170 77= AOm OW ACC 4WOOWRAA AP mOX X* A* I00X1 47437*PM=A AM WOA 4= IIW= nun can. - dS sass• 15461 Nth SSW MINN SAM, ed&AMIad6SS3dadim57Y46 = 42etA* AM542 =3a6aadsa64Y435Y2YU4d15811k 77;19 MI M WAIW 569.40/WO4AO . Wd4 P.M 77. WA f7:41 OAO 6 6 MI A. RM AWVSaaWM.9 WM %X Y. nCm06 ixsAA AO . - m .,,ma, ca_a 7 www aim. www wMI• • ■wwwww•- ww�wwwwwwwl 1lwwww S I ■ww..mem - wwwww MOO* NM wwwwww■1 _regal www ■ T ") T 'T w Ial T I I P r l I:1 1 IT I • r E T .1 I I. 1 .T. T 1 1 I . r1 l T T V_ _ 1 .1.. is r www MUM NW MI MINNA MA MI MI le NM vRw wwwwMI �_.•- ■ 364d4d Hdd1ia166S 7A. N813185>Yt YdY dYh d'4 A .C .A Y4ld78 MWM k r & ZO A0RAW05 l t e =I W WOP OWWmWOS CVO A W0W AWISWP RON TAW WA 7478 47747 5747 7,8 - 7,74 & 3tltt 7a0 NM MIA MS YR sSmam =I WOOF 7,0X plm lWa77mIWIxml7Am 06(470WO AaAxm AfR AOmOttOA :: IB�ip6yg>�g��gg�g� l • • T _1 a EILI am_ ■ 1.1 t 3 r1 I 1 41 I! 1 ' -4 ' - - , -- T": - - - - r * 1 *t* I � = 3 - 3' ROOF F mit = 15`-4' - SE.,OND P OOR FIRE- - LOOK 131 J 1 WIIEE:i � a w'J�SS TAM t . ■ =1 w .1 ■�A� MASONRY L E G E N D A.wwXAWA1M11■Rm7XAXa7o11 ii_. ' EL = 34'-3" ROOF FRMG • EL = 15' -4" SECOND FLOOR EL = 0' - 0" - FIRST FLOOR (c KEY NOTES *KA. , Oi , rw� awn* O 3 l.IO1C.RE't STARS <> ST0 +' SYSTEM 4/ 19O 51121! N AL 6RA -- 6 S116C * SY'STDI O 1ATOR SoAFT 13E*. AM`: COMPOSITE META- PANEL STMv!6, SEAM METAL ROOT 11 Rt33ED !VAL 5 ' IftAL- <> METAL DOOR t FRAME C.3 NOTE: V l 1 ItflLATED 6L.AZit b' TY'oGAL 8'X IC' CH CCU* D047 11.7-UP P CA57 :Oti2RcTE PANE 1 2 x 14' Or COILING !X 2R 5--� ARC/'IT�..C'1FtA/__Y EXPOSED : sL !2'X i2' Oµ COILING DOOR O STEE. GUARDRA- SYST= TYPE i, OR 'NOODLE" �X5 .JUAR. 2A . MAXIIM JM 0` '2' H INTERMEDIA RA _S AGGESSIB!LiLTY RAMP < 1 S1 c CAST CONCRETE PIASTER O EXIST EXPOSED AGGGATE TILT-4P PAWS TO CE!VE "IATR < ) EXISTING LOADING DOCK EXISTING CANOPY M£ T AL S . SYSTEM ►AV OVERFLOW 2 X 4' AODE .ALUMINUM M1L:JN 26 4 ` JD DOiMISPOUT <2 ANODIZED AL!RIIPV PR('LE METAL GRA"'NG SYS'2M • CURTAIN WALL SYE"E•' JERTGAL 9.77 JOINT O BENT 5TE- P! 4'= BIA"PER DE Ali `3+> DOCK LEYE:_ER FORM BUMPER • NEW LOADING DOCK 4 EXIST OVERtAD DOOR O REMOVABLE SECT ONS OF STEEL GU ARDRA. _ S "S' E`" - TYPE 2 • PRE FINISHED SKEET METAL • 'X' BRACING • 5" GMU SHEAR WALL • FURRED BEAM 4,.; EXIST BEAMS • SPANDREL GLAZING IN STOREFRONT GLAZI 42 BOLLARD REMOVE EXISTING WINDOW REPLACE iN/ NSULATED GAZING UNIT, TYPE <,> GALVANIZED RIBBED METAL SIDING •5 INSULATED GLAZING 162 ' ' PREMISE IDENTIFICATION <lX7,, HEAVY DASHED LINE INDICATES ENTRANCE GLAZING CONDITION BASE SID I. HOR ZONTAL MULLION VERT AL MITT JOINT GLAZING ALT #1: HORIZONRAL MULLIONS VERTiG.AL MULLIONS CM11-I 04U-I SOLDIER ;ARSE -2 GM1 CMU -4 ARIr. GRID LINE/ TAG LEGEND * DENOTES SAFETY GLAZING REQUIRED EXIST BLDG. GRiDL'NE ID. NEW GRIDLINE I D. or( t C'' -'J FATIGUE TECHNOLOGY INC. Div Nee k i ARCHITECTURE 777 108th NE #400 Bellevue WA 98004 425.822.6700 425.828.9116 Fax Arlan E. Collins Mark L. Woerman, !,IA Principal Architects 401 ANDOVER PARK EAST TUKWILA, WASHINGTON L =, 13\ A 8/14/00 - t Vo Date Revisions Project No. Date _ Drawn By 12/5/00 /1 10/2/00 T.1. PLAN CHECK RESPONSE PERMIT RESPONSE SUBMITTAL Item 1st. FLOOR PLAN REV'S !DOOR SCHDULE 11 PERMIT SUBM ITT AL WWII SUBMITTAL EXTERIOR Title ELEVATIONS Sheet No. A4.1.1 1137.00 10/17/00 JAC •